initial import of NetBSD tree

176 files changed, 24907 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d980d3e0746
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/Makefile.inc
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+#	$NetBSD: Makefile.inc,v 1.70 1995/04/25 00:06:17 jtc Exp $
+#	@(#)Makefile.inc	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+
+# gen sources
+.PATH: ${.CURDIR}/arch/${MACHINE_ARCH}/gen ${.CURDIR}/gen
+
+SRCS+=	alarm.c assert.c clock.c closedir.c confstr.c ctermid.c \
+	ctype_.c daemon.c devname.c disklabel.c err.c errlist.c \
+	errno.c exec.c fnmatch.c fstab.c ftok.c fts.c getbsize.c getcap.c \
+	getcwd.c getdomainname.c getgrent.c getgrouplist.c gethostname.c \
+	getloadavg.c getlogin.c getmntinfo.c getnetgrent.c getpagesize.c \
+	getpass.c getpwent.c getsubopt.c getttyent.c getusershell.c glob.c \
+	initgroups.c isatty.c isctype.c nice.c nlist.c opendir.c pause.c \
+	popen.c psignal.c pwcache.c raise.c readdir.c rewinddir.c scandir.c \
+	seekdir.c setdomainname.c sethostname.c setjmperr.c setmode.c \
+	setproctitle.c siginterrupt.c siglist.c signal.c signame.c \
+	sigsetops.c sleep.c sysconf.c sysctl.c syslog.c telldir.c \
+	time.c times.c timezone.c tolower_.c ttyname.c ttyslot.c toupper_.c \
+	ualarm.c uname.c unvis.c usleep.c utime.c valloc.c vis.c wait.c \
+	wait3.c waitpid.c
+
+# indirect reference stubs, to be removed soon.
+SRCS+=	_err.c _errx.c _sys_errlist.c _sys_nerr.c _sys_siglist.c \
+	_verr.c _verrx.c _vwarn.c _vwarnx.c _warn.c _warnx.c
+
+# machine-dependent gen sources
+# m-d Makefile.inc must include sources for:
+#	_setjmp() fabs() frexp() infinity isinf() ldexp() modf()
+#	setjmp() sigsetjmp()
+
+.include "${.CURDIR}/arch/${MACHINE_ARCH}/gen/Makefile.inc"
+
+.ifdef _NOTDEF_XXX_
+
+.if (${MACHINE} == "tahoe" )
+errlst.o errlst.po:
+	${CC} -S ${CFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC}
+	ed - < ${.CURDIR}/${MACHINE}/:errfix errlst.s
+	${AS} -o ${.TARGET} errlst.s
+	rm -f errlst.s
+.endif
+
+.endif	# _NOTDEF_XXX_
+
+MAN+=	alarm.3 clock.3 confstr.3 ctermid.3 ctype.3 daemon.3 \
+	devname.3 directory.3 err.3 exec.3 fnmatch.3 frexp.3 ftok.3 fts.3 \
+	getbsize.3 getcap.3 getcwd.3 getdomainname.3 getdiskbyname.3 \
+	getfsent.3 getgrent.3 getgrouplist.3 gethostname.3 getloadavg.3 \
+	getmntinfo.3 getnetgrent.3 getpagesize.3 getpass.3 getpwent.3 \
+	getsubopt.3 getttyent.3 getusershell.3 glob.3 initgroups.3 isalnum.3 \
+	isalpha.3 isascii.3 isblank.3 iscntrl.3 isdigit.3 isgraph.3 isinf.3 \
+	islower.3 isprint.3 ispunct.3 isspace.3 isupper.3 isxdigit.3 \
+	ldexp.3 modf.3 nice.3 nlist.3 pause.3 popen.3 psignal.3 pwcache.3 \
+	raise.3 scandir.3 setjmp.3 setmode.3 setproctitle.3 siginterrupt.3 \
+	signal.3 sigsetops.3 sleep.3 sysconf.3 sysctl.3 syslog.3 \
+	time.3 times.3 timezone.3 \
+	tolower.3 toupper.3 ttyname.3 ualarm.3 uname.3 unvis.3 \
+	usleep.3 utime.3 valloc.3 vis.3
+
+MLINKS+=directory.3 closedir.3 directory.3 dirfd.3 directory.3 opendir.3 \
+	directory.3 readdir.3 directory.3 rewinddir.3 directory.3 seekdir.3 \
+	directory.3 telldir.3
+MLINKS+=err.3 verr.3 err.3 errx.3 err.3 verrx.3 err.3 warn.3 err.3 vwarn.3 \
+        err.3 warnx.3 err.3 vwarnx.3
+MLINKS+=exec.3 execl.3 exec.3 execle.3 exec.3 execlp.3 exec.3 execv.3 \
+	exec.3 execvp.3
+MLINKS+=fts.3 fts_open.3 fts.3 fts_read.3 fts.3 fts_children.3 \
+	fts.3 fts_set.3 fts.3 fts_close.3 
+MLINKS+=isinf.3 isnan.3
+MLINKS+=getcap.3 cgetcap.3 getcap.3 cgetclose.3 getcap.3 cgetent.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetfirst.3 getcap.3 cgetmatch.3 getcap.3 cgetnext.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetnum.3 getcap.3 cgetset.3 getcap.3 cgetstr.3 \
+	getcap.3 cgetustr.3
+MLINKS+=getcwd.3 getwd.3
+MLINKS+=getdomainname.3 setdomainname.3
+MLINKS+=getfsent.3 endfsent.3 getfsent.3 getfsfile.3 getfsent.3 getfsspec.3 \
+	getfsent.3 getfstype.3 getfsent.3 setfsent.3
+MLINKS+=getgrent.3 endgrent.3 getgrent.3 setgroupent.3 getgrent.3 getgrgid.3 \
+	getgrent.3 getgrnam.3 getgrent.3 setgrent.3 getgrent.3 setgrfile.3
+MLINKS+=gethostname.3 sethostname.3
+MLINKS+=getnetgrent.3 endnetgrent.3 getnetgrent.3 innetgr.3 \
+	getnetgrent.3 setnetgrent.3
+MLINKS+=getpwent.3 endpwent.3 getpwent.3 setpassent.3 getpwent.3 getpwnam.3 \
+	getpwent.3 getpwuid.3 getpwent.3 setpwent.3 getpwent.3 setpwfile.3
+MLINKS+=getttyent.3 endttyent.3 getttyent.3 getttynam.3 getttyent.3 setttyent.3
+MLINKS+=getusershell.3 endusershell.3 getusershell.3 setusershell.3
+MLINKS+=glob.3 globfree.3
+MLINKS+=popen.3 pclose.3
+MLINKS+=psignal.3 sys_siglist.3 psignal.3 sys_signame.3
+MLINKS+=pwcache.3 user_from_uid.3 pwcache.3 group_from_gid.3
+MLINKS+=scandir.3 alphasort.3
+MLINKS+=setjmp.3 _longjmp.3 setjmp.3 _setjmp.3 setjmp.3 longjmp.3 \
+	setjmp.3 longjmperror.3 setjmp.3 sigsetjmp.3 setjmp.3 siglongjmp.3
+MLINKS+=setmode.3 getmode.3
+MLINKS+=sigsetops.3 sigemptyset.3 sigsetops.3 sigfillset.3 \
+	sigsetops.3 sigaddset.3 sigsetops.3 sigdelset.3 \
+	sigsetops.3 sigismember.3
+MLINKS+=syslog.3 closelog.3 syslog.3 openlog.3 syslog.3 setlogmask.3 \
+	syslog.3 vsyslog.3
+MLINKS+=ttyname.3 isatty.3 ttyname.3 ttyslot.3
+MLINKS+=vis.3 strvis.3 vis.3 strvisx.3 unvis.3 strunvis.3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_err.c b/lib/libc/gen/_err.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..60f679dfa71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_err.c
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_err, err);
+#else
+
+#define	_err	err
+#define _errx	errx
+#define	_warn	warn
+#define	_warnx	warnx
+#define	_verr	verr
+#define _verrx	verrx
+#define	_vwarn	vwarn
+#define	_vwarnx	vwarnx
+#define	rcsid	_rcsid
+#include "err.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_errx.c b/lib/libc/gen/_errx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6b03fbaa60a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_errx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_errx, errx);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_sys_errlist.c b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_errlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4b642cd4170
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_errlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_sys_errlist, sys_errlist);
+__indr_reference(_sys_errlist, __sys_errlist); /* Backwards compat with v.12 */
+#else
+
+#undef _sys_errlist
+#undef _sys_nerr
+#undef rcsid
+#define	_sys_errlist	sys_errlist
+#define	_sys_nerr	sys_nerr
+#define	rcsid		_rcsid
+#include "errlist.c"
+
+#undef _sys_errlist
+#undef _sys_nerr
+#undef rcsid
+#define	_sys_errlist	__sys_errlist
+#define	_sys_nerr	__sys_nerr
+#define	rcsid		__rcsid
+#include "errlist.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_sys_nerr.c b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_nerr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f34fe21444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_nerr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_sys_nerr, sys_nerr);
+__indr_reference(_sys_nerr, __sys_nerr); /* Backwards compat with v.12 */
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_sys_siglist.c b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_siglist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..656bb2f5adf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_sys_siglist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_sys_siglist, sys_siglist);
+__indr_reference(_sys_siglist, __sys_siglist); /* Backwards compat with v.12 */
+#else
+
+#undef _sys_siglist
+#undef rcsid
+#define	_sys_siglist	sys_siglist
+#define	rcsid		_rcsid
+#include "siglist.c"
+
+#undef _sys_siglist
+#undef rcsid
+#define	_sys_siglist	__sys_siglist
+#define	rcsid		__rcsid
+#include "siglist.c"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_verr.c b/lib/libc/gen/_verr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b747c98c41c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_verr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_verr, verr);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_verrx.c b/lib/libc/gen/_verrx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ff8342d512f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_verrx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_verrx, verrx);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_vwarn.c b/lib/libc/gen/_vwarn.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..11d4ff6a5fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_vwarn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_vwarn, vwarn);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_vwarnx.c b/lib/libc/gen/_vwarnx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..463ce58ce80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_vwarnx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_vwarnx, vwarnx);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_warn.c b/lib/libc/gen/_warn.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e42eaf31bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_warn.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_warn, warn);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/_warnx.c b/lib/libc/gen/_warnx.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..74b9715dcba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/_warnx.c
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/*
+ * J.T. Conklin, December 12, 1994
+ * Public Domain
+ */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+
+#ifdef __indr_reference
+__indr_reference(_warnx, warnx);
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3 b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b8e652d6069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: alarm.3,v 1.9 1995/02/25 15:39:01 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)alarm.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt ALARM 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm alarm
+.Nd set signal timer alarm
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft unsigned int
+.Fn alarm "unsigned int seconds"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This interface is made obsolete by setitimer(2).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn alarm
+function
+waits a count of
+.Ar seconds
+before asserting the terminating signal
+.Dv SIGALRM .
+When the signal has successfully been caught,
+.Fn alarm
+returns the amount of time left on the clock.
+The maximum number of
+.Ar seconds
+allowed
+is 2147483647.
+.Pp
+If an alarm has been set with
+.Fn alarm ,
+another call to
+.Fn alarm
+will supersede the prior call.
+The request
+.Fn alarm "0"
+voids the current
+alarm.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr setitimer 2 ,
+.Xr sigpause 2 ,
+.Xr sigvec 3 ,
+.Xr signal 3 ,
+.Xr sleep 3 ,
+.Xr ualarm 3 ,
+.Xr usleep 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn alarm
+function conforms to 
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+An
+.Fn alarm
+function appeared in 
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ad85e63c16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/alarm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: alarm.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:04 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)alarm.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: alarm.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:04 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Backwards compatible alarm.
+ */
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+unsigned int
+alarm(secs)
+	unsigned int secs;
+{
+	struct itimerval it, oitv;
+	register struct itimerval *itp = &it;
+
+	timerclear(&itp->it_interval);
+	itp->it_value.tv_sec = secs;
+	itp->it_value.tv_usec = 0;
+	if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, itp, &oitv) < 0)
+		return (-1);
+	if (oitv.it_value.tv_usec)
+		oitv.it_value.tv_sec++;
+	return (oitv.it_value.tv_sec);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/assert.c b/lib/libc/gen/assert.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77abeeb539e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/assert.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: assert.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 08:50:56 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)assert.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: assert.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 08:50:56 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+void
+__assert(file, line, failedexpr)
+	const char *file, *failedexpr;
+	int line;
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr,
+	    "assertion \"%s\" failed: file \"%s\", line %d\n",
+	    failedexpr, file, line);
+	abort();
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/clock.3 b/lib/libc/gen/clock.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4d9a67b2415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/clock.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: clock.3,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:07 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)clock.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt CLOCK 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm clock
+.Nd determine processor time used
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <time.h>
+.Ft clock_t
+.Fn clock void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn clock
+function
+determines the amount of processor time used since the invocation of the
+calling process, measured in
+.Dv CLOCKS_PER_SEC Ns s.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn clock
+function returns the amount of time used unless an error occurs, in which
+case the return value is \-1.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getrusage 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn clock
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/clock.c b/lib/libc/gen/clock.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ad60e8ea3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/clock.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: clock.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:09 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)clock.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: clock.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:09 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+/*
+ * Convert usec to clock ticks; could do (usec * CLOCKS_PER_SEC) / 1000000,
+ * but this would overflow if we switch to nanosec.
+ */
+#define	CONVTCK(r)	(r.tv_sec * CLOCKS_PER_SEC + \
+			 r.tv_usec / (1000000 / CLOCKS_PER_SEC))
+
+clock_t
+clock()
+{
+	struct rusage ru;
+
+	if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru))
+		return ((clock_t) -1);
+	return((clock_t)((CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime) + CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime))));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c b/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e53623453a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/closedir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: closedir.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:05:27 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)closedir.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: closedir.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:05:27 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * close a directory.
+ */
+int
+closedir(dirp)
+	register DIR *dirp;
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	seekdir(dirp, dirp->dd_rewind);	/* free seekdir storage */
+	fd = dirp->dd_fd;
+	dirp->dd_fd = -1;
+	dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+	free((void *)dirp->dd_buf);
+	free((void *)dirp);
+	return(close(fd));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3 b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a1803a3c5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: confstr.3,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:04 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)confstr.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt CONFSTR 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm confstr
+.Nd get string-valued configurable variables
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft size_t
+.Fn confstr "int name" "char *buf" "size_t len"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This interface is obsoleted by sysctl(3).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn confstr
+function provides a method for applications to get configuration
+defined string values.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa name
+argument specifies the system variable to be queried.
+Symbolic constants for each name value are found in the include file
+.Li <unistd.h> .
+The
+.Fa len
+argument specifies the size of the buffer referenced by the
+argument
+.Fa buf .
+If
+.Fa len
+is non-zero,
+.Fa buf
+is a non-null pointer, and
+.Fa name
+has a value, up to
+.Fa len
+\- 1 bytes of the value are copied into the buffer 
+.Fa buf .
+The copied value is always null terminated.
+.Pp
+The available values are as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.Pp
+.It Li _CS_PATH
+Return a value for the
+.Ev PATH
+environment variable that finds all the standard utilities.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Nm confstr
+is not successful, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+Otherwise, if the variable does not have a configuration defined value,
+0 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is not modified.
+Otherwise, the buffer size needed to hold the entire configuration-defined
+value is returned.
+If this size is greater than the argument
+.Fa len ,
+the string in
+.Fa buf
+was truncated.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Nm confstr
+function may fail and set
+.Va error
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr malloc 3
+and
+.Xr sysctl 3 .
+.Pp
+In addition, the following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa name
+argument is invalid.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm confstr
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm confstr
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4a5e84a34f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/confstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: confstr.c,v 1.6 1995/05/13 06:58:18 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)confstr.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: confstr.c,v 1.6 1995/05/13 06:58:18 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+size_t
+confstr(name, buf, len)
+	int name;
+	char *buf;
+	size_t len;
+{
+	size_t tlen;
+	int mib[2], sverrno;
+	char *p;
+
+	switch (name) {
+	case _CS_PATH:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_CS_PATH;
+		if (sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, &tlen, NULL, 0) == -1)
+			return (-1);
+		if (len != 0 && buf != NULL) {
+			if ((p = malloc(tlen)) == NULL)
+				return (-1);
+			if (sysctl(mib, 2, p, &tlen, NULL, 0) == -1) {
+				sverrno = errno;
+				free(p);
+				errno = sverrno;
+				return (-1);
+			}
+			/*
+			 * POSIX 1003.2 requires partial return of
+			 * the string -- that should be *real* useful.
+			 */
+			(void)strncpy(buf, p, len - 1);
+			buf[len - 1] = '\0';
+			free(p);
+		}
+		return (tlen + 1);
+	default:
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (0);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cfdc9dd9628
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ctermid.3,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ctermid.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt CTERMID 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ctermid
+.Nd generate terminal pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdio.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn ctermid "char *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ctermid
+function generates a string, that, when used as a pathname, refers to
+the current controlling terminal of the calling process.
+.Pp
+If
+.Ar buf
+is the
+.Dv NULL
+pointer, a pointer to a static area is returned.
+Otherwise, the pathname is copied into the memory referenced by
+.Ar buf .
+The argument
+.Ar buf
+is assumed to point to an array at least
+.Dv L_ctermid
+(as defined in the include
+file
+.Aq Pa stdio.h )
+bytes long.
+.Pp
+The current implementation simply returns
+.Ql /dev/tty .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+pointer is returned.
+Otherwise, a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The current implementation detects no error conditions.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ttyname 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Xr ctermid
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
+.Sh BUGS
+By default the
+.Fn ctermid
+function
+writes all information to an internal static object.
+Subsequent calls to
+.Fn ctermid
+will modify the same object.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..def95597365
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctermid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctermid.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:15 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ctermid.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: ctermid.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:15 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+ctermid(s)
+	char *s;
+{
+	static char def[] = _PATH_TTY;
+
+	if (s) {
+		bcopy(def, s, sizeof(_PATH_TTY));
+		return(s);
+	}
+	return(def);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctype.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ctype.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..45f6fbae448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctype.3
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ctype.3,v 1.6 1995/02/25 15:39:26 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ctype.3	6.5 (Berkeley) 4/19/91
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1991
+.Dt CTYPE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isalpha ,
+.Nm isupper ,
+.Nm islower ,
+.Nm isdigit ,
+.Nm isxdigit ,
+.Nm isalnum ,
+.Nm isspace ,
+.Nm ispunct ,
+.Nm isprint ,
+.Nm isgraph ,
+.Nm iscntrl ,
+.Nm isblank ,
+.Nm isascii ,
+.Nm toupper ,
+.Nm tolower ,
+.Nm toascii
+.Nd character classification macros
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Fa int c
+.br
+.Fn isalpha c
+.Fn isupper c
+.Fn islower c
+.Fn isdigit c
+.Fn isxdigit c
+.Fn isalnum c
+.Fn isspace c
+.Fn ispunct c
+.Fn isprint c
+.Fn isgraph c
+.Fn iscntrl c
+.Fn isblank c
+.Fn isascii c
+.Fn toupper c
+.Fn tolower c
+.Fn toascii c
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The above macros perform character tests and conversions on the integer
+.Ar c .
+.Pp
+See the specific manual pages for more information.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+These functions, with the exception of
+.Fn isblank
+and
+.Fn toascii ,
+conform to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ctype_.c b/lib/libc/gen/ctype_.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2325fd638db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ctype_.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ctype_.c,v 1.12 1995/02/25 15:39:28 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+/*static char *sccsid = "from: @(#)ctype_.c	5.6 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";*/
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: ctype_.c,v 1.12 1995/02/25 15:39:28 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+const char _C_ctype_[1 + 256] = {
+	0,
+	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,
+	_C,	_C|_S,	_C|_S,	_C|_S,	_C|_S,	_C|_S,	_C,	_C,
+	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,
+	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,	_C,
+	_S|_B,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,
+	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,
+	_N,	_N,	_N,	_N,	_N,	_N,	_N,	_N,
+	_N,	_N,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,
+	_P,	_U|_X,	_U|_X,	_U|_X,	_U|_X,	_U|_X,	_U|_X,	_U,
+	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,
+	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,	_U,
+	_U,	_U,	_U,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,
+	_P,	_L|_X,	_L|_X,	_L|_X,	_L|_X,	_L|_X,	_L|_X,	_L,
+	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,
+	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,	_L,
+	_L,	_L,	_L,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_P,	_C
+};
+
+const char *_ctype_ = _C_ctype_;
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3 b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9ef8386dc15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: daemon.3,v 1.3 1995/02/25 13:41:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)daemon.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt DAEMON 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm daemon
+.Nd run in the background
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Fn daemon "int nochdir" "int noclose"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn daemon
+function is for programs wishing to detach themselves from the
+controlling terminal and run in the background as system daemons.
+.Pp
+Unless the argument
+.Fa nochdir
+is non-zero,
+.Fn daemon
+changes the current working directory to the root (``/'').
+.Pp
+Unless the argument
+.Fa noclose
+is non-zero,
+.Fn daemon
+will redirect standard input, standard output and standard error
+to ``/dev/null''.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The function
+.Fn daemon
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr fork 2
+and 
+.Xr setsid 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setsid 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn daemon
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c620ce9d539
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/daemon.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: daemon.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 13:41:16 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)daemon.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: daemon.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 13:41:16 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+daemon(nochdir, noclose)
+	int nochdir, noclose;
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	switch (fork()) {
+	case -1:
+		return (-1);
+	case 0:
+		break;
+	default:
+		_exit(0);
+	}
+
+	if (setsid() == -1)
+		return (-1);
+
+	if (!nochdir)
+		(void)chdir("/");
+
+	if (!noclose && (fd = open(_PATH_DEVNULL, O_RDWR, 0)) != -1) {
+		(void)dup2(fd, STDIN_FILENO);
+		(void)dup2(fd, STDOUT_FILENO);
+		(void)dup2(fd, STDERR_FILENO);
+		if (fd > 2)
+			(void)close (fd);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..431d68f8aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: devname.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 03:42:42 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)devname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt DEVNAME 3
+.Os BSD 4.4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm devname
+.Nd get device name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn devname "dev_t dev" "mode_t type"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn devname
+function returns a pointer to the name of the block or character
+device in
+.Dq Pa /dev
+with a device number of
+.Fa dev ,
+and a file type matching the one encoded in
+.Fa type
+which must be one of S_IFBLK or S_IFCHR.
+If no device matches the specified values, or no information is
+available, the string
+.Dq ??
+is returned.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr dev_mkdb 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm devname
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/devname.c b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1a1c210cbe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/devname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: devname.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:08 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)devname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: devname.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:08 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <db.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+devname(dev, type)
+	dev_t dev;
+	mode_t type;
+{
+	struct {
+		mode_t type;
+		dev_t dev;
+	} bkey;
+	static DB *db;
+	static int failure;
+	DBT data, key;
+
+	if (!db && !failure &&
+	    !(db = dbopen(_PATH_DEVDB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL))) {
+		_warn("warning: %s", _PATH_DEVDB);
+		failure = 1;
+	}
+	if (failure)
+		return ("??");
+
+	/*
+	 * Keys are a mode_t followed by a dev_t.  The former is the type of
+	 * the file (mode & S_IFMT), the latter is the st_rdev field.  Be
+	 * sure to clear any padding that may be found in bkey.
+	 */
+	memset(&bkey, 0, sizeof(bkey));
+	bkey.dev = dev;
+	bkey.type = type;
+	key.data = &bkey;
+	key.size = sizeof(bkey);
+	return ((db->get)(db, &key, &data, 0) ? "??" : (char *)data.data);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4cd377abe7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: directory.3,v 1.7 1995/02/25 08:51:10 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)directory.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt DIRECTORY 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm opendir ,
+.Nm readdir ,
+.Nm telldir ,
+.Nm seekdir ,
+.Nm rewinddir ,
+.Nm closedir ,
+.Nm dirfd
+.Nd directory operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <dirent.h>
+.Ft DIR *
+.Fn opendir "const char *filename"
+.Ft struct dirent *
+.Fn readdir "DIR *dirp"
+.Ft long
+.Fn telldir "const DIR *dirp"
+.Ft void
+.Fn seekdir "DIR *dirp" "long  loc"
+.Ft void
+.Fn rewinddir "DIR *dirp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn closedir "DIR *dirp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn dirfd "DIR *dirp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn opendir
+function
+opens the directory named by
+.Fa filename ,
+associates a
+.Em directory stream
+with it
+and
+returns a pointer to be used to identify the
+.Em directory stream
+in subsequent operations.  The pointer
+.Dv NULL
+is returned if
+.Fa filename
+cannot be accessed, or if it cannot
+.Xr malloc 3
+enough memory to hold the whole thing.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn readdir
+function
+returns a pointer to the next directory entry.  It returns
+.Dv NULL
+upon reaching the end of the directory or detecting an invalid
+.Fn seekdir
+operation.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn telldir
+function
+returns the current location associated with the named
+.Em directory stream .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn seekdir
+function
+sets the position of the next
+.Fn readdir
+operation on the
+.Em directory stream .
+The new position reverts to the one associated with the
+.Em directory stream
+when the
+.Fn telldir
+operation was performed.  Values returned by
+.Fn telldir
+are good only for the lifetime of the
+.Dv DIR
+pointer,
+.Fa dirp ,
+from which they are derived.
+If the directory is closed and then reopened, the 
+.Fn telldir
+value may be invalidated due to undetected directory compaction.
+It is safe to use a previous
+.Fn telldir
+value immediately after a call to
+.Fn opendir
+and before any calls to
+.Fn readdir .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn rewinddir
+function
+resets the position of the named
+.Em directory stream
+to the beginning of the directory.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn closedir
+function
+closes the named
+.Em directory stream
+and frees the structure associated with the
+.Fa dirp
+pointer,
+returning 0 on success.
+On failure, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn dirfd
+function
+returns the integer file descriptor associated with the named
+.Em directory stream ,
+see
+.Xr open 2 .
+.Pp
+Sample code which searchs a directory for entry ``name'' is:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+len = strlen(name);
+dirp = opendir(".");
+while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL)
+	if (dp->d_namlen == len && !strcmp(dp->d_name, name)) {
+		(void)closedir(dirp);
+		return FOUND;
+	}
+(void)closedir(dirp);
+return NOT_FOUND;
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr open 2 ,
+.Xr close 2 ,
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr lseek 2 ,
+.Xr dir 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn opendir ,
+.Fn readdir ,
+.Fn telldir ,
+.Fn seekdir ,
+.Fn rewinddir ,
+.Fn closedir ,
+and
+.Fn dirfd
+functions appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6deaa1b4fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: disklabel.c,v 1.11 1995/06/07 13:14:09 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)disklabel.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: disklabel.c,v 1.11 1995/06/07 13:14:09 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#define DKTYPENAMES
+#include <sys/disklabel.h>
+#include <ufs/ffs/fs.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static void	error __P((int));
+static int	gettype __P((char *, char **));
+
+struct disklabel *
+getdiskbyname(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+	static struct	disklabel disk;
+	register struct	disklabel *dp = &disk;
+	register struct partition *pp;
+	char	*buf;
+	char  	*db_array[2] = { _PATH_DISKTAB, 0 };
+	char	*cp, *cq;	/* can't be register */
+	char	p, max, psize[3], pbsize[3],
+		pfsize[3], poffset[3], ptype[3];
+	u_int32_t *dx;
+
+	if (cgetent(&buf, db_array, (char *) name) < 0)
+		return NULL;
+
+	bzero((char *)&disk, sizeof(disk));
+	/*
+	 * typename
+	 */
+	cq = dp->d_typename;
+	cp = buf;
+	while (cq < dp->d_typename + sizeof(dp->d_typename) - 1 &&
+	    (*cq = *cp) && *cq != '|' && *cq != ':')
+		cq++, cp++;
+	*cq = '\0';
+	/*
+	 * boot name (optional)  xxboot, bootxx
+	 */
+	cgetstr(buf, "b0", &dp->d_boot0);
+	cgetstr(buf, "b1", &dp->d_boot1);
+
+	if (cgetstr(buf, "ty", &cq) > 0 && strcmp(cq, "removable") == 0)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_REMOVABLE;
+	else  if (cq && strcmp(cq, "simulated") == 0)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_RAMDISK;
+	if (cgetcap(buf, "sf", ':') != NULL)
+		dp->d_flags |= D_BADSECT;
+
+#define getnumdflt(field, dname, dflt) \
+        { long f; (field) = (cgetnum(buf, dname, &f) == -1) ? (dflt) : f; }
+#define	getnum(field, dname) \
+	{ long f; cgetnum(buf, dname, &f); field = f; }
+
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secsize, "se", DEV_BSIZE);
+	getnum(dp->d_ntracks, "nt");
+	getnum(dp->d_nsectors, "ns");
+	getnum(dp->d_ncylinders, "nc");
+
+	if (cgetstr(buf, "dt", &cq) > 0)
+		dp->d_type = gettype(cq, dktypenames);
+	else
+		getnumdflt(dp->d_type, "dt", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secpercyl, "sc", dp->d_nsectors * dp->d_ntracks);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_secperunit, "su", dp->d_secpercyl * dp->d_ncylinders);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_rpm, "rm", 3600);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_interleave, "il", 1);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_trackskew, "sk", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_cylskew, "cs", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_headswitch, "hs", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_trkseek, "ts", 0);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_bbsize, "bs", BBSIZE);
+	getnumdflt(dp->d_sbsize, "sb", SBSIZE);
+	strcpy(psize, "px");
+	strcpy(pbsize, "bx");
+	strcpy(pfsize, "fx");
+	strcpy(poffset, "ox");
+	strcpy(ptype, "tx");
+	max = 'a' - 1;
+	pp = &dp->d_partitions[0];
+	for (p = 'a'; p < 'a' + MAXPARTITIONS; p++, pp++) {
+		long f;
+
+		psize[1] = pbsize[1] = pfsize[1] = poffset[1] = ptype[1] = p;
+		if (cgetnum(buf, psize, &f) == -1)
+			pp->p_size = 0;
+		else {
+			pp->p_size = f;
+			getnum(pp->p_offset, poffset);
+			getnumdflt(pp->p_fsize, pfsize, 0);
+			if (pp->p_fsize) {
+				long bsize;
+
+				if (cgetnum(buf, pbsize, &bsize) == 0)
+					pp->p_frag = bsize / pp->p_fsize;
+				else
+					pp->p_frag = 8;
+			}
+			getnumdflt(pp->p_fstype, ptype, 0);
+			if (pp->p_fstype == 0 && cgetstr(buf, ptype, &cq) > 0)
+				pp->p_fstype = gettype(cq, fstypenames);
+			max = p;
+		}
+	}
+	dp->d_npartitions = max + 1 - 'a';
+	(void)strcpy(psize, "dx");
+	dx = dp->d_drivedata;
+	for (p = '0'; p < '0' + NDDATA; p++, dx++) {
+		psize[1] = p;
+		getnumdflt(*dx, psize, 0);
+	}
+	dp->d_magic = DISKMAGIC;
+	dp->d_magic2 = DISKMAGIC;
+	free(buf);
+	return (dp);
+}
+
+static int
+gettype(t, names)
+	char *t;
+	char **names;
+{
+	register char **nm;
+
+	for (nm = names; *nm; nm++)
+		if (strcasecmp(t, *nm) == 0)
+			return (nm - names);
+	if (isdigit(*t))
+		return (atoi(t));
+	return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+error(err)
+	int err;
+{
+	char *p;
+
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "disktab: ", 9);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, _PATH_DISKTAB, sizeof(_PATH_DISKTAB) - 1);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2);
+	p = strerror(err);
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, p, strlen(p));
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/err.3 b/lib/libc/gen/err.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..be7f3a8c5e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/err.3
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: err.3,v 1.5 1995/02/25 13:40:57 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)err.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd "June 9, 1993"
+.Dt ERR 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm err ,
+.Nm verr ,
+.Nm errx ,
+.Nm verrx ,
+.Nm warn ,
+.Nm vwarn ,
+.Nm warnx ,
+.Nm vwarnx
+.Nd formatted error messages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <err.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn err "int eval" "const char *fmt" "..."
+.Ft void
+.Fn verr "int eval" "const char *fmt" "va_list args"
+.Ft void
+.Fn errx "int eval" "const char *fmt" "..."
+.Ft void
+.Fn verrx "int eval" "const char *fmt" "va_list args"
+.Ft void
+.Fn warn "const char *fmt" "..."
+.Ft void
+.Fn vwarn "const char *fmt" "va_list args"
+.Ft void
+.Fn warnx "const char *fmt" "..."
+.Ft void
+.Fn vwarnx "const char *fmt" "va_list args"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn err
+and
+.Fn warn
+family of functions display a formatted error message on the standard
+error output.
+In all cases, the last component of the program name, a colon character,
+and a space are output.
+If the
+.Va fmt
+argument is not NULL, the formatted error message, a colon character,
+and a space are output.
+In the case of the
+.Fn err ,
+.Fn verr ,
+.Fn warn ,
+and
+.Fn vwarn
+functions, the error message string affiliated with the current value of
+the global variable
+.Va errno 
+is output.
+In all cases, the output is followed by a newline character.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn err ,
+.Fn verr ,
+.Fn errx ,
+and
+.Fn verrx
+functions do not return, but exit with the value of the argument
+.Fa eval .
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Display the current errno information string and exit:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((p = malloc(size)) == NULL)
+	err(1, NULL);
+if ((fd = open(file_name, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+	err(1, "%s", file_name);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Display an error message and exit:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME)
+	errx(1, "too early, wait until %s", start_time_string);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Warn of an error:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+if ((fd = open(raw_device, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+	warnx("%s: %s: trying the block device",
+	    raw_device, strerror(errno));
+if ((fd = open(block_device, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1)
+	err(1, "%s", block_device);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr strerror 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn err
+and
+.Fn warn
+functions first appeared in 
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/err.c b/lib/libc/gen/err.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bc825899183
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/err.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: err.c,v 1.12 1995/02/25 17:19:26 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)err.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: err.c,v 1.12 1995/02/25 17:19:26 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char *__progname;		/* Program name, from crt0. */
+
+__dead void
+_verr(eval, fmt, ap)
+	int eval;
+	const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	int sverrno;
+
+	sverrno = errno;
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", __progname);
+	if (fmt != NULL) {
+		(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, ": ");
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(sverrno));
+	exit(eval);
+}
+
+__dead void
+#ifdef __STDC__
+_err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+_err(va_alist)
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	int eval;
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	va_start(ap);
+	eval = va_arg(ap, int);
+	fmt = va_arg(ap, const char *);
+#endif
+	_verr(eval, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+__dead void
+_verrx(eval, fmt, ap)
+	int eval;
+	const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", __progname);
+	if (fmt != NULL)
+		(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+	exit(eval);
+}
+
+__dead void
+#if __STDC__
+_errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+_errx(va_alist)
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	int eval;
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	va_start(ap);
+	eval = va_arg(ap, int);
+	fmt = va_arg(ap, const char *);
+#endif
+	_verrx(eval, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+
+void
+_vwarn(fmt, ap)
+	const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	int sverrno;
+
+	sverrno = errno;
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", __progname);
+	if (fmt != NULL) {
+		(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, ": ");
+	}
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(sverrno));
+}
+
+void
+#if __STDC__
+_warn(const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+_warn(va_alist)
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	va_start(ap);
+	fmt = va_arg(ap, const char *);
+#endif
+	_vwarn(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void
+_vwarnx(fmt, ap)
+	const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", __progname);
+	if (fmt != NULL)
+		(void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
+	(void)fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+}
+
+void
+#ifdef __STDC__
+_warnx(const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+_warnx(va_alist)
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+#ifdef __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	const char *fmt;
+
+	va_start(ap);
+	fmt = va_arg(ap, const char *);
+#endif
+	_vwarnx(fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/errlist.c b/lib/libc/gen/errlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0993f750ec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/errlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: errlist.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 13:40:51 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1982, 1985, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)errlst.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 11/16/93";
+#else
+static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: errlist.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 13:40:51 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+const char *const _sys_errlist[] = {
+	"Undefined error: 0",			/*  0 - ENOERROR */
+	"Operation not permitted",		/*  1 - EPERM */
+	"No such file or directory",		/*  2 - ENOENT */
+	"No such process",			/*  3 - ESRCH */
+	"Interrupted system call",		/*  4 - EINTR */
+	"Input/output error",			/*  5 - EIO */
+	"Device not configured",		/*  6 - ENXIO */
+	"Argument list too long",		/*  7 - E2BIG */
+	"Exec format error",			/*  8 - ENOEXEC */
+	"Bad file descriptor",			/*  9 - EBADF */
+	"No child processes",			/* 10 - ECHILD */
+	"Resource deadlock avoided",		/* 11 - EDEADLK */
+	"Cannot allocate memory",		/* 12 - ENOMEM */
+	"Permission denied",			/* 13 - EACCES */
+	"Bad address",				/* 14 - EFAULT */
+	"Block device required",		/* 15 - ENOTBLK */
+	"Device busy",				/* 16 - EBUSY */
+	"File exists",				/* 17 - EEXIST */
+	"Cross-device link",			/* 18 - EXDEV */
+	"Operation not supported by device",	/* 19 - ENODEV */
+	"Not a directory",			/* 20 - ENOTDIR */
+	"Is a directory",			/* 21 - EISDIR */
+	"Invalid argument",			/* 22 - EINVAL */
+	"Too many open files in system",	/* 23 - ENFILE */
+	"Too many open files",			/* 24 - EMFILE */
+	"Inappropriate ioctl for device",	/* 25 - ENOTTY */
+	"Text file busy",			/* 26 - ETXTBSY */
+	"File too large",			/* 27 - EFBIG */
+	"No space left on device",		/* 28 - ENOSPC */
+	"Illegal seek",				/* 29 - ESPIPE */
+	"Read-only file system",		/* 30 - EROFS */
+	"Too many links",			/* 31 - EMLINK */
+	"Broken pipe",				/* 32 - EPIPE */
+
+/* math software */
+	"Numerical argument out of domain",	/* 33 - EDOM */
+	"Result too large",			/* 34 - ERANGE */
+
+/* non-blocking and interrupt i/o */
+	"Resource temporarily unavailable",	/* 35 - EAGAIN */
+						/* 35 - EWOULDBLOCK */
+	"Operation now in progress",		/* 36 - EINPROGRESS */
+	"Operation already in progress",	/* 37 - EALREADY */
+
+/* ipc/network software -- argument errors */
+	"Socket operation on non-socket",	/* 38 - ENOTSOCK */
+	"Destination address required",		/* 39 - EDESTADDRREQ */
+	"Message too long",			/* 40 - EMSGSIZE */
+	"Protocol wrong type for socket",	/* 41 - EPROTOTYPE */
+	"Protocol not available",		/* 42 - ENOPROTOOPT */
+	"Protocol not supported",		/* 43 - EPROTONOSUPPORT */
+	"Socket type not supported",		/* 44 - ESOCKTNOSUPPORT */
+	"Operation not supported",		/* 45 - EOPNOTSUPP */
+	"Protocol family not supported",	/* 46 - EPFNOSUPPORT */
+						/* 47 - EAFNOSUPPORT */
+	"Address family not supported by protocol family",
+	"Address already in use",		/* 48 - EADDRINUSE */
+	"Can't assign requested address",	/* 49 - EADDRNOTAVAIL */
+
+/* ipc/network software -- operational errors */
+	"Network is down",			/* 50 - ENETDOWN */
+	"Network is unreachable",		/* 51 - ENETUNREACH */
+	"Network dropped connection on reset",	/* 52 - ENETRESET */
+	"Software caused connection abort",	/* 53 - ECONNABORTED */
+	"Connection reset by peer",		/* 54 - ECONNRESET */
+	"No buffer space available",		/* 55 - ENOBUFS */
+	"Socket is already connected",		/* 56 - EISCONN */
+	"Socket is not connected",		/* 57 - ENOTCONN */
+	"Can't send after socket shutdown",	/* 58 - ESHUTDOWN */
+	"Too many references: can't splice",	/* 59 - ETOOMANYREFS */
+	"Operation timed out",			/* 60 - ETIMEDOUT */
+	"Connection refused",			/* 61 - ECONNREFUSED */
+
+	"Too many levels of symbolic links",	/* 62 - ELOOP */
+	"File name too long",			/* 63 - ENAMETOOLONG */
+
+/* should be rearranged */
+	"Host is down",				/* 64 - EHOSTDOWN */
+	"No route to host",			/* 65 - EHOSTUNREACH */
+	"Directory not empty",			/* 66 - ENOTEMPTY */
+
+/* quotas & mush */
+	"Too many processes",			/* 67 - EPROCLIM */
+	"Too many users",			/* 68 - EUSERS */
+	"Disc quota exceeded",			/* 69 - EDQUOT */
+
+/* Network File System */
+	"Stale NFS file handle",		/* 70 - ESTALE */
+	"Too many levels of remote in path",	/* 71 - EREMOTE */
+	"RPC struct is bad",			/* 72 - EBADRPC */
+	"RPC version wrong",			/* 73 - ERPCMISMATCH */
+	"RPC prog. not avail",			/* 74 - EPROGUNAVAIL */
+	"Program version wrong",		/* 75 - EPROGMISMATCH */
+	"Bad procedure for program",		/* 76 - EPROCUNAVAIL */
+
+	"No locks available",			/* 77 - ENOLCK */
+	"Function not implemented",		/* 78 - ENOSYS */
+	"Inappropriate file type or format",	/* 79 - EFTYPE */
+};
+int _sys_nerr = { sizeof _sys_errlist/sizeof _sys_errlist[0] };
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/errno.c b/lib/libc/gen/errno.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aeee911e2c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/errno.c
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: errno.c,v 1.2 1995/02/27 03:42:51 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+int errno;
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8eee20dc0c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: exec.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 03:42:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)exec.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/24/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 24, 1994
+.Dt EXEC 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm execl ,
+.Nm execlp ,
+.Nm execle ,
+.Nm exect ,
+.Nm execv ,
+.Nm execvp
+.Nd execute a file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Vt extern char **environ;
+.Ft int
+.Fn execl "const char *path" "const char *arg" ...
+.Ft int
+.Fn execlp "const char *file" "const char *arg" ...
+.Ft int
+.Fn execle "const char *path" "const char *arg" ... "char *const envp[]"
+.Ft int
+.Fn exect "const char *path" "char *const argv[]"  "char *const envp[]"
+.Ft int
+.Fn execv "const char *path" "char *const argv[]"
+.Ft int
+.Fn execvp "const char *file" "char *const argv[]"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm exec
+family of functions replaces the current process image with a
+new process image.
+The functions described in this manual page are front-ends for the function
+.Xr execve 2 .
+(See the manual page for
+.Xr execve
+for detailed information about the replacement of the current process.)
+.Pp
+The initial argument for these functions is the pathname of a file which
+is to be executed.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa "const char *arg"
+and subsequent ellipses in the
+.Fn execl ,
+.Fn execlp ,
+and
+.Fn execle
+functions can be thought of as
+.Em arg0 ,
+.Em arg1 ,
+\&...,
+.Em argn .
+Together they describe a list of one or more pointers to null-terminated
+strings that represent the argument list available to the executed program.
+The first argument, by convention, should point to the file name associated
+with the file being executed.
+The list of arguments
+.Em must
+be terminated by a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn exect ,
+.Fn execv ,
+and
+.Fn execvp
+functions provide an array of pointers to null-terminated strings that
+represent the argument list available to the new program.
+The first argument, by convention, should point to the file name associated
+with the file begin executed.
+The array of pointers
+.Sy must
+be terminated by a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn execle
+and
+.Fn exect
+functions also specify the environment of the executed process by following
+the
+.Dv NULL
+pointer that terminates the list of arguments in the parameter list
+or the pointer to the argv array with an additional parameter.
+This additional parameter is an array of pointers to null-terminated strings
+and
+.Em must
+be terminated by a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+The other functions take the environment for the new process image from the
+external variable
+.Va environ
+in the current process.
+.Pp
+Some of these functions have special semantics.
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+will duplicate the actions of the shell in searching for an executable file
+if the specified file name does not contain a slash
+.Dq Li /
+character.
+The search path is the path specified in the environment by
+.Dq Ev PATH
+variable.
+If this variable isn't specified, the default path
+.Dq Ev /bin:/usr/bin:
+is
+used.
+In addition, certain errors are treated specially.
+.Pp
+If permission is denied for a file (the attempted
+.Xr execve
+returned
+.Er EACCES ) ,
+these functions will continue searching the rest of
+the search path.
+If no other file is found, however, they will return with the global variable
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Er EACCES .
+.Pp
+If the header of a file isn't recognized (the attempted
+.Xr execve
+returned
+.Er ENOEXEC ) ,
+these functions will execute the shell with the path of
+the file as its first argument.
+(If this attempt fails, no further searching is done.)
+.Pp
+If the file is currently busy (the attempted
+.Xr execve
+returned
+.Er ETXTBUSY ) ,
+these functions will sleep for several seconds,
+periodically re-attempting to execute the file.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn exect
+executes a file with the program tracing facilities enabled (see
+.Xr ptrace 2 ) .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If any of the
+.Xr exec
+functions returns, an error will have occurred.
+The return value is \-1, and the global variable
+.Va errno
+will be set to indicate the error.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /bin/sh -compact
+.It Pa /bin/sh
+The shell.
+.El
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Execl ,
+.Fn execle ,
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr execve 2
+and
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Pp
+.Fn Exect
+and
+.Fn execv
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library function
+.Xr execve 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr execve 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr trace 2 ,
+.Xr environ 7 ,
+.Xr ptrace 2 ,
+.Xr environ 7 ,
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+Historically, the default path for the
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+functions was
+.Dq Pa :/bin:/usr/bin .
+This was changed to place the current directory last to enhance system
+security.
+.Pp
+The behavior of
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+when errors occur while attempting to execute the file is historic
+practice, but has not traditionally been documented and is not specified
+by the
+.Tn POSIX
+standard.
+.Pp
+Traditionally, the functions
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+ignored all errors except for the ones described above and
+.Er ENOMEM
+and
+.Er E2BIG ,
+upon which they returned.
+They now return if any error other than the ones described above occurs.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+.Fn Execl ,
+.Fn execv ,
+.Fn execle ,
+.Fn execlp
+and
+.Fn execvp
+conform to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.c b/lib/libc/gen/exec.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8bac51e01b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.6 1995/02/27 03:42:57 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)exec.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: exec.c,v 1.6 1995/02/27 03:42:57 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+extern char **environ;
+
+static char **
+buildargv(ap, arg, envpp)
+	va_list ap;
+	const char *arg;
+	char ***envpp;
+{
+	static size_t memsize;
+	static char **argv;
+	register size_t off;
+
+	argv = NULL;
+	for (off = 0;; ++off) {
+		if (off >= memsize) {
+			memsize += 50;	/* Starts out at 0. */
+			memsize *= 2;	/* Ramp up fast. */
+			if (!(argv = realloc(argv, memsize * sizeof(char *)))) {
+				memsize = 0;
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			if (off == 0) {
+				argv[0] = (char *)arg;
+				off = 1;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!(argv[off] = va_arg(ap, char *)))
+			break;
+	}
+	/* Get environment pointer if user supposed to provide one. */
+	if (envpp)
+		*envpp = va_arg(ap, char **);
+	return (argv);
+}
+
+int
+#if __STDC__
+execl(const char *name, const char *arg, ...)
+#else
+execl(name, arg, va_alist)
+	const char *name;
+	const char *arg;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int sverrno;
+	char **argv;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, arg);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	if (argv = buildargv(ap, arg, NULL))
+		(void)execve(name, argv, environ);
+	va_end(ap);
+	sverrno = errno;
+	free(argv);
+	errno = sverrno;
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+#if __STDC__
+execle(const char *name, const char *arg, ...)
+#else
+execle(name, arg, va_alist)
+	const char *name;
+	const char *arg;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int sverrno;
+	char **argv, **envp;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, arg);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	if (argv = buildargv(ap, arg, &envp))
+		(void)execve(name, argv, envp);
+	va_end(ap);
+	sverrno = errno;
+	free(argv);
+	errno = sverrno;
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+#if __STDC__
+execlp(const char *name, const char *arg, ...)
+#else
+execlp(name, arg, va_alist)
+	const char *name;
+	const char *arg;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	int sverrno;
+	char **argv;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, arg);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	if (argv = buildargv(ap, arg, NULL))
+		(void)execvp(name, argv);
+	va_end(ap);
+	sverrno = errno;
+	free(argv);
+	errno = sverrno;
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+execv(name, argv)
+	const char *name;
+	char * const *argv;
+{
+	(void)execve(name, argv, environ);
+	return (-1);
+}
+
+int
+execvp(name, argv)
+	const char *name;
+	char * const *argv;
+{
+	static int memsize;
+	static char **memp;
+	register int cnt, lp, ln;
+	register char *p;
+	int eacces = 0, etxtbsy = 0;
+	char *bp, *cur, *path, buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/* If it's an absolute or relative path name, it's easy. */
+	if (strchr(name, '/')) {
+		bp = (char *)name;
+		cur = path = NULL;
+		goto retry;
+	}
+	bp = buf;
+
+	/* Get the path we're searching. */
+	if (!(path = getenv("PATH")))
+		path = _PATH_DEFPATH;
+	cur = path = strdup(path);
+
+	while (p = strsep(&cur, ":")) {
+		/*
+		 * It's a SHELL path -- double, leading and trailing colons
+		 * mean the current directory.
+		 */
+		if (!*p) {
+			p = ".";
+			lp = 1;
+		} else
+			lp = strlen(p);
+		ln = strlen(name);
+
+		/*
+		 * If the path is too long complain.  This is a possible
+		 * security issue; given a way to make the path too long
+		 * the user may execute the wrong program.
+		 */
+		if (lp + ln + 2 > sizeof(buf)) {
+			(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "execvp: ", 8);
+			(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, p, lp);
+			(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ": path too long\n", 16);
+			continue;
+		}
+		bcopy(p, buf, lp);
+		buf[lp] = '/';
+		bcopy(name, buf + lp + 1, ln);
+		buf[lp + ln + 1] = '\0';
+
+retry:		(void)execve(bp, argv, environ);
+		switch(errno) {
+		case EACCES:
+			eacces = 1;
+			break;
+		case ENOENT:
+			break;
+		case ENOEXEC:
+			for (cnt = 0; argv[cnt]; ++cnt);
+			if ((cnt + 2) * sizeof(char *) > memsize) {
+				memsize = (cnt + 2) * sizeof(char *);
+				if ((memp = realloc(memp, memsize)) == NULL) {
+					memsize = 0;
+					goto done;
+				}
+			}
+			memp[0] = "sh";
+			memp[1] = bp;
+			bcopy(argv + 1, memp + 2, cnt * sizeof(char *));
+			(void)execve(_PATH_BSHELL, memp, environ);
+			goto done;
+		case ETXTBSY:
+			if (etxtbsy < 3)
+				(void)sleep(++etxtbsy);
+			goto retry;
+		default:
+			goto done;
+		}
+	}
+	if (eacces)
+		errno = EACCES;
+	else if (!errno)
+		errno = ENOENT;
+done:	if (path)
+		free(path);
+	return (-1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0de10416bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.3
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: fnmatch.3,v 1.10 1995/02/27 06:25:38 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Guido van Rossum.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fnmatch.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 16, 1994
+.Dt FNMATCH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fnmatch
+.Nd match filename or pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <fnmatch.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn fnmatch "const char *pattern" "const char *string" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function
+matches patterns according to the rules used by the shell.
+It checks the string specified by the
+.Fa string
+argument to see if it matches the pattern specified by the
+.Fa pattern
+argument.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa flags
+argument modifies the interpretation of
+.Fa pattern
+and
+.Fa string .
+The value of
+.Fa flags
+is the bitwise inclusive
+.Tn OR
+of any of the following
+constants, which are defined in the include file
+.Pa fnmatch.h .
+.Bl -tag -width FNM_PATHNAME
+.It Dv FNM_NOESCAPE
+Normally, every occurrence of a backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+followed by a character in
+.Fa pattern
+is replaced by that character.
+This is done to negate any special meaning for the character.
+If the
+.Dv FNM_NOESCAPE
+flag is set, a backslash character is treated as an ordinary character.
+.It Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+Slash characters in
+.Fa string
+must be explicitly matched by slashes in
+.Fa pattern .
+If this flag is not set, then slashes are treated as regular characters.
+.It Dv FNM_PERIOD
+Leading periods in strings match periods in patterns.
+The definition of ``leading'' is related to the specification of
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME.
+A period is always ``leading'' if it is the first character in
+.Ar string .
+Additionally, if
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+is set,
+a period is ``leading'' if it immediately follows a slash.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function returns zero if
+.Fa string
+matches the pattern specified by
+.Fa pattern ,
+otherwise, it returns the value
+.Dv FNM_NOMATCH .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr glob 3 ,
+.Xr regex 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.2-92 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn fnmatch
+function first appeared in 
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The pattern
+.Ql *
+matches the empty string, even if
+.Dv FNM_PATHNAME
+is specified.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4e6781c6fac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fnmatch.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fnmatch.c,v 1.11 1995/02/27 03:43:06 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fnmatch.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/16/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: fnmatch.c,v 1.11 1995/02/27 03:43:06 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Function fnmatch() as specified in POSIX 1003.2-1992, section B.6.
+ * Compares a filename or pathname to a pattern.
+ */
+
+#include <fnmatch.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define	EOS	'\0'
+
+static const char *rangematch __P((const char *, int, int));
+
+int
+fnmatch(pattern, string, flags)
+	const char *pattern, *string;
+	int flags;
+{
+	const char *stringstart;
+	char c, test;
+
+	for (stringstart = string;;)
+		switch (c = *pattern++) {
+		case EOS:
+			return (*string == EOS ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH);
+		case '?':
+			if (*string == EOS)
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			if (*string == '/' && (flags & FNM_PATHNAME))
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			if (*string == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD) &&
+			    (string == stringstart ||
+			    ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *(string - 1) == '/')))
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			++string;
+			break;
+		case '*':
+			c = *pattern;
+			/* Collapse multiple stars. */
+			while (c == '*')
+				c = *++pattern;
+
+			if (*string == '.' && (flags & FNM_PERIOD) &&
+			    (string == stringstart ||
+			    ((flags & FNM_PATHNAME) && *(string - 1) == '/')))
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+
+			/* Optimize for pattern with * at end or before /. */
+			if (c == EOS)
+				if (flags & FNM_PATHNAME)
+					return (strchr(string, '/') == NULL ?
+					    0 : FNM_NOMATCH);
+				else
+					return (0);
+			else if (c == '/' && flags & FNM_PATHNAME) {
+				if ((string = strchr(string, '/')) == NULL)
+					return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/* General case, use recursion. */
+			while ((test = *string) != EOS) {
+				if (!fnmatch(pattern, string, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD))
+					return (0);
+				if (test == '/' && flags & FNM_PATHNAME)
+					break;
+				++string;
+			}
+			return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+		case '[':
+			if (*string == EOS)
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			if (*string == '/' && flags & FNM_PATHNAME)
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			if ((pattern =
+			    rangematch(pattern, *string, flags)) == NULL)
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			++string;
+			break;
+		case '\\':
+			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE)) {
+				if ((c = *pattern++) == EOS) {
+					c = '\\';
+					--pattern;
+				}
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		default:
+			if (c != *string++)
+				return (FNM_NOMATCH);
+			break;
+		}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static const char *
+rangematch(pattern, test, flags)
+	const char *pattern;
+	int test, flags;
+{
+	int negate, ok;
+	char c, c2;
+
+	/*
+	 * A bracket expression starting with an unquoted circumflex
+	 * character produces unspecified results (IEEE 1003.2-1992,
+	 * 3.13.2).  This implementation treats it like '!', for
+	 * consistency with the regular expression syntax.
+	 * J.T. Conklin (conklin@ngai.kaleida.com)
+	 */
+	if (negate = (*pattern == '!' || *pattern == '^'))
+		++pattern;
+	
+	for (ok = 0; (c = *pattern++) != ']';) {
+		if (c == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+			c = *pattern++;
+		if (c == EOS)
+			return (NULL);
+		if (*pattern == '-' 
+		    && (c2 = *(pattern+1)) != EOS && c2 != ']') {
+			pattern += 2;
+			if (c2 == '\\' && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
+				c2 = *pattern++;
+			if (c2 == EOS)
+				return (NULL);
+			if (c <= test && test <= c2)
+				ok = 1;
+		} else if (c == test)
+			ok = 1;
+	}
+	return (ok == negate ? NULL : pattern);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..72f2b8af9d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/frexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: frexp.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 03:43:10 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)frexp.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt FREXP 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm frexp
+.Nd convert floating-point number to fractional and integral components
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <math.h>
+.Ft double
+.Fn frexp "double value" "int *exp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn frexp
+function breaks a floating-point number into a normalized
+fraction and an integral power of 2.
+It stores the integer in the
+.Em int
+object pointed to by
+.Fa exp .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn frexp
+function returns the value
+.Em x ,
+such that
+.Em x
+is a 
+.Em double
+with magnitude in the interval
+.Bq 1/2 , 1
+or zero, and
+.Fa value
+equals
+.Em x
+times 2 raised to the power
+.Fa *exp .
+If
+.Fa value
+is zero, both parts of the result are zero. 
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ldexp 3 ,
+.Xr modf 3 ,
+.Xr math 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn frexp
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c b/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc131dd54d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fstab.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fstab.c,v 1.7 1995/02/27 04:34:44 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fstab.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: fstab.c,v 1.7 1995/02/27 04:34:44 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fstab.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static FILE *_fs_fp;
+static struct fstab _fs_fstab;
+
+static error __P((int));
+static fstabscan __P((void));
+
+static
+fstabscan()
+{
+	register char *cp;
+#define	MAXLINELENGTH	1024
+	static char line[MAXLINELENGTH];
+	char subline[MAXLINELENGTH];
+	int typexx;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (!(cp = fgets(line, sizeof(line), _fs_fp)))
+			return(0);
+/* OLD_STYLE_FSTAB */
+		if (!strpbrk(cp, " \t")) {
+			_fs_fstab.fs_spec = strtok(cp, ":\n");
+			if (!_fs_fstab.fs_spec || *_fs_fstab.fs_spec == '#')
+				continue;
+			_fs_fstab.fs_file = strtok((char *)NULL, ":\n");
+			_fs_fstab.fs_type = strtok((char *)NULL, ":\n");
+			if (_fs_fstab.fs_type) {
+				if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_type, FSTAB_XX))
+					continue;
+				_fs_fstab.fs_mntops = _fs_fstab.fs_type;
+				_fs_fstab.fs_vfstype =
+				    strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_type, FSTAB_SW) ?
+				    "ufs" : "swap";
+				if (cp = strtok((char *)NULL, ":\n")) {
+					_fs_fstab.fs_freq = atoi(cp);
+					if (cp = strtok((char *)NULL, ":\n")) {
+						_fs_fstab.fs_passno = atoi(cp);
+						return(1);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			goto bad;
+		}
+/* OLD_STYLE_FSTAB */
+		_fs_fstab.fs_spec = strtok(cp, " \t\n");
+		if (!_fs_fstab.fs_spec || *_fs_fstab.fs_spec == '#')
+			continue;
+		_fs_fstab.fs_file = strtok((char *)NULL, " \t\n");
+		_fs_fstab.fs_vfstype = strtok((char *)NULL, " \t\n");
+		_fs_fstab.fs_mntops = strtok((char *)NULL, " \t\n");
+		if (_fs_fstab.fs_mntops == NULL)
+			goto bad;
+		_fs_fstab.fs_freq = 0;
+		_fs_fstab.fs_passno = 0;
+		if ((cp = strtok((char *)NULL, " \t\n")) != NULL) {
+			_fs_fstab.fs_freq = atoi(cp);
+			if ((cp = strtok((char *)NULL, " \t\n")) != NULL)
+				_fs_fstab.fs_passno = atoi(cp);
+		}
+		strcpy(subline, _fs_fstab.fs_mntops);
+		for (typexx = 0, cp = strtok(subline, ","); cp;
+		     cp = strtok((char *)NULL, ",")) {
+			if (strlen(cp) != 2)
+				continue;
+			if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RW)) {
+				_fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RW;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RQ)) {
+				_fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RQ;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_RO)) {
+				_fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_RO;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_SW)) {
+				_fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_SW;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!strcmp(cp, FSTAB_XX)) {
+				_fs_fstab.fs_type = FSTAB_XX;
+				typexx++;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (typexx)
+			continue;
+		if (cp != NULL)
+			return(1);
+
+bad:		/* no way to distinguish between EOF and syntax error */
+		error(EFTYPE);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+struct fstab *
+getfsent()
+{
+	if (!_fs_fp && !setfsent() || !fstabscan())
+		return((struct fstab *)NULL);
+	return(&_fs_fstab);
+}
+
+struct fstab *
+getfsspec(name)
+	register const char *name;
+{
+	if (setfsent())
+		while (fstabscan())
+			if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_spec, name))
+				return(&_fs_fstab);
+	return((struct fstab *)NULL);
+}
+
+struct fstab *
+getfsfile(name)
+	register const char *name;
+{
+	if (setfsent())
+		while (fstabscan())
+			if (!strcmp(_fs_fstab.fs_file, name))
+				return(&_fs_fstab);
+	return((struct fstab *)NULL);
+}
+
+setfsent()
+{
+	if (_fs_fp) {
+		rewind(_fs_fp);
+		return(1);
+	}
+	if (_fs_fp = fopen(_PATH_FSTAB, "r"))
+		return(1);
+	error(errno);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+void
+endfsent()
+{
+	if (_fs_fp) {
+		(void)fclose(_fs_fp);
+		_fs_fp = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+static
+error(err)
+	int err;
+{
+	struct iovec iov[5];
+
+	iov[0].iov_base = "fstab: ";
+	iov[0].iov_len = 7;
+	iov[1].iov_base = _PATH_FSTAB;
+	iov[1].iov_len = sizeof(_PATH_FSTAB) - 1;
+	iov[2].iov_base =  ": ";
+	iov[2].iov_len = 2;
+	iov[3].iov_base = strerror(err);
+	iov[3].iov_len = strlen(iov[3].iov_base);
+	iov[4].iov_base = "\n";
+	iov[4].iov_len = 1;
+	(void)writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 5);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f1ab9d1c4f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ftok.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 03:43:16 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+.\" SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+.\" PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+.\" OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd June 24, 1994
+.Os
+.Dt ftok 3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ftok
+.Nd create IPC indentifier from path name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/ipc.h>
+.Ft key_t
+.Fn ftok "const char *path" "char id" ;
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ftok
+function attempts to create a unique key suitable for use with the
+.Xr msgget 2 ,
+.Xr semget 2
+and
+.Xr shmget 2
+functions given the
+.Fa path
+of an existing file and a user-selectable
+.Fa id .
+.Pp
+The specified
+.Fa path
+must specify an existing file that is accessible to the calling process
+or the call will fail.  Also, note that links to files will return the
+same key, given the same
+.Fa id .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ftok
+function will return -1 if
+.Fa path
+does not exist or if it cannot be accessed by the calling process.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr msgget 2 ,
+.Xr semget 2 ,
+.Xr shmget 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn ftok
+function originate with System V and is typically used by programs
+that use the System V IPC routines.
+.Sh AUTHOR
+.Bl -tag
+Thorsten Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+.El
+.Sh BUGS
+The returned key is computed based on the device and inode of the
+specified
+.Fa path
+in combination with the given
+.Fa id .
+Thus is is quite possible for the routine to return duplicate keys
+given that those fields are not 8- and 16-bit quantities like they
+were on System V based systems where this library routine's ancestor
+were originally created.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a18729ebc6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ftok.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ftok.c,v 1.3 1995/02/27 03:43:18 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert <tholo@sigmasoft.com>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
+ * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+ * PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
+ * OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
+ * WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ * OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
+ * ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: ftok.c,v 1.3 1995/02/27 03:43:18 cgd Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/ipc.h>
+
+key_t
+ftok(path, id)
+	const char *path;
+	char id;
+{
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (stat(path, &st) < 0)
+		return (key_t)-1;
+
+	return (key_t)
+	    (id << 24 | (st.st_dev & 0xff) << 16 | (st.st_ino & 0xffff));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts.3 b/lib/libc/gen/fts.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62e057fdf91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts.3
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: fts.3,v 1.11 1995/02/27 03:43:23 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)fts.3	8.5 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 16, 1994
+.Dt FTS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm fts
+.Nd traverse a file hierarchy
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/stat.h>
+.Fd #include <fts.h>
+.Ft FTS *
+.Fn fts_open "char * const *path_argv" "int options" "int *compar(const FTSENT **, const FTSENT **)"
+.Ft FTSENT *
+.Fn fts_read "FTS *ftsp"
+.Ft FTSENT *
+.Fn fts_children "FTS *ftsp" "int options"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fts_set "FTS ftsp" "FTSENT *f" "int options"
+.Ft int
+.Fn fts_close "FTS *ftsp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm fts
+functions are provided for traversing
+.Tn UNIX
+file hierarchies.
+A simple overview is that the
+.Fn fts_open
+function returns a ``handle'' on a file hierarchy, which is then supplied to
+the other
+.Nm fts
+functions.
+The function
+.Fn fts_read
+returns a pointer to a structure describing one of the files in the file
+hierarchy.
+The function
+.Fn fts_children
+returns a pointer to a linked list of structures, each of which describes
+one of the files contained in a directory in the hierarchy.
+In general, directories are visited two distinguishable times; in pre-order
+(before any of their descendants are visited) and in post-order (after all
+of their descendants have been visited).
+Files are visited once.
+It is possible to walk the hierarchy ``logically'' (ignoring symbolic links)
+or physically (visiting symbolic links), order the walk of the hierarchy or
+prune and/or re-visit portions of the hierarchy.
+.Pp
+Two structures are defined (and typedef'd) in the include file
+.Aq Pa fts.h .
+The first is
+.Fa FTS ,
+the structure that represents the file hierarchy itself.
+The second is
+.Fa FTSENT ,
+the structure that represents a file in the file
+hierarchy.
+Normally, an
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure is returned for every file in the file
+hierarchy.
+In this manual page, ``file'' and
+.Dq Fa FTSENT No structure
+are generally
+interchangeable.
+The
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure contains at least the following fields, which are
+described in greater detail below:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct _ftsent {
+	u_short fts_info;		/* flags for FTSENT structure */
+	char *fts_accpath;		/* access path */
+	char *fts_path;			/* root path */
+	short fts_pathlen;		/* strlen(fts_path) */
+	char *fts_name;			/* file name */
+	short fts_namelen;		/* strlen(fts_name) */
+	short fts_level;		/* depth (\-1 to N) */
+	int fts_errno;			/* file errno */
+	long fts_number;		/* local numeric value */
+	void *fts_pointer;		/* local address value */
+	struct ftsent *fts_parent;	/* parent directory */
+	struct ftsent *fts_link;	/* next file structure */
+	struct ftsent *fts_cycle;	/* cycle structure */
+	struct stat *fts_statp;		/* stat(2) information */
+} FTSENT;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+These fields are defined as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "fts_namelen"
+.It Fa fts_info
+One of the following flags describing the returned
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure and
+the file it represents.
+With the exception of directories without errors
+.Pq Dv FTS_D ,
+all of these
+entries are terminal, that is, they will not be revisited, nor will any
+of their descendants be visited.
+.Bl  -tag -width FTS_DEFAULT
+.It Dv FTS_D
+A directory being visited in pre-order.
+.It Dv FTS_DC
+A directory that causes a cycle in the tree.
+(The
+.Fa fts_cycle
+field of the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure will be filled in as well.)
+.It Dv FTS_DEFAULT
+Any
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure that represents a file type not explicitly described
+by one of the other
+.Fa fts_info
+values.
+.It Dv FTS_DNR
+A directory which cannot be read.
+This is an error return, and the
+.Fa fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.It Dv FTS_DOT
+A file named
+.Ql \&.
+or
+.Ql ..
+which was not specified as a file name to
+.Fn fts_open
+(see
+.Dv FTS_SEEDOT ) .
+.It Dv FTS_DP
+A directory being visited in post-order.
+The contents of the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure will be unchanged from when
+it was returned in pre-order, i.e. with the
+.Fa fts_info
+field set to
+.Dv FTS_D .
+.It Dv FTS_ERR
+This is an error return, and the
+.Fa fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.It Dv FTS_F
+A regular file.
+.It Dv FTS_NS
+A file for which no
+.Xr stat 2
+information was available.
+The contents of the
+.Fa fts_statp
+field are undefined.
+This is an error return, and the
+.Fa fts_errno
+field will be set to indicate what caused the error.
+.It Dv FTS_NSOK
+A file for which no
+.Xr stat 2
+information was requested.
+The contents of the
+.Fa fts_statp
+field are undefined.
+.It Dv FTS_SL
+A symbolic link.
+.It Dv FTS_SLNONE
+A symbolic link with a non-existent target.
+The contents of the
+.Fa fts_statp
+field reference the file characteristic information for the symbolic link
+itself.
+.El
+.It Fa fts_accpath
+A path for accessing the file from the current directory.
+.It Fa fts_path
+The path for the file relative to the root of the traversal.
+This path contains the path specified to
+.Fn fts_open
+as a prefix.
+.It Fa fts_pathlen
+The length of the string referenced by
+.Fa fts_path .
+.It Fa fts_name
+The name of the file.
+.It Fa fts_namelen
+The length of the string referenced by
+.Fa fts_name .
+.It Fa fts_level
+The depth of the traversal, numbered from \-1 to N, where this file
+was found.
+The
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure representing the parent of the starting point (or root)
+of the traversal is numbered \-1, and the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure for the root
+itself is numbered 0.
+.It Fa fts_errno
+Upon return of a
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure from the
+.Fn fts_children
+or
+.Fn fts_read
+functions, with its
+.Fa fts_info
+field set to 
+.Dv FTS_DNR ,
+.Dv FTS_ERR
+or
+.Dv FTS_NS ,
+the
+.Fa fts_errno
+field contains the value of the external variable
+.Va errno
+specifying the cause of the error.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.Fa fts_errno
+field are undefined.
+.It Fa fts_number
+This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
+not modified by the
+.Nm fts
+functions.
+It is initialized to 0.
+.It Fa fts_pointer
+This field is provided for the use of the application program and is
+not modified by the
+.Nm fts
+functions.
+It is initialized to
+.Dv NULL .
+.It Fa fts_parent
+A pointer to the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure referencing the file in the hierarchy
+immediately above the current file, i.e. the directory of which this
+file is a member.
+A parent structure for the initial entry point is provided as well,
+however, only the
+.Fa fts_level ,
+.Fa fts_number
+and
+.Fa fts_pointer
+fields are guaranteed to be initialized.
+.It Fa fts_link
+Upon return from the
+.Fn fts_children
+function, the
+.Fa fts_link
+field points to the next structure in the NULL-terminated linked list of
+directory members.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.Fa fts_link
+field are undefined.
+.It Fa fts_cycle
+If a directory causes a cycle in the hierarchy (see
+.Dv FTS_DC ) ,
+either because
+of a hard link between two directories, or a symbolic link pointing to a
+directory, the
+.Fa fts_cycle
+field of the structure will point to the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure in the hierarchy that references the same file as the current
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure.
+Otherwise, the contents of the
+.Fa fts_cycle
+field are undefined.
+.It Fa fts_statp
+A pointer to
+.Xr stat 2
+information for the file.
+.El
+.Pp
+A single buffer is used for all of the paths of all of the files in the
+file hierarchy.
+Therefore, the
+.Fa fts_path
+and
+.Fa fts_accpath
+fields are guaranteed to be
+.Dv NULL Ns -terminated
+.Em only
+for the file most recently returned by
+.Fn fts_read .
+To use these fields to reference any files represented by other
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures will require that the path buffer be modified using the
+information contained in that
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure's
+.Fa fts_pathlen
+field.
+Any such modifications should be undone before further calls to
+.Fn fts_read
+are attempted.
+The
+.Fa fts_name
+field is always
+.Dv NULL Ns -terminated.
+.Sh FTS_OPEN
+The
+.Fn fts_open
+function takes a pointer to an array of character pointers naming one
+or more paths which make up a logical file hierarchy to be traversed.
+The array must be terminated by a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+.Pp
+There are
+a number of options, at least one of which (either
+.Dv FTS_LOGICAL
+or
+.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL )
+must be specified.
+The options are selected by
+.Em or Ns 'ing
+the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width "FTS_PHYSICAL"
+.It Dv FTS_COMFOLLOW
+This option causes any symbolic link specified as a root path to be
+followed immediately whether or not
+.Dv FTS_LOGICAL
+is also specified.
+.It Dv FTS_LOGICAL
+This option causes the
+.Nm fts
+routines to return
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures for the targets of symbolic links
+instead of the symbolic links themselves.
+If this option is set, the only symbolic links for which
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures
+are returned to the application are those referencing non-existent files.
+Either
+.Dv FTS_LOGICAL
+or
+.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL
+.Em must
+be provided to the
+.Fn fts_open
+function.
+.It Dv FTS_NOCHDIR
+As a performance optimization, the
+.Nm fts
+functions change directories as they walk the file hierarchy.
+This has the side-effect that an application cannot rely on being
+in any particular directory during the traversal.
+The
+.Dv FTS_NOCHDIR
+option turns off this optimization, and the
+.Nm fts
+functions will not change the current directory.
+Note that applications should not themselves change their current directory
+and try to access files unless
+.Dv FTS_NOCHDIR
+is specified and absolute
+pathnames were provided as arguments to
+.Fn fts_open .
+.It Dv FTS_NOSTAT
+By default, returned
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures reference file characteristic information (the
+.Fa statp
+field) for each file visited.
+This option relaxes that requirement as a performance optimization,
+allowing the
+.Nm fts
+functions to set the
+.Fa fts_info
+field to
+.Dv FTS_NSOK
+and leave the contents of the
+.Fa statp
+field undefined.
+.It Dv FTS_PHYSICAL
+This option causes the
+.Nm fts
+routines to return
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures for symbolic links themselves instead
+of the target files they point to.
+If this option is set,
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures for all symbolic links in the
+hierarchy are returned to the application.
+Either
+.Dv FTS_LOGICAL
+or
+.Dv FTS_PHYSICAL
+.Em must
+be provided to the
+.Fn fts_open
+function.
+.It Dv FTS_SEEDOT
+By default, unless they are specified as path arguments to
+.Fn fts_open ,
+any files named
+.Ql \&.
+or
+.Ql ..
+encountered in the file hierarchy are ignored.
+This option causes the
+.Nm fts
+routines to return
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures for them.
+.It Dv FTS_XDEV
+This option prevents
+.Nm fts
+from descending into directories that have a different device number
+than the file from which the descent began.
+.El
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fn compar
+specifies a user-defined function which may be used to order the traversal
+of the hierarchy.
+It
+takes two pointers to pointers to
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures as arguments and
+should return a negative value, zero, or a positive value to indicate
+if the file referenced by its first argument comes before, in any order
+with respect to, or after, the file referenced by its second argument.
+The
+.Fa fts_accpath ,
+.Fa fts_path
+and
+.Fa fts_pathlen
+fields of the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures may
+.Em never
+be used in this comparison.
+If the 
+.Fa fts_info
+field is set to
+.Dv FTS_NS
+or
+.Dv FTS_NSOK ,
+the
+.Fa fts_statp
+field may not either.
+If the
+.Fn compar
+argument is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the directory traversal order is in the order listed in
+.Fa path_argv
+for the root paths, and in the order listed in the directory for
+everything else.
+.Sh FTS_READ
+The
+.Fn fts_read
+function returns a pointer to an
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure describing a file in
+the hierarchy.
+Directories (that are readable and do not cause cycles) are visited at
+least twice, once in pre-order and once in post-order.
+All other files are visited at least once.
+(Hard links between directories that do not cause cycles or symbolic
+links to symbolic links may cause files to be visited more than once,
+or directories more than twice.)
+.Pp
+If all the members of the hierarchy have been returned,
+.Fn fts_read
+returns
+.Dv NULL
+and sets the external variable
+.Va errno
+to 0.
+If an error unrelated to a file in the hierarchy occurs,
+.Fn fts_read
+returns
+.Dv NULL
+and sets
+.Va errno
+appropriately.
+If an error related to a returned file occurs, a pointer to an
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure is returned, and
+.Va errno
+may or may not have been set (see
+.Fa fts_info ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures returned by
+.Fn fts_read
+may be overwritten after a call to
+.Fn fts_close
+on the same file hierarchy stream, or, after a call to
+.Fn fts_read
+on the same file hierarchy stream unless they represent a file of type
+directory, in which case they will not be overwritten until after a call to
+.Fn fts_read
+after the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure has been returned by the function
+.Fn fts_read
+in post-order.
+.Sh FTS_CHILDREN
+The
+.Fn fts_children
+function returns a pointer to an
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure describing the first entry in a NULL-terminated linked list of
+the files in the directory represented by the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure most recently returned by
+.Fn fts_read .
+The list is linked through the
+.Fa fts_link
+field of the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure, and is ordered by the user-specified comparison function, if any.
+Repeated calls to
+.Fn fts_children
+will recreate this linked list.
+.Pp
+As a special case, if
+.Fn fts_read
+has not yet been called for a hierarchy,
+.Fn fts_children
+will return a pointer to the files in the logical directory specified to
+.Fn fts_open ,
+i.e. the arguments specified to
+.Fn fts_open .
+Otherwise, if the
+.Fa FTSENT
+structure most recently returned by
+.Fn fts_read
+is not a directory being visited in pre-order,
+or the directory does not contain any files,
+.Fn fts_children
+returns
+.Dv NULL
+and sets
+.Va errno
+to zero.
+If an error occurs,
+.Fn fts_children
+returns
+.Dv NULL
+and sets
+.Va errno
+appropriately.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa FTSENT
+structures returned by
+.Fn fts_children
+may be overwritten after a call to
+.Fn fts_children ,
+.Fn fts_close
+or
+.Fn fts_read
+on the same file hierarchy stream.
+.Pp
+.Em Option
+may be set to the following value:
+.Bl -tag -width FTS_NAMEONLY
+.It Dv FTS_NAMEONLY
+Only the names of the files are needed.
+The contents of all the fields in the returned linked list of structures
+are undefined with the exception of the
+.Fa fts_name
+and
+.Fa fts_namelen
+fields.
+.El
+.Sh FTS_SET
+The function
+.Fn fts_set
+allows the user application to determine further processing for the
+file
+.Fa f
+of the stream
+.Fa ftsp .
+The
+.Fn fts_set
+function
+returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.Em Option
+must be set to one of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width FTS_PHYSICAL
+.It Dv FTS_AGAIN
+Re-visit the file; any file type may be re-visited.
+The next call to
+.Fn fts_read
+will return the referenced file.
+The
+.Fa fts_stat
+and
+.Fa fts_info
+fields of the structure will be reinitialized at that time,
+but no other fields will have been changed.
+This option is meaningful only for the most recently returned
+file from
+.Fn fts_read .
+Normal use is for post-order directory visits, where it causes the
+directory to be re-visited (in both pre and post-order) as well as all
+of its descendants.
+.It Dv FTS_FOLLOW
+The referenced file must be a symbolic link.
+If the referenced file is the one most recently returned by
+.Fn fts_read ,
+the next call to
+.Fn fts_read
+returns the file with the
+.Fa fts_info
+and
+.Fa fts_statp
+fields reinitialized to reflect the target of the symbolic link instead
+of the symbolic link itself.
+If the file is one of those most recently returned by
+.Fn fts_children ,
+the
+.Fa fts_info
+and
+.Fa fts_statp
+fields of the structure, when returned by
+.Fn fts_read ,
+will reflect the target of the symbolic link instead of the symbolic link
+itself.
+In either case, if the target of the symbolic link does not exist the
+fields of the returned structure will be unchanged and the
+.Fa fts_info
+field will be set to
+.Dv FTS_SLNONE .
+.Pp
+If the target of the link is a directory, the pre-order return, followed
+by the return of all of its descendants, followed by a post-order return,
+is done.
+.It Dv FTS_SKIP
+No descendants of this file are visited.
+The file may be one of those most recently returned by either
+.Fn fts_children
+or
+.Fn fts_read .
+.El
+.Sh FTS_CLOSE
+The
+.Fn fts_close
+function closes a file hierarchy stream
+.Fa ftsp
+and restores the current directory to the directory from which
+.Fn fts_open
+was called to open
+.Fa ftsp .
+The
+.Fn fts_close
+function
+returns 0 on success, and \-1 if an error occurs.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The function
+.Fn fts_open
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr open 2
+and
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn fts_close
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr chdir 2
+and
+.Xr close 2 .
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn fts_read
+and
+.Fn fts_children
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr chdir 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr opendir 3 ,
+.Xr readdir 3
+and
+.Xr stat 2 .
+.Pp
+In addition,
+.Fn fts_children ,
+.Fn fts_open
+and
+.Fn fts_set
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The options were invalid.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr find 1 ,
+.Xr chdir 2 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr qsort 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Nm fts
+utility is expected to be included in a future
+.St -p1003.1-88
+revision.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/fts.c b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3dba8083eb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/fts.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: fts.c,v 1.12 1995/02/27 03:43:30 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)fts.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 4/16/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: fts.c,v 1.12 1995/02/27 03:43:30 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <fts.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+static FTSENT	*fts_alloc __P((FTS *, char *, int));
+static FTSENT	*fts_build __P((FTS *, int));
+static void	 fts_lfree __P((FTSENT *));
+static void	 fts_load __P((FTS *, FTSENT *));
+static size_t	 fts_maxarglen __P((char * const *));
+static void	 fts_padjust __P((FTS *, void *));
+static int	 fts_palloc __P((FTS *, size_t));
+static FTSENT	*fts_sort __P((FTS *, FTSENT *, int));
+static u_short	 fts_stat __P((FTS *, FTSENT *, int));
+
+#define	ISDOT(a)	(a[0] == '.' && (!a[1] || a[1] == '.' && !a[2]))
+
+#define	CLR(opt)	(sp->fts_options &= ~(opt))
+#define	ISSET(opt)	(sp->fts_options & (opt))
+#define	SET(opt)	(sp->fts_options |= (opt))
+
+#define	CHDIR(sp, path)	(!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && chdir(path))
+#define	FCHDIR(sp, fd)	(!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && fchdir(fd))
+
+/* fts_build flags */
+#define	BCHILD		1		/* fts_children */
+#define	BNAMES		2		/* fts_children, names only */
+#define	BREAD		3		/* fts_read */
+
+FTS *
+fts_open(argv, options, compar)
+	char * const *argv;
+	register int options;
+	int (*compar)();
+{
+	register FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p, *root;
+	register int nitems;
+	FTSENT *parent, *tmp;
+	int len;
+
+	/* Options check. */
+	if (options & ~FTS_OPTIONMASK) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize the stream */
+	if ((sp = malloc((u_int)sizeof(FTS))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+	memset(sp, 0, sizeof(FTS));
+	sp->fts_compar = compar;
+	sp->fts_options = options;
+
+	/* Logical walks turn on NOCHDIR; symbolic links are too hard. */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL))
+		SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+
+	/*
+	 * Start out with 1K of path space, and enough, in any case,
+	 * to hold the user's paths.
+	 */
+	if (fts_palloc(sp, MAX(fts_maxarglen(argv), MAXPATHLEN)))
+		goto mem1;
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize root's parent. */
+	if ((parent = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+		goto mem2;
+	parent->fts_level = FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL;
+
+	/* Allocate/initialize root(s). */
+	for (root = NULL, nitems = 0; *argv; ++argv, ++nitems) {
+		/* Don't allow zero-length paths. */
+		if ((len = strlen(*argv)) == 0) {
+			errno = ENOENT;
+			goto mem3;
+		}
+
+		p = fts_alloc(sp, *argv, len);
+		p->fts_level = FTS_ROOTLEVEL;
+		p->fts_parent = parent;
+		p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, ISSET(FTS_COMFOLLOW));
+
+		/* Command-line "." and ".." are real directories. */
+		if (p->fts_info == FTS_DOT)
+			p->fts_info = FTS_D;
+
+		/*
+		 * If comparison routine supplied, traverse in sorted
+		 * order; otherwise traverse in the order specified.
+		 */
+		if (compar) {
+			p->fts_link = root;
+			root = p;
+		} else {
+			p->fts_link = NULL;
+			if (root == NULL)
+				tmp = root = p;
+			else {
+				tmp->fts_link = p;
+				tmp = p;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (compar && nitems > 1)
+		root = fts_sort(sp, root, nitems);
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate a dummy pointer and make fts_read think that we've just
+	 * finished the node before the root(s); set p->fts_info to FTS_INIT
+	 * so that everything about the "current" node is ignored.
+	 */
+	if ((sp->fts_cur = fts_alloc(sp, "", 0)) == NULL)
+		goto mem3;
+	sp->fts_cur->fts_link = root;
+	sp->fts_cur->fts_info = FTS_INIT;
+
+	/*
+	 * If using chdir(2), grab a file descriptor pointing to dot to insure
+	 * that we can get back here; this could be avoided for some paths,
+	 * but almost certainly not worth the effort.  Slashes, symbolic links,
+	 * and ".." are all fairly nasty problems.  Note, if we can't get the
+	 * descriptor we run anyway, just more slowly.
+	 */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && (sp->fts_rfd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+		SET(FTS_NOCHDIR);
+
+	return (sp);
+
+mem3:	fts_lfree(root);
+	free(parent);
+mem2:	free(sp->fts_path);
+mem1:	free(sp);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+static void
+fts_load(sp, p)
+	FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p;
+{
+	register int len;
+	register char *cp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Load the stream structure for the next traversal.  Since we don't
+	 * actually enter the directory until after the preorder visit, set
+	 * the fts_accpath field specially so the chdir gets done to the right
+	 * place and the user can access the first node.  From fts_open it's
+	 * known that the path will fit.
+	 */
+	len = p->fts_pathlen = p->fts_namelen;
+	memmove(sp->fts_path, p->fts_name, len + 1);
+	if ((cp = strrchr(p->fts_name, '/')) && (cp != p->fts_name || cp[1])) {
+		len = strlen(++cp);
+		memmove(p->fts_name, cp, len + 1);
+		p->fts_namelen = len;
+	}
+	p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+	sp->fts_dev = p->fts_dev;
+}
+
+int
+fts_close(sp)
+	FTS *sp;
+{
+	register FTSENT *freep, *p;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/*
+	 * This still works if we haven't read anything -- the dummy structure
+	 * points to the root list, so we step through to the end of the root
+	 * list which has a valid parent pointer.
+	 */
+	if (sp->fts_cur) {
+		for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+			freep = p;
+			p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+			free(freep);
+		}
+		free(p);
+	}
+
+	/* Free up child linked list, sort array, path buffer. */
+	if (sp->fts_child)
+		fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+	if (sp->fts_array)
+		free(sp->fts_array);
+	free(sp->fts_path);
+
+	/* Return to original directory, save errno if necessary. */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		saved_errno = fchdir(sp->fts_rfd) ? errno : 0;
+		(void)close(sp->fts_rfd);
+	}
+
+	/* Free up the stream pointer. */
+	free(sp);
+
+	/* Set errno and return. */
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && saved_errno) {
+		errno = saved_errno;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Special case a root of "/" so that slashes aren't appended which would
+ * cause paths to be written as "//foo".
+ */
+#define	NAPPEND(p)							\
+	(p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL && p->fts_pathlen == 1 &&	\
+	    p->fts_path[0] == '/' ? 0 : p->fts_pathlen)
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_read(sp)
+	register FTS *sp;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p, *tmp;
+	register int instr;
+	register char *t;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/* If finished or unrecoverable error, return NULL. */
+	if (sp->fts_cur == NULL || ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/* Save and zero out user instructions. */
+	instr = p->fts_instr;
+	p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+
+	/* Any type of file may be re-visited; re-stat and re-turn. */
+	if (instr == FTS_AGAIN) {
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0);
+		return (p);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Following a symlink -- SLNONE test allows application to see
+	 * SLNONE and recover.  If indirecting through a symlink, have
+	 * keep a pointer to current location.  If unable to get that
+	 * pointer, follow fails.
+	 */
+	if (instr == FTS_FOLLOW &&
+	    (p->fts_info == FTS_SL || p->fts_info == FTS_SLNONE)) {
+		p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1);
+		if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+			if ((p->fts_symfd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+				p->fts_errno = errno;
+				p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+			} else
+				p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+		return (p);
+	}
+
+	/* Directory in pre-order. */
+	if (p->fts_info == FTS_D) {
+		/* If skipped or crossed mount point, do post-order visit. */
+		if (instr == FTS_SKIP ||
+		    ISSET(FTS_XDEV) && p->fts_dev != sp->fts_dev) {
+			if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW)
+				(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+			if (sp->fts_child) {
+				fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+				sp->fts_child = NULL;
+			}
+			p->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+			return (p);
+		} 
+
+		/* Rebuild if only read the names and now traversing. */
+		if (sp->fts_child && ISSET(FTS_NAMEONLY)) {
+			CLR(FTS_NAMEONLY);
+			fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+			sp->fts_child = NULL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Cd to the subdirectory.
+		 *
+		 * If have already read and now fail to chdir, whack the list
+		 * to make the names come out right, and set the parent errno
+		 * so the application will eventually get an error condition.
+		 * Set the FTS_DONTCHDIR flag so that when we logically change
+		 * directories back to the parent we don't do a chdir.
+		 *
+		 * If haven't read do so.  If the read fails, fts_build sets
+		 * FTS_STOP or the fts_info field of the node.
+		 */
+		if (sp->fts_child) {
+			if (CHDIR(sp, p->fts_accpath)) {
+				p->fts_errno = errno;
+				p->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+				for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link)
+					p->fts_accpath =
+					    p->fts_parent->fts_accpath;
+			}
+		} else if ((sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, BREAD)) == NULL) {
+			if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+				return (NULL);
+			return (p);
+		}
+		p = sp->fts_child;
+		sp->fts_child = NULL;
+		goto name;
+	}
+
+	/* Move to the next node on this level. */
+next:	tmp = p;
+	if (p = p->fts_link) {
+		free(tmp);
+
+		/*
+		 * If reached the top, return to the original directory, and
+		 * load the paths for the next root.
+		 */
+		if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+			if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) {
+				SET(FTS_STOP);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			fts_load(sp, p);
+			return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * User may have called fts_set on the node.  If skipped,
+		 * ignore.  If followed, get a file descriptor so we can
+		 * get back if necessary.
+		 */
+		if (p->fts_instr == FTS_SKIP)
+			goto next;
+		if (p->fts_instr == FTS_FOLLOW) {
+			p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 1);
+			if (p->fts_info == FTS_D && !ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+				if ((p->fts_symfd =
+				    open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
+					p->fts_errno = errno;
+					p->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+				} else
+					p->fts_flags |= FTS_SYMFOLLOW;
+			p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+		}
+
+name:		t = sp->fts_path + NAPPEND(p->fts_parent);
+		*t++ = '/';
+		memmove(t, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+		return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+	}
+
+	/* Move up to the parent node. */
+	p = tmp->fts_parent;
+	free(tmp);
+
+	if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTPARENTLEVEL) {
+		/*
+		 * Done; free everything up and set errno to 0 so the user
+		 * can distinguish between error and EOF.
+		 */
+		free(p);
+		errno = 0;
+		return (sp->fts_cur = NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Nul terminate the pathname. */
+	sp->fts_path[p->fts_pathlen] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Return to the parent directory.  If at a root node or came through
+	 * a symlink, go back through the file descriptor.  Otherwise, cd up
+	 * one directory.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL) {
+		if (!ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) && FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd)) {
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+	} else if (p->fts_flags & FTS_SYMFOLLOW) {
+		if (FCHDIR(sp, p->fts_symfd)) {
+			saved_errno = errno;
+			(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+			errno = saved_errno;
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		(void)close(p->fts_symfd);
+	} else if (!(p->fts_flags & FTS_DONTCHDIR)) {
+		if (CHDIR(sp, "..")) {
+			SET(FTS_STOP);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+	}
+	p->fts_info = p->fts_errno ? FTS_ERR : FTS_DP;
+	return (sp->fts_cur = p);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Fts_set takes the stream as an argument although it's not used in this
+ * implementation; it would be necessary if anyone wanted to add global
+ * semantics to fts using fts_set.  An error return is allowed for similar
+ * reasons.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+int
+fts_set(sp, p, instr)
+	FTS *sp;
+	FTSENT *p;
+	int instr;
+{
+	if (instr && instr != FTS_AGAIN && instr != FTS_FOLLOW &&
+	    instr != FTS_NOINSTR && instr != FTS_SKIP) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (1);
+	}
+	p->fts_instr = instr;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+FTSENT *
+fts_children(sp, instr)
+	register FTS *sp;
+	int instr;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	int fd;
+
+	if (instr && instr != FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	p = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/*
+	 * Errno set to 0 so user can distinguish empty directory from
+	 * an error.
+	 */
+	errno = 0;
+
+	/* Fatal errors stop here. */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_STOP))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Return logical hierarchy of user's arguments. */
+	if (p->fts_info == FTS_INIT)
+		return (p->fts_link);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not a directory being visited in pre-order, stop here.  Could
+	 * allow FTS_DNR, assuming the user has fixed the problem, but the
+	 * same effect is available with FTS_AGAIN.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_info != FTS_D /* && p->fts_info != FTS_DNR */)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Free up any previous child list. */
+	if (sp->fts_child)
+		fts_lfree(sp->fts_child);
+
+	if (instr == FTS_NAMEONLY) {
+		SET(FTS_NAMEONLY);
+		instr = BNAMES;
+	} else 
+		instr = BCHILD;
+
+	/*
+	 * If using chdir on a relative path and called BEFORE fts_read does
+	 * its chdir to the root of a traversal, we can lose -- we need to
+	 * chdir into the subdirectory, and we don't know where the current
+	 * directory is, so we can't get back so that the upcoming chdir by
+	 * fts_read will work.
+	 */
+	if (p->fts_level != FTS_ROOTLEVEL || p->fts_accpath[0] == '/' ||
+	    ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR))
+		return (sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr));
+
+	if ((fd = open(".", O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0)
+		return (NULL);
+	sp->fts_child = fts_build(sp, instr);
+	if (fchdir(fd))
+		return (NULL);
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return (sp->fts_child);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This is the tricky part -- do not casually change *anything* in here.  The
+ * idea is to build the linked list of entries that are used by fts_children
+ * and fts_read.  There are lots of special cases.
+ *
+ * The real slowdown in walking the tree is the stat calls.  If FTS_NOSTAT is
+ * set and it's a physical walk (so that symbolic links can't be directories),
+ * we can do things quickly.  First, if it's a 4.4BSD file system, the type
+ * of the file is in the directory entry.  Otherwise, we assume that the number
+ * of subdirectories in a node is equal to the number of links to the parent.
+ * The former skips all stat calls.  The latter skips stat calls in any leaf
+ * directories and for any files after the subdirectories in the directory have
+ * been found, cutting the stat calls by about 2/3.
+ */
+static FTSENT *
+fts_build(sp, type)
+	register FTS *sp;
+	int type;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+	register FTSENT *p, *head;
+	register int nitems;
+	FTSENT *cur, *tail;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	void *adjaddr;
+	int cderrno, descend, len, level, maxlen, nlinks, oflag, saved_errno,
+	    nostat;
+	char *cp;
+
+	/* Set current node pointer. */
+	cur = sp->fts_cur;
+
+	/*
+	 * Open the directory for reading.  If this fails, we're done.
+	 * If being called from fts_read, set the fts_info field.
+	 */
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+	if (ISSET(FTS_WHITEOUT))
+		oflag = DTF_NODUP|DTF_REWIND;
+	else
+		oflag = DTF_HIDEW|DTF_NODUP|DTF_REWIND;
+#else
+#define __opendir2(path, flag) opendir(path)
+#endif
+	if ((dirp = __opendir2(cur->fts_accpath, oflag)) == NULL) {
+		if (type == BREAD) {
+			cur->fts_info = FTS_DNR;
+			cur->fts_errno = errno;
+		}
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Nlinks is the number of possible entries of type directory in the
+	 * directory if we're cheating on stat calls, 0 if we're not doing
+	 * any stat calls at all, -1 if we're doing stats on everything.
+	 */
+	if (type == BNAMES)
+		nlinks = 0;
+	else if (ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) && ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL)) {
+		nlinks = cur->fts_nlink - (ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) ? 0 : 2);
+		nostat = 1;
+	} else {
+		nlinks = -1;
+		nostat = 0;
+	}
+
+#ifdef notdef
+	(void)printf("nlinks == %d (cur: %d)\n", nlinks, cur->fts_nlink);
+	(void)printf("NOSTAT %d PHYSICAL %d SEEDOT %d\n",
+	    ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT), ISSET(FTS_PHYSICAL), ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT));
+#endif
+	/*
+	 * If we're going to need to stat anything or we want to descend
+	 * and stay in the directory, chdir.  If this fails we keep going,
+	 * but set a flag so we don't chdir after the post-order visit.
+	 * We won't be able to stat anything, but we can still return the
+	 * names themselves.  Note, that since fts_read won't be able to
+	 * chdir into the directory, it will have to return different path
+	 * names than before, i.e. "a/b" instead of "b".  Since the node
+	 * has already been visited in pre-order, have to wait until the
+	 * post-order visit to return the error.  There is a special case
+	 * here, if there was nothing to stat then it's not an error to
+	 * not be able to stat.  This is all fairly nasty.  If a program
+	 * needed sorted entries or stat information, they had better be
+	 * checking FTS_NS on the returned nodes.
+	 */
+	cderrno = 0;
+	if (nlinks || type == BREAD)
+		if (FCHDIR(sp, dirfd(dirp))) {
+			if (nlinks && type == BREAD)
+				cur->fts_errno = errno;
+			cur->fts_flags |= FTS_DONTCHDIR;
+			descend = 0;
+			cderrno = errno;
+		} else
+			descend = 1;
+	else
+		descend = 0;
+
+	/*
+	 * Figure out the max file name length that can be stored in the
+	 * current path -- the inner loop allocates more path as necessary.
+	 * We really wouldn't have to do the maxlen calculations here, we
+	 * could do them in fts_read before returning the path, but it's a
+	 * lot easier here since the length is part of the dirent structure.
+	 *
+	 * If not changing directories set a pointer so that can just append
+	 * each new name into the path.
+	 */
+	maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - cur->fts_pathlen - 1;
+	len = NAPPEND(cur);
+	if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		cp = sp->fts_path + len;
+		*cp++ = '/';
+	}
+
+	level = cur->fts_level + 1;
+
+	/* Read the directory, attaching each entry to the `link' pointer. */
+	adjaddr = NULL;
+	for (head = tail = NULL, nitems = 0; dp = readdir(dirp);) {
+		if (!ISSET(FTS_SEEDOT) && ISDOT(dp->d_name))
+			continue;
+
+		if ((p = fts_alloc(sp, dp->d_name, (int)dp->d_namlen)) == NULL)
+			goto mem1;
+		if (dp->d_namlen > maxlen) {
+			if (fts_palloc(sp, (size_t)dp->d_namlen)) {
+				/*
+				 * No more memory for path or structures.  Save
+				 * errno, free up the current structure and the
+				 * structures already allocated.
+				 */
+mem1:				saved_errno = errno;
+				if (p)
+					free(p);
+				fts_lfree(head);
+				(void)closedir(dirp);
+				errno = saved_errno;
+				cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+				SET(FTS_STOP);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+			adjaddr = sp->fts_path;
+			maxlen = sp->fts_pathlen - sp->fts_cur->fts_pathlen - 1;
+		}
+
+		p->fts_pathlen = len + dp->d_namlen + 1;
+		p->fts_parent = sp->fts_cur;
+		p->fts_level = level;
+
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+		if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT)
+			p->fts_flags |= FTS_ISW;
+#endif
+
+		if (cderrno) {
+			if (nlinks) {
+				p->fts_info = FTS_NS;
+				p->fts_errno = cderrno;
+			} else
+				p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+			p->fts_accpath = cur->fts_accpath;
+		} else if (nlinks == 0
+#ifdef DT_DIR
+		    || nostat && 
+		    dp->d_type != DT_DIR && dp->d_type != DT_UNKNOWN
+#endif
+		    ) {
+			p->fts_accpath =
+			    ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR) ? p->fts_path : p->fts_name;
+			p->fts_info = FTS_NSOK;
+		} else {
+			/* Build a file name for fts_stat to stat. */
+			if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+				p->fts_accpath = p->fts_path;
+				memmove(cp, p->fts_name, p->fts_namelen + 1);
+			} else
+				p->fts_accpath = p->fts_name;
+			/* Stat it. */
+			p->fts_info = fts_stat(sp, p, 0);
+
+			/* Decrement link count if applicable. */
+			if (nlinks > 0 && (p->fts_info == FTS_D ||
+			    p->fts_info == FTS_DC || p->fts_info == FTS_DOT))
+				--nlinks;
+		}
+
+		/* We walk in directory order so "ls -f" doesn't get upset. */
+		p->fts_link = NULL;
+		if (head == NULL)
+			head = tail = p;
+		else {
+			tail->fts_link = p;
+			tail = p;
+		}
+		++nitems;
+	}
+	(void)closedir(dirp);
+
+	/*
+	 * If had to realloc the path, adjust the addresses for the rest
+	 * of the tree.
+	 */
+	if (adjaddr)
+		fts_padjust(sp, adjaddr);
+
+	/*
+	 * If not changing directories, reset the path back to original
+	 * state.
+	 */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_NOCHDIR)) {
+		if (cp - 1 > sp->fts_path)
+			--cp;
+		*cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If descended after called from fts_children or after called from
+	 * fts_read and nothing found, get back.  At the root level we use
+	 * the saved fd; if one of fts_open()'s arguments is a relative path
+	 * to an empty directory, we wind up here with no other way back.  If
+	 * can't get back, we're done.
+	 */
+	if (descend && (type == BCHILD || !nitems) &&
+	    (cur->fts_level == FTS_ROOTLEVEL ?
+	    FCHDIR(sp, sp->fts_rfd) : CHDIR(sp, ".."))) {
+		cur->fts_info = FTS_ERR;
+		SET(FTS_STOP);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* If didn't find anything, return NULL. */
+	if (!nitems) {
+		if (type == BREAD)
+			cur->fts_info = FTS_DP;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/* Sort the entries. */
+	if (sp->fts_compar && nitems > 1)
+		head = fts_sort(sp, head, nitems);
+	return (head);
+}
+
+static u_short
+fts_stat(sp, p, follow)
+	FTS *sp;
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	int follow;
+{
+	register FTSENT *t;
+	register dev_t dev;
+	register ino_t ino;
+	struct stat *sbp, sb;
+	int saved_errno;
+
+	/* If user needs stat info, stat buffer already allocated. */
+	sbp = ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT) ? &sb : p->fts_statp;
+
+#ifdef FTS_WHITEOUT
+	/* check for whiteout */
+	if (p->fts_flags & FTS_ISW) {
+		if (sbp != &sb) {
+			memset(sbp, '\0', sizeof (*sbp));
+			sbp->st_mode = S_IFWHT;
+		}
+		return (FTS_W);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	 * If doing a logical walk, or application requested FTS_FOLLOW, do
+	 * a stat(2).  If that fails, check for a non-existent symlink.  If
+	 * fail, set the errno from the stat call.
+	 */
+	if (ISSET(FTS_LOGICAL) || follow) {
+		if (stat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+			saved_errno = errno;
+			if (!lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+				errno = 0;
+				return (FTS_SLNONE);
+			} 
+			p->fts_errno = saved_errno;
+			goto err;
+		}
+	} else if (lstat(p->fts_accpath, sbp)) {
+		p->fts_errno = errno;
+err:		memset(sbp, 0, sizeof(struct stat));
+		return (FTS_NS);
+	}
+
+	if (S_ISDIR(sbp->st_mode)) {
+		/*
+		 * Set the device/inode.  Used to find cycles and check for
+		 * crossing mount points.  Also remember the link count, used
+		 * in fts_build to limit the number of stat calls.  It is
+		 * understood that these fields are only referenced if fts_info
+		 * is set to FTS_D.
+		 */
+		dev = p->fts_dev = sbp->st_dev;
+		ino = p->fts_ino = sbp->st_ino;
+		p->fts_nlink = sbp->st_nlink;
+
+		if (ISDOT(p->fts_name))
+			return (FTS_DOT);
+
+		/*
+		 * Cycle detection is done by brute force when the directory
+		 * is first encountered.  If the tree gets deep enough or the
+		 * number of symbolic links to directories is high enough,
+		 * something faster might be worthwhile.
+		 */
+		for (t = p->fts_parent;
+		    t->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL; t = t->fts_parent)
+			if (ino == t->fts_ino && dev == t->fts_dev) {
+				p->fts_cycle = t;
+				return (FTS_DC);
+			}
+		return (FTS_D);
+	}
+	if (S_ISLNK(sbp->st_mode))
+		return (FTS_SL);
+	if (S_ISREG(sbp->st_mode))
+		return (FTS_F);
+	return (FTS_DEFAULT);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+fts_sort(sp, head, nitems)
+	FTS *sp;
+	FTSENT *head;
+	register int nitems;
+{
+	register FTSENT **ap, *p;
+
+	/*
+	 * Construct an array of pointers to the structures and call qsort(3).
+	 * Reassemble the array in the order returned by qsort.  If unable to
+	 * sort for memory reasons, return the directory entries in their
+	 * current order.  Allocate enough space for the current needs plus
+	 * 40 so don't realloc one entry at a time.
+	 */
+	if (nitems > sp->fts_nitems) {
+		sp->fts_nitems = nitems + 40;
+		if ((sp->fts_array = realloc(sp->fts_array,
+		    (size_t)(sp->fts_nitems * sizeof(FTSENT *)))) == NULL) {
+			sp->fts_nitems = 0;
+			return (head);
+		}
+	}
+	for (ap = sp->fts_array, p = head; p; p = p->fts_link)
+		*ap++ = p;
+	qsort((void *)sp->fts_array, nitems, sizeof(FTSENT *), sp->fts_compar);
+	for (head = *(ap = sp->fts_array); --nitems; ++ap)
+		ap[0]->fts_link = ap[1];
+	ap[0]->fts_link = NULL;
+	return (head);
+}
+
+static FTSENT *
+fts_alloc(sp, name, namelen)
+	FTS *sp;
+	char *name;
+	register int namelen;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+	size_t len;
+
+	/*
+	 * The file name is a variable length array and no stat structure is
+	 * necessary if the user has set the nostat bit.  Allocate the FTSENT
+	 * structure, the file name and the stat structure in one chunk, but
+	 * be careful that the stat structure is reasonably aligned.  Since the
+	 * fts_name field is declared to be of size 1, the fts_name pointer is
+	 * namelen + 2 before the first possible address of the stat structure.
+	 */
+	len = sizeof(FTSENT) + namelen;
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT))
+		len += sizeof(struct stat) + ALIGNBYTES;
+	if ((p = malloc(len)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/* Copy the name plus the trailing NULL. */
+	memmove(p->fts_name, name, namelen + 1);
+
+	if (!ISSET(FTS_NOSTAT))
+		p->fts_statp = (struct stat *)ALIGN(p->fts_name + namelen + 2);
+	p->fts_namelen = namelen;
+	p->fts_path = sp->fts_path;
+	p->fts_errno = 0;
+	p->fts_flags = 0;
+	p->fts_instr = FTS_NOINSTR;
+	p->fts_number = 0;
+	p->fts_pointer = NULL;
+	return (p);
+}
+
+static void
+fts_lfree(head)
+	register FTSENT *head;
+{
+	register FTSENT *p;
+
+	/* Free a linked list of structures. */
+	while (p = head) {
+		head = head->fts_link;
+		free(p);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * Allow essentially unlimited paths; find, rm, ls should all work on any tree.
+ * Most systems will allow creation of paths much longer than MAXPATHLEN, even
+ * though the kernel won't resolve them.  Add the size (not just what's needed)
+ * plus 256 bytes so don't realloc the path 2 bytes at a time. 
+ */
+static int
+fts_palloc(sp, more)
+	FTS *sp;
+	size_t more;
+{
+	sp->fts_pathlen += more + 256;
+	sp->fts_path = realloc(sp->fts_path, (size_t)sp->fts_pathlen);
+	return (sp->fts_path == NULL);
+}
+
+/*
+ * When the path is realloc'd, have to fix all of the pointers in structures
+ * already returned.
+ */
+static void
+fts_padjust(sp, addr)
+	FTS *sp;
+	void *addr;
+{
+	FTSENT *p;
+
+#define	ADJUST(p) {							\
+	(p)->fts_accpath =						\
+	    (char *)addr + ((p)->fts_accpath - (p)->fts_path);		\
+	(p)->fts_path = addr;						\
+}
+	/* Adjust the current set of children. */
+	for (p = sp->fts_child; p; p = p->fts_link)
+		ADJUST(p);
+
+	/* Adjust the rest of the tree. */
+	for (p = sp->fts_cur; p->fts_level >= FTS_ROOTLEVEL;) {
+		ADJUST(p);
+		p = p->fts_link ? p->fts_link : p->fts_parent;
+	}
+}
+
+static size_t
+fts_maxarglen(argv)
+	char * const *argv;
+{
+	size_t len, max;
+
+	for (max = 0; *argv; ++argv)
+		if ((len = strlen(*argv)) > max)
+			max = len;
+	return (max);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..65f5cd65693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getbsize.3,v 1.2 1995/02/25 13:41:31 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getbsize.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETBSIZE 3
+.Os BSD 4.4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getbsize
+.Nd get user block size
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getbsize "int *headerlenp" "long *blocksizep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm getbsize
+function determines the user's preferred block size based on the value of the
+.Dq BLOCKSIZE
+environment variable; see
+.Xr environ 7
+for details on its use and format.
+.Pp
+The
+.Nm getbsize
+function returns a pointer to a null-terminated string describing
+the block size, something like
+.Dq 1K-blocks .
+The memory referenced by
+.Fa headerlenp
+is filled in with the length of the string (not including the
+terminating null).
+The memory referenced by
+.Fa blocksizep
+is filled in with block size, in bytes.
+.Pp
+If the user's block size is unreasonable, a warning message is
+written to standard error and the returned information reflects
+a block size of 512 bytes.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr df 1 ,
+.Xr du 1 ,
+.Xr ls 1 ,
+.Xr systat 1 ,
+.Xr environ 7
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm getbsize
+function first appeared in
+.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a20fe6d9604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getbsize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getbsize.c,v 1.7 1995/06/16 07:12:41 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getbsize.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getbsize.c,v 1.7 1995/06/16 07:12:41 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* not lint */
+
+#include <err.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *
+getbsize(headerlenp, blocksizep)
+	int *headerlenp;
+	long *blocksizep;
+{
+	static char header[20];
+	long n, max, mul, blocksize;
+	char *ep, *p, *form;
+
+#define	KB	(1024L)
+#define	MB	(1024L * 1024L)
+#define	GB	(1024L * 1024L * 1024L)
+#define	MAXB	GB		/* No tera, peta, nor exa. */
+	form = "";
+	if ((p = getenv("BLOCKSIZE")) != NULL && *p != '\0') {
+		if ((n = strtol(p, &ep, 10)) < 0)
+			goto underflow;
+		if (n == 0)
+			n = 1;
+		if (*ep && ep[1])
+			goto fmterr;
+		switch (*ep) {
+		case 'G': case 'g':
+			form = "G";
+			max = MAXB / GB;
+			mul = GB;
+			break;
+		case 'K': case 'k':
+			form = "K";
+			max = MAXB / KB;
+			mul = KB;
+			break;
+		case 'M': case 'm':
+			form = "M";
+			max = MAXB / MB;
+			mul = MB;
+			break;
+		case '\0':
+			max = MAXB;
+			mul = 1;
+			break;
+		default:
+fmterr:			_warnx("%s: unknown blocksize", p);
+			n = 512;
+			mul = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (n > max) {
+			_warnx("maximum blocksize is %dG", MAXB / GB);
+			n = max;
+		}
+		if ((blocksize = n * mul) < 512) {
+underflow:		_warnx("%s: minimum blocksize is 512");
+			form = "";
+			blocksize = n = 512;
+		}
+	} else
+		blocksize = n = 512;
+
+	*headerlenp = snprintf(header, sizeof(header), "%d%s-blocks", n, form);
+	*blocksizep = blocksize;
+	return (header);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c5e413c50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.3
@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getcap.3,v 1.4 1995/02/25 13:41:21 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)getcap.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd "April 19, 1994"
+.Dt GETCAP 3 
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetmatch ,
+.Nm cgetcap ,
+.Nm cgetnum ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+.Nm cgetustr ,
+.Nm cgetfirst ,
+.Nm cgetnext ,
+.Nm cgetclose
+.Nd capability database access routines
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetent "char **buf" "char **db_array" "char *name"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetset "char *ent"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetmatch "char *buf" "char *name"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn cgetcap "char *buf" "char *cap" "char type"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetnum "char *buf" "char *cap" "long *num"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetstr "char *buf" "char *cap" "char **str"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetustr "char *buf" "char *cap" "char **str"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetfirst "char **buf" "char **db_array"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetnext "char **buf" "char **db_array"
+.Ft int
+.Fn cgetclose "void"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Cgetent
+extracts the capability rec
+.Fa name
+from the database specified by the
+.Dv NULL
+terminated file array
+.Fa db_array
+and returns a pointer to a
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d
+copy of it in
+.Fa buf .  
+.Nm Cgetent
+will first look for files ending in 
+.Nm .db 
+(see
+.Xr cap_mkdb 1) 
+before accessing the ASCII file.
+.Fa Buf
+must be retained through all subsequent calls to
+.Fn cgetmatch ,
+.Fn cgetcap ,
+.Fn cgetnum ,
+.Fn cgetstr ,
+and
+.Fn cgetustr ,
+but may then be
+.Xr free Ns \&'d.
+On success 0 is returned, 1 if the returned
+record contains an unresolved 
+.Nm tc 
+expansion,
+\-1 if the requested record couldn't be found,
+\-2 if a system error was encountered (couldn't open/read a file, etc.) also
+setting
+.Va errno , 
+and \-3 if a potential reference loop is detected (see
+.Ic tc=
+comments below).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetset 
+enables the addition of a character buffer containing a single capability
+record entry
+to the capability database.  
+Conceptually, the entry is added as the first ``file'' in the database, and
+is therefore searched first on the call to 
+.Nm cgetent .
+The entry is passed in 
+.Fa ent .
+If 
+.Fa ent 
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the current entry is removed from the database.  
+.Nm Cgetset 
+must precede the database traversal.  It must be called before the 
+.Nm cgetent 
+call. If a sequential access is being performed (see below), it must be called
+before the first sequential access call (
+.Nm cgetfirst
+or
+.Nm cgetnext
+), or be directly preceded by a 
+.Nm cgetclose
+call.
+On success 0 is returned and \-1 on failure.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetmatch
+will return 0 if
+.Fa name
+is one of the names of the capability record
+.Fa buf ,
+\-1 if
+not.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetcap
+searches the capability record
+.Fa buf
+for the capability
+.Fa cap
+with type
+.Fa type .
+A
+.Fa type
+is specified using any single character.  If a colon (`:') is used, an
+untyped capability will be searched for (see below for explanation of
+types).  A pointer to the value of
+.Fa cap
+in
+.Fa buf
+is returned on success,
+.Dv NULL
+if the requested capability couldn't be
+found.  The end of the capability value is signaled by a `:' or
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv NUL
+(see below for capability database syntax).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetnum
+retrieves the value of the numeric capability
+.Fa cap
+from the capability record pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+The numeric value is returned in the
+.Ft long
+pointed to by
+.Fa num .
+0 is returned on success, \-1 if the requested numeric capability couldn't
+be found.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetstr
+retrieves the value of the string capability
+.Fa cap
+from the capability record pointed to by
+.Fa buf .
+A pointer to a decoded,
+.Dv NUL
+terminated,
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d
+copy of the string is returned in the
+.Ft char *
+pointed to by
+.Fa str .
+The number of characters in the decoded string not including the trailing
+.Dv NUL
+is returned on success, \-1 if the requested string capability couldn't
+be found, \-2 if a system error was encountered (storage allocation
+failure).
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetustr
+is identical to 
+.Nm cgetstr 
+except that it does not expand special characters, but rather returns each
+character of the capability string literally.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetfirst ,
+.Nm cgetnext , 
+comprise a function group that provides for sequential
+access of the
+.Dv NULL
+pointer terminated array of file names,
+.Fa db_array .
+.Nm Cgetfirst 
+returns the first record in the database and resets the access
+to the first record.
+.Nm Cgetnext 
+returns the next record in the database with respect to the
+record returned by the previous
+.Nm cgetfirst
+or
+.Nm cgetnext 
+call.  If there is no such previous call, the first record in the database is
+returned.
+Each record is returned in a
+.Xr malloc Ns \&'d 
+copy pointed to by 
+.Fa buf .  
+.Ic Tc
+expansion is done (see
+.Ic tc= 
+comments below).
+Upon completion of the database 0 is returned,  1 is returned upon successful
+return of record with possibly more remaining (we haven't reached the end of 
+the database yet), 2 is returned if the record contains an unresolved
+.Nm tc 
+expansion, \-1 is returned if an system error occurred, and \-2
+is returned if a potential reference loop is detected (see 
+.Ic tc=
+comments below).
+Upon completion of database (0 return) the database is closed.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetclose 
+closes the sequential access and frees any memory and file descriptors 
+being used.  Note that it does not erase the buffer pushed by a call to 
+.Nm cgetset .
+.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SYNTAX
+Capability databases are normally
+.Tn ASCII
+and may be edited with standard
+text editors.  Blank lines and lines beginning with a `#' are comments
+and are ignored.  Lines ending with a `\|\e' indicate that the next line
+is a continuation of the current line; the `\|\e' and following newline
+are ignored.  Long lines are usually continued onto several physical
+lines by ending each line except the last with a `\|\e'.
+.Pp
+Capability databases consist of a series of records, one per logical
+line.  Each record contains a variable number of `:'-separated fields
+(capabilities).  Empty fields consisting entirely of white space
+characters (spaces and tabs) are ignored.
+.Pp
+The first capability of each record specifies its names, separated by `|'
+characters.  These names are used to reference records in the database.
+By convention, the last name is usually a comment and is not intended as
+a lookup tag.  For example, the
+.Em vt100
+record from the
+.Nm termcap
+database begins:
+.Pp
+.Dl "d0\||\|vt100\||\|vt100-am\||\|vt100am\||\|dec vt100:"
+.Pp
+giving four names that can be used to access the record.
+.Pp
+The remaining non-empty capabilities describe a set of (name, value)
+bindings, consisting of a names optionally followed by a typed values:
+.Bl -column "nameTvalue"
+.It name Ta "typeless [boolean] capability"
+.Em name No "is present [true]"
+.It name Ns Em \&T Ns value Ta capability
+.Pq Em name , \&T
+has value
+.Em value
+.It name@ Ta "no capability" Em name No exists
+.It name Ns Em T Ns \&@ Ta capability
+.Pq Em name , T
+does not exist
+.El
+.Pp
+Names consist of one or more characters.  Names may contain any character
+except `:', but it's usually best to restrict them to the printable
+characters and avoid use of graphics like `#', `=', `%', `@', etc.  Types
+are single characters used to separate capability names from their
+associated typed values.  Types may be any character except a `:'.
+Typically, graphics like `#', `=', `%', etc. are used.  Values may be any
+number of characters and may contain any character except `:'.
+.Sh CAPABILITY DATABASE SEMANTICS
+Capability records describe a set of (name, value) bindings.  Names may
+have multiple values bound to them.  Different values for a name are
+distinguished by their
+.Fa types .
+.Nm Cgetcap
+will return a pointer to a value of a name given the capability name and
+the type of the value.
+.Pp
+The types `#' and `=' are conventionally used to denote numeric and
+string typed values, but no restriction on those types is enforced.  The
+functions
+.Nm cgetnum
+and
+.Nm cgetstr
+can be used to implement the traditional syntax and semantics of `#'
+and `='.
+Typeless capabilities are typically used to denote boolean objects with
+presence or absence indicating truth and false values respectively.
+This interpretation is conveniently represented by:
+.Pp
+.Dl "(getcap(buf, name, ':') != NULL)"
+.Pp
+A special capability,
+.Ic tc= name ,
+is used to indicate that the record specified by
+.Fa name
+should be substituted for the
+.Ic tc
+capability.
+.Ic Tc
+capabilities may interpolate records which also contain
+.Ic tc
+capabilities and more than one
+.Ic tc
+capability may be used in a record.  A
+.Ic tc
+expansion scope (i.e., where the argument is searched for) contains the
+file in which the
+.Ic tc
+is declared and all subsequent files in the file array.
+.Pp
+When a database is searched for a capability record, the first matching
+record in the search is returned.  When a record is scanned for a
+capability, the first matching capability is returned; the capability
+.Ic :nameT@:
+will hide any following definition of a value of type
+.Em T
+for
+.Fa name ;
+and the capability
+.Ic :name@:
+will prevent any following values of
+.Fa name
+from being seen.
+.Pp
+These features combined with
+.Ic tc
+capabilities can be used to generate variations of other databases and
+records by either adding new capabilities, overriding definitions with new
+definitions, or hiding following definitions via `@' capabilities.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+example\||\|an example of binding multiple values to names:\e
+	:foo%bar:foo^blah:foo@:\e
+	:abc%xyz:abc^frap:abc$@:\e
+	:tc=more:
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The capability foo has two values bound to it (bar of type `%' and blah of
+type `^') and any other value bindings are hidden.  The capability abc
+also has two values bound but only a value of type `$' is prevented from
+being defined in the capability record more.
+.Pp
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+file1:
+ 	new\||\|new_record\||\|a modification of "old":\e
+		:fript=bar:who-cares@:tc=old:blah:tc=extensions:
+file2:
+	old\||\|old_record\||\|an old database record:\e
+		:fript=foo:who-cares:glork#200:
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The records are extracted by calling
+.Nm cgetent
+with file1 preceding file2.
+In the capability record new in file1, fript=bar overrides the definition
+of fript=foo interpolated from the capability record old in file2,
+who-cares@ prevents the definition of any who-cares definitions in old
+from being seen, glork#200 is inherited from old, and blah and anything
+defined by the record extensions is added to those definitions in old.
+Note that the position of the fript=bar and who-cares@ definitions before
+tc=old is important here.  If they were after, the definitions in old
+would take precedence.
+.Sh CGETNUM AND CGETSTR SYNTAX AND SEMANTICS
+Two types are predefined by
+.Nm cgetnum
+and
+.Nm cgetstr :
+.Bl -column "nameXnumber"
+.Sm off
+.It Em name No \&# Em number Ta numeric
+capability
+.Em name
+has value
+.Em number
+.It Em name No = Em string Ta "string capability"
+.Em name
+has value 
+.Em string
+.It Em name No \&#@ Ta "the numeric capability"
+.Em name
+does not exist
+.It Em name No \&=@ Ta "the string capability"
+.Em name
+does not exist
+.El
+.Pp
+Numeric capability values may be given in one of three numeric bases.
+If the number starts with either
+.Ql 0x
+or
+.Ql 0X
+it is interpreted as a hexadecimal number (both upper and lower case a-f
+may be used to denote the extended hexadecimal digits).
+Otherwise, if the number starts with a
+.Ql 0
+it is interpreted as an octal number.
+Otherwise the number is interpreted as a decimal number.
+.Pp
+String capability values may contain any character.  Non-printable
+.Dv ASCII
+codes, new lines, and colons may be conveniently represented by the use
+of escape sequences:
+.Bl -column "\e\|X,X\e\|X" "(ASCII octal nnn)"
+^X	('\fIX\fP' & 037)	control-\fIX\fP
+\e\|b, \e\|B	(ASCII 010)	backspace
+\e\|t, \e\|T	(ASCII 011)	tab
+\e\|n, \e\|N	(ASCII 012)	line feed (newline)
+\e\|f, \e\|F	(ASCII 014)	form feed
+\e\|r, \e\|R	(ASCII 015)	carriage return
+\e\|e, \e\|E	(ASCII 027)	escape
+\e\|c, \e\|C	(:)	colon
+\e\|\e	(\e\|)	back slash
+\e\|^	(^)	caret
+\e\|\fInnn\fP	(ASCII octal \fInnn\fP)
+.El
+.Pp
+A `\|\e' may be followed by up to three octal digits directly specifies
+the numeric code for a character.  The use of
+.Tn ASCII
+.Dv NUL Ns s ,
+while easily
+encoded, causes all sorts of problems and must be used with care since
+.Dv NUL Ns s
+are typically used to denote the end of strings; many applications
+use `\e\|200' to represent a
+.Dv NUL .
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetmatch ,
+.Nm cgetnum ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+.Nm cgetustr ,
+.Nm cgetfirst ,
+and
+.Nm cgetnext
+return a value greater than or equal to 0 on success and a value less
+than 0 on failure.
+.Nm Cgetcap
+returns a character pointer on success and a
+.Dv NULL
+on failure.
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+and 
+.Nm cgetseq
+may fail and set 
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions:
+.Xr fopen 2 , 
+.Xr fclose 2 ,
+.Xr open 2 ,
+and 
+.Xr close 2 .
+.Pp
+.Nm Cgetent ,
+.Nm cgetset ,
+.Nm cgetstr ,
+and
+.Nm cgetustr 
+may fail and set 
+.Va errno 
+as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+No memory to allocate.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr cap_mkdb 1 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Colons (`:') can't be used in names, types, or values.
+.Pp
+There are no checks for
+.Ic tc= name
+loops in
+.Nm cgetent .
+.Pp
+The buffer added to the database by a call to 
+.Nm cgetset 
+is not unique to the database but is rather prepended to any database used.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3f34ab3452a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1051 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getcap.c,v 1.10 1995/08/24 05:26:35 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Casey Leedom of Lawrence Livermore National Laboratory.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcap.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 3/25/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getcap.c,v 1.10 1995/08/24 05:26:35 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <db.h>
+#include <errno.h>	
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	BFRAG		1024
+#define	BSIZE		1024
+#define	ESC		('[' & 037)	/* ASCII ESC */
+#define	MAX_RECURSION	32		/* maximum getent recursion */
+#define	SFRAG		100		/* cgetstr mallocs in SFRAG chunks */
+
+#define RECOK	(char)0
+#define TCERR	(char)1
+#define	SHADOW	(char)2
+
+static size_t	 topreclen;	/* toprec length */
+static char	*toprec;	/* Additional record specified by cgetset() */
+static int	 gottoprec;	/* Flag indicating retrieval of toprecord */
+
+static int	cdbget __P((DB *, char **, char *));
+static int 	getent __P((char **, u_int *, char **, int, char *, int, char *));
+static int	nfcmp __P((char *, char *));
+
+/*
+ * Cgetset() allows the addition of a user specified buffer to be added
+ * to the database array, in effect "pushing" the buffer on top of the
+ * virtual database. 0 is returned on success, -1 on failure.
+ */
+int
+cgetset(ent)
+	char *ent;
+{
+	if (ent == NULL) {
+		if (toprec)
+			free(toprec);
+                toprec = NULL;
+                topreclen = 0;
+                return (0);
+        }
+        topreclen = strlen(ent);
+        if ((toprec = malloc (topreclen + 1)) == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+                return (-1);
+	}
+	gottoprec = 0;
+        (void)strcpy(toprec, ent);
+        return (0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetcap searches the capability record buf for the capability cap with
+ * type `type'.  A pointer to the value of cap is returned on success, NULL
+ * if the requested capability couldn't be found.
+ *
+ * Specifying a type of ':' means that nothing should follow cap (:cap:).
+ * In this case a pointer to the terminating ':' or NUL will be returned if
+ * cap is found.
+ *
+ * If (cap, '@') or (cap, terminator, '@') is found before (cap, terminator)
+ * return NULL.
+ */
+char *
+cgetcap(buf, cap, type)
+	char *buf, *cap;
+	int type;
+{
+	register char *bp, *cp;
+
+	bp = buf;
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * Skip past the current capability field - it's either the
+		 * name field if this is the first time through the loop, or
+		 * the remainder of a field whose name failed to match cap.
+		 */
+		for (;;)
+			if (*bp == '\0')
+				return (NULL);
+			else
+				if (*bp++ == ':')
+					break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Try to match (cap, type) in buf.
+		 */
+		for (cp = cap; *cp == *bp && *bp != '\0'; cp++, bp++)
+			continue;
+		if (*cp != '\0')
+			continue;
+		if (*bp == '@')
+			return (NULL);
+		if (type == ':') {
+			if (*bp != '\0' && *bp != ':')
+				continue;
+			return(bp);
+		}
+		if (*bp != type)
+			continue;
+		bp++;
+		return (*bp == '@' ? NULL : bp);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetent extracts the capability record name from the NULL terminated file
+ * array db_array and returns a pointer to a malloc'd copy of it in buf.
+ * Buf must be retained through all subsequent calls to cgetcap, cgetnum,
+ * cgetflag, and cgetstr, but may then be free'd.  0 is returned on success,
+ * -1 if the requested record couldn't be found, -2 if a system error was
+ * encountered (couldn't open/read a file, etc.), and -3 if a potential
+ * reference loop is detected.
+ */
+int
+cgetent(buf, db_array, name)
+	char **buf, **db_array, *name;
+{
+	u_int dummy;
+
+	return (getent(buf, &dummy, db_array, -1, name, 0, NULL));
+}
+
+/*
+ * Getent implements the functions of cgetent.  If fd is non-negative,
+ * *db_array has already been opened and fd is the open file descriptor.  We
+ * do this to save time and avoid using up file descriptors for tc=
+ * recursions.
+ *
+ * Getent returns the same success/failure codes as cgetent.  On success, a
+ * pointer to a malloc'ed capability record with all tc= capabilities fully
+ * expanded and its length (not including trailing ASCII NUL) are left in
+ * *cap and *len.
+ *
+ * Basic algorithm:
+ *	+ Allocate memory incrementally as needed in chunks of size BFRAG
+ *	  for capability buffer.
+ *	+ Recurse for each tc=name and interpolate result.  Stop when all
+ *	  names interpolated, a name can't be found, or depth exceeds
+ *	  MAX_RECURSION.
+ */
+static int
+getent(cap, len, db_array, fd, name, depth, nfield)
+	char **cap, **db_array, *name, *nfield;
+	u_int *len;
+	int fd, depth;
+{
+	DB *capdbp;
+	DBT key, data;
+	register char *r_end, *rp, **db_p;
+	int myfd, eof, foundit, retval, clen;
+	char *record, *cbuf;
+	int tc_not_resolved;
+	char pbuf[_POSIX_PATH_MAX];
+	
+	/*
+	 * Return with ``loop detected'' error if we've recursed more than
+	 * MAX_RECURSION times.
+	 */
+	if (depth > MAX_RECURSION)
+		return (-3);
+
+	/*
+	 * Check if we have a top record from cgetset().
+         */
+	if (depth == 0 && toprec != NULL && cgetmatch(toprec, name) == 0) {
+		if ((record = malloc (topreclen + BFRAG)) == NULL) {
+			errno = ENOMEM;
+			return (-2);
+		}
+		(void)strcpy(record, toprec);
+		myfd = 0;
+		db_p = db_array;
+		rp = record + topreclen + 1;
+		r_end = rp + BFRAG;
+		goto tc_exp;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Allocate first chunk of memory.
+	 */
+	if ((record = malloc(BFRAG)) == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return (-2);
+	}
+	r_end = record + BFRAG;
+	foundit = 0;
+	/*
+	 * Loop through database array until finding the record.
+	 */
+
+	for (db_p = db_array; *db_p != NULL; db_p++) {
+		eof = 0;
+
+		/*
+		 * Open database if not already open.
+		 */
+
+		if (fd >= 0) {
+			(void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, L_SET);
+			myfd = 0;
+		} else {
+			(void)snprintf(pbuf, sizeof(pbuf), "%s.db", *db_p);
+			if ((capdbp = dbopen(pbuf, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, 0))
+			     != NULL) {
+				free(record);
+				retval = cdbget(capdbp, &record, name);
+				if (retval < 0) {
+					/* no record available */
+					(void)capdbp->close(capdbp);
+					return (retval);
+				}
+				/* save the data; close frees it */
+				clen = strlen(record);
+				cbuf = malloc(clen + 1);
+				memcpy(cbuf, record, clen + 1);
+				if (capdbp->close(capdbp) < 0) {
+					free(cbuf);
+					return (-2);
+				}
+				*len = clen;
+				*cap = cbuf;
+				return (retval);
+			} else {
+				fd = open(*db_p, O_RDONLY, 0);
+				if (fd < 0) {
+					/* No error on unfound file. */
+					continue;
+				}
+				myfd = 1;
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		 * Find the requested capability record ...
+		 */
+		{
+		char buf[BUFSIZ];
+		register char *b_end, *bp;
+		register int c;
+
+		/*
+		 * Loop invariants:
+		 *	There is always room for one more character in record.
+		 *	R_end always points just past end of record.
+		 *	Rp always points just past last character in record.
+		 *	B_end always points just past last character in buf.
+		 *	Bp always points at next character in buf.
+		 */
+		b_end = buf;
+		bp = buf;
+		for (;;) {
+
+			/*
+			 * Read in a line implementing (\, newline)
+			 * line continuation.
+			 */
+			rp = record;
+			for (;;) {
+				if (bp >= b_end) {
+					int n;
+		
+					n = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf));
+					if (n <= 0) {
+						if (myfd)
+							(void)close(fd);
+						if (n < 0) {
+							free(record);
+							return (-2);
+						} else {
+							fd = -1;
+							eof = 1;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+					b_end = buf+n;
+					bp = buf;
+				}
+	
+				c = *bp++;
+				if (c == '\n') {
+					if (rp > record && *(rp-1) == '\\') {
+						rp--;
+						continue;
+					} else
+						break;
+				}
+				*rp++ = c;
+
+				/*
+				 * Enforce loop invariant: if no room 
+				 * left in record buffer, try to get
+				 * some more.
+				 */
+				if (rp >= r_end) {
+					u_int pos;
+					size_t newsize;
+
+					pos = rp - record;
+					newsize = r_end - record + BFRAG;
+					record = realloc(record, newsize);
+					if (record == NULL) {
+						errno = ENOMEM;
+						if (myfd)
+							(void)close(fd);
+						return (-2);
+					}
+					r_end = record + newsize;
+					rp = record + pos;
+				}
+			}
+				/* loop invariant let's us do this */
+			*rp++ = '\0';
+
+			/*
+			 * If encountered eof check next file.
+			 */
+			if (eof)
+				break;
+				
+			/*
+			 * Toss blank lines and comments.
+			 */
+			if (*record == '\0' || *record == '#')
+				continue;
+	
+			/*
+			 * See if this is the record we want ...
+			 */
+			if (cgetmatch(record, name) == 0) {
+				if (nfield == NULL || !nfcmp(nfield, record)) {
+					foundit = 1;
+					break;	/* found it! */
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+		if (foundit)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (!foundit)
+		return (-1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Got the capability record, but now we have to expand all tc=name
+	 * references in it ...
+	 */
+tc_exp:	{
+		register char *newicap, *s;
+		register int newilen;
+		u_int ilen;
+		int diff, iret, tclen;
+		char *icap, *scan, *tc, *tcstart, *tcend;
+
+		/*
+		 * Loop invariants:
+		 *	There is room for one more character in record.
+		 *	R_end points just past end of record.
+		 *	Rp points just past last character in record.
+		 *	Scan points at remainder of record that needs to be
+		 *	scanned for tc=name constructs.
+		 */
+		scan = record;
+		tc_not_resolved = 0;
+		for (;;) {
+			if ((tc = cgetcap(scan, "tc", '=')) == NULL)
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			 * Find end of tc=name and stomp on the trailing `:'
+			 * (if present) so we can use it to call ourselves.
+			 */
+			s = tc;
+			for (;;)
+				if (*s == '\0')
+					break;
+				else
+					if (*s++ == ':') {
+						*(s - 1) = '\0';
+						break;
+					}
+			tcstart = tc - 3;
+			tclen = s - tcstart;
+			tcend = s;
+
+			iret = getent(&icap, &ilen, db_p, fd, tc, depth+1, 
+				      NULL);
+			newicap = icap;		/* Put into a register. */
+			newilen = ilen;
+			if (iret != 0) {
+				/* an error */
+				if (iret < -1) {
+					if (myfd)
+						(void)close(fd);
+					free(record);
+					return (iret);
+				}
+				if (iret == 1)
+					tc_not_resolved = 1;
+				/* couldn't resolve tc */
+				if (iret == -1) {
+					*(s - 1) = ':';			
+					scan = s - 1;
+					tc_not_resolved = 1;
+					continue;
+					
+				}
+			}
+			/* not interested in name field of tc'ed record */
+			s = newicap;
+			for (;;)
+				if (*s == '\0')
+					break;
+				else
+					if (*s++ == ':')
+						break;
+			newilen -= s - newicap;
+			newicap = s;
+
+			/* make sure interpolated record is `:'-terminated */
+			s += newilen;
+			if (*(s-1) != ':') {
+				*s = ':';	/* overwrite NUL with : */
+				newilen++;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Make sure there's enough room to insert the
+			 * new record.
+			 */
+			diff = newilen - tclen;
+			if (diff >= r_end - rp) {
+				u_int pos, tcpos, tcposend;
+				size_t newsize;
+
+				pos = rp - record;
+				newsize = r_end - record + diff + BFRAG;
+				tcpos = tcstart - record;
+				tcposend = tcend - record;
+				record = realloc(record, newsize);
+				if (record == NULL) {
+					errno = ENOMEM;
+					if (myfd)
+						(void)close(fd);
+					free(icap);
+					return (-2);
+				}
+				r_end = record + newsize;
+				rp = record + pos;
+				tcstart = record + tcpos;
+				tcend = record + tcposend;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			 * Insert tc'ed record into our record.
+			 */
+			s = tcstart + newilen;
+			bcopy(tcend, s, rp - tcend);
+			bcopy(newicap, tcstart, newilen);
+			rp += diff;
+			free(icap);
+
+			/*
+			 * Start scan on `:' so next cgetcap works properly
+			 * (cgetcap always skips first field).
+			 */
+			scan = s-1;
+		}
+	
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Close file (if we opened it), give back any extra memory, and
+	 * return capability, length and success.
+	 */
+	if (myfd)
+		(void)close(fd);
+	*len = rp - record - 1;	/* don't count NUL */
+	if (r_end > rp)
+		if ((record = 
+		     realloc(record, (size_t)(rp - record))) == NULL) {
+			errno = ENOMEM;
+			return (-2);
+		}
+		
+	*cap = record;
+	if (tc_not_resolved)
+		return (1);
+	return (0);
+}	
+
+static int
+cdbget(capdbp, bp, name)
+	DB *capdbp;
+	char **bp, *name;
+{
+	DBT key, data;
+	char *buf;
+	int st;
+
+	key.data = name;
+	key.size = strlen(name);
+
+	for (;;) {
+		/* Get the reference. */
+		switch(capdbp->get(capdbp, &key, &data, 0)) {
+		case -1:
+			return (-2);
+		case 1:
+			return (-1);
+		}
+
+		/* If not an index to another record, leave. */
+		if (((char *)data.data)[0] != SHADOW)
+			break;
+
+		key.data = (char *)data.data + 1;
+		key.size = data.size - 1;
+	}
+	
+	*bp = (char *)data.data + 1;
+	return (((char *)(data.data))[0] == TCERR ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetmatch will return 0 if name is one of the names of the capability
+ * record buf, -1 if not.
+ */
+int
+cgetmatch(buf, name)
+	char *buf, *name;
+{
+	register char *np, *bp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Start search at beginning of record.
+	 */
+	bp = buf;
+	for (;;) {
+		/*
+		 * Try to match a record name.
+		 */
+		np = name;
+		for (;;)
+			if (*np == '\0')
+				if (*bp == '|' || *bp == ':' || *bp == '\0')
+					return (0);
+				else
+					break;
+			else
+				if (*bp++ != *np++)
+					break;
+
+		/*
+		 * Match failed, skip to next name in record.
+		 */
+		bp--;	/* a '|' or ':' may have stopped the match */
+		for (;;)
+			if (*bp == '\0' || *bp == ':')
+				return (-1);	/* match failed totally */
+			else
+				if (*bp++ == '|')
+					break;	/* found next name */
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+int
+cgetfirst(buf, db_array)
+	char **buf, **db_array;
+{
+	(void)cgetclose();
+	return (cgetnext(buf, db_array));
+}
+
+static FILE *pfp;
+static int slash;
+static char **dbp;
+
+int
+cgetclose()
+{
+	if (pfp != NULL) {
+		(void)fclose(pfp);
+		pfp = NULL;
+	}
+	dbp = NULL;
+	gottoprec = 0;
+	slash = 0;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetnext() gets either the first or next entry in the logical database 
+ * specified by db_array.  It returns 0 upon completion of the database, 1
+ * upon returning an entry with more remaining, and -1 if an error occurs.
+ */
+int
+cgetnext(bp, db_array)
+        register char **bp;
+	char **db_array;
+{
+	size_t len;
+	int status, i, done;
+	char *cp, *line, *rp, *np, buf[BSIZE], nbuf[BSIZE];
+	u_int dummy;
+
+	if (dbp == NULL)
+		dbp = db_array;
+
+	if (pfp == NULL && (pfp = fopen(*dbp, "r")) == NULL) {
+		(void)cgetclose();
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	for(;;) {
+		if (toprec && !gottoprec) {
+			gottoprec = 1;
+			line = toprec;
+		} else {
+			line = fgetln(pfp, &len);
+			if (line == NULL && pfp) {
+				(void)fclose(pfp);
+				if (ferror(pfp)) {
+					(void)cgetclose();
+					return (-1);
+				} else {
+					if (*++dbp == NULL) {
+						(void)cgetclose();
+						return (0);
+					} else if ((pfp =
+					    fopen(*dbp, "r")) == NULL) {
+						(void)cgetclose();
+						return (-1);
+					} else
+						continue;
+				}
+			} else
+				line[len - 1] = '\0';
+			if (len == 1) {
+				slash = 0;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (isspace(*line) ||
+			    *line == ':' || *line == '#' || slash) {
+				if (line[len - 2] == '\\')
+					slash = 1;
+				else
+					slash = 0;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (line[len - 2] == '\\')
+				slash = 1;
+			else
+				slash = 0;
+		}			
+
+
+		/* 
+		 * Line points to a name line.
+		 */
+		i = 0;
+		done = 0;
+		np = nbuf;
+		for (;;) {
+			for (cp = line; *cp != '\0'; cp++) {
+				if (*cp == ':') {
+					*np++ = ':';
+					done = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+				if (*cp == '\\')
+					break;
+				*np++ = *cp;
+			}
+			if (done) {
+				*np = '\0';
+				break;
+			} else { /* name field extends beyond the line */
+				line = fgetln(pfp, &len);
+				if (line == NULL && pfp) {
+					(void)fclose(pfp);
+					if (ferror(pfp)) {
+						(void)cgetclose();
+						return (-1);
+					}
+				} else
+					line[len - 1] = '\0';
+			}
+		}
+		rp = buf;
+		for(cp = nbuf; *cp != NULL; cp++)
+			if (*cp == '|' || *cp == ':')
+				break;
+			else
+				*rp++ = *cp;
+
+		*rp = '\0';
+		/* 
+		 * XXX 
+		 * Last argument of getent here should be nbuf if we want true
+		 * sequential access in the case of duplicates.  
+		 * With NULL, getent will return the first entry found
+		 * rather than the duplicate entry record.  This is a 
+		 * matter of semantics that should be resolved.
+		 */
+		status = getent(bp, &dummy, db_array, -1, buf, 0, NULL);
+		if (status == -2 || status == -3)
+			(void)cgetclose();
+
+		return (status + 1);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetstr retrieves the value of the string capability cap from the
+ * capability record pointed to by buf.  A pointer to a decoded, NUL
+ * terminated, malloc'd copy of the string is returned in the char *
+ * pointed to by str.  The length of the string not including the trailing
+ * NUL is returned on success, -1 if the requested string capability
+ * couldn't be found, -2 if a system error was encountered (storage
+ * allocation failure).
+ */
+int
+cgetstr(buf, cap, str)
+	char *buf, *cap;
+	char **str;
+{
+	register u_int m_room;
+	register char *bp, *mp;
+	int len;
+	char *mem;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find string capability cap
+	 */
+	bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '=');
+	if (bp == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Conversion / storage allocation loop ...  Allocate memory in
+	 * chunks SFRAG in size.
+	 */
+	if ((mem = malloc(SFRAG)) == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return (-2);	/* couldn't even allocate the first fragment */
+	}
+	m_room = SFRAG;
+	mp = mem;
+
+	while (*bp != ':' && *bp != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * Loop invariants:
+		 *	There is always room for one more character in mem.
+		 *	Mp always points just past last character in mem.
+		 *	Bp always points at next character in buf.
+		 */
+		if (*bp == '^') {
+			bp++;
+			if (*bp == ':' || *bp == '\0')
+				break;	/* drop unfinished escape */
+			*mp++ = *bp++ & 037;
+		} else if (*bp == '\\') {
+			bp++;
+			if (*bp == ':' || *bp == '\0')
+				break;	/* drop unfinished escape */
+			if ('0' <= *bp && *bp <= '7') {
+				register int n, i;
+
+				n = 0;
+				i = 3;	/* maximum of three octal digits */
+				do {
+					n = n * 8 + (*bp++ - '0');
+				} while (--i && '0' <= *bp && *bp <= '7');
+				*mp++ = n;
+			}
+			else switch (*bp++) {
+				case 'b': case 'B':
+					*mp++ = '\b';
+					break;
+				case 't': case 'T':
+					*mp++ = '\t';
+					break;
+				case 'n': case 'N':
+					*mp++ = '\n';
+					break;
+				case 'f': case 'F':
+					*mp++ = '\f';
+					break;
+				case 'r': case 'R':
+					*mp++ = '\r';
+					break;
+				case 'e': case 'E':
+					*mp++ = ESC;
+					break;
+				case 'c': case 'C':
+					*mp++ = ':';
+					break;
+				default:
+					/*
+					 * Catches '\', '^', and
+					 *  everything else.
+					 */
+					*mp++ = *(bp-1);
+					break;
+			}
+		} else
+			*mp++ = *bp++;
+		m_room--;
+
+		/*
+		 * Enforce loop invariant: if no room left in current
+		 * buffer, try to get some more.
+		 */
+		if (m_room == 0) {
+			size_t size = mp - mem;
+
+			if ((mem = realloc(mem, size + SFRAG)) == NULL)
+				return (-2);
+			m_room = SFRAG;
+			mp = mem + size;
+		}
+	}
+	*mp++ = '\0';	/* loop invariant let's us do this */
+	m_room--;
+	len = mp - mem - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Give back any extra memory and return value and success.
+	 */
+	if (m_room != 0)
+		if ((mem = realloc(mem, (size_t)(mp - mem))) == NULL)
+			return (-2);
+	*str = mem;
+	return (len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetustr retrieves the value of the string capability cap from the
+ * capability record pointed to by buf.  The difference between cgetustr()
+ * and cgetstr() is that cgetustr does not decode escapes but rather treats
+ * all characters literally.  A pointer to a  NUL terminated malloc'd 
+ * copy of the string is returned in the char pointed to by str.  The 
+ * length of the string not including the trailing NUL is returned on success,
+ * -1 if the requested string capability couldn't be found, -2 if a system 
+ * error was encountered (storage allocation failure).
+ */
+int
+cgetustr(buf, cap, str)
+	char *buf, *cap, **str;
+{
+	register u_int m_room;
+	register char *bp, *mp;
+	int len;
+	char *mem;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find string capability cap
+	 */
+	if ((bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '=')) == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Conversion / storage allocation loop ...  Allocate memory in
+	 * chunks SFRAG in size.
+	 */
+	if ((mem = malloc(SFRAG)) == NULL) {
+		errno = ENOMEM;
+		return (-2);	/* couldn't even allocate the first fragment */
+	}
+	m_room = SFRAG;
+	mp = mem;
+
+	while (*bp != ':' && *bp != '\0') {
+		/*
+		 * Loop invariants:
+		 *	There is always room for one more character in mem.
+		 *	Mp always points just past last character in mem.
+		 *	Bp always points at next character in buf.
+		 */
+		*mp++ = *bp++;
+		m_room--;
+
+		/*
+		 * Enforce loop invariant: if no room left in current
+		 * buffer, try to get some more.
+		 */
+		if (m_room == 0) {
+			size_t size = mp - mem;
+
+			if ((mem = realloc(mem, size + SFRAG)) == NULL)
+				return (-2);
+			m_room = SFRAG;
+			mp = mem + size;
+		}
+	}
+	*mp++ = '\0';	/* loop invariant let's us do this */
+	m_room--;
+	len = mp - mem - 1;
+
+	/*
+	 * Give back any extra memory and return value and success.
+	 */
+	if (m_room != 0)
+		if ((mem = realloc(mem, (size_t)(mp - mem))) == NULL)
+			return (-2);
+	*str = mem;
+	return (len);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Cgetnum retrieves the value of the numeric capability cap from the
+ * capability record pointed to by buf.  The numeric value is returned in
+ * the long pointed to by num.  0 is returned on success, -1 if the requested
+ * numeric capability couldn't be found.
+ */
+int
+cgetnum(buf, cap, num)
+	char *buf, *cap;
+	long *num;
+{
+	register long n;
+	register int base, digit;
+	register char *bp;
+
+	/*
+	 * Find numeric capability cap
+	 */
+	bp = cgetcap(buf, cap, '#');
+	if (bp == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Look at value and determine numeric base:
+	 *	0x... or 0X...	hexadecimal,
+	 * else	0...		octal,
+	 * else			decimal.
+	 */
+	if (*bp == '0') {
+		bp++;
+		if (*bp == 'x' || *bp == 'X') {
+			bp++;
+			base = 16;
+		} else
+			base = 8;
+	} else
+		base = 10;
+
+	/*
+	 * Conversion loop ...
+	 */
+	n = 0;
+	for (;;) {
+		if ('0' <= *bp && *bp <= '9')
+			digit = *bp - '0';
+		else if ('a' <= *bp && *bp <= 'f')
+			digit = 10 + *bp - 'a';
+		else if ('A' <= *bp && *bp <= 'F')
+			digit = 10 + *bp - 'A';
+		else
+			break;
+
+		if (digit >= base)
+			break;
+
+		n = n * base + digit;
+		bp++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Return value and success.
+	 */
+	*num = n;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Compare name field of record.
+ */
+static int
+nfcmp(nf, rec)
+	char *nf, *rec;
+{
+	char *cp, tmp;
+	int ret;
+	
+	for (cp = rec; *cp != ':'; cp++)
+		;
+	
+	tmp = *(cp + 1);
+	*(cp + 1) = '\0';
+	ret = strcmp(nf, rec);
+	*(cp + 1) = tmp;
+
+	return (ret);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d149d0fa270
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.3
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getcwd.3,v 1.6 1995/07/30 06:05:35 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getcwd.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt GETCWD 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getcwd ,
+.Nm getwd
+.Nd get working directory pathname
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getcwd "char *buf" "size_t size"
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getwd "char *buf"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getcwd
+function copies the absolute pathname of the current working directory
+into the memory referenced by
+.Fa buf
+and returns a pointer to
+.Fa buf .
+The
+.Fa size
+argument is the size, in bytes, of the array referenced by
+.Fa buf .
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa buf
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+space is allocated as necessary to store the pathname.
+This space may later be
+.Xr free 3 Ns 'd.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn getwd
+is a compatibility routine which calls
+.Fn getcwd
+with its
+.Fa buf
+argument and a size of
+.Dv MAXPATHLEN
+(as defined in the include
+file
+.Aq Pa sys/param.h ) .
+Obviously,
+.Fa buf
+should be at least
+.Dv MAXPATHLEN
+bytes in length.
+.Pp
+These routines have traditionally been used by programs to save the
+name of a working directory for the purpose of returning to it.
+A much faster and less error-prone method of accomplishing this is to
+open the current directory
+.Pq Ql \&.
+and use the
+.Xr fchdir 2
+function to return.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a pointer to the pathname is returned.
+Otherwise a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+In addition,
+.Fn getwd
+copies the error message associated with
+.Va errno
+into the memory referenced by
+.Fa buf .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn getcwd
+function
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCESS
+Read or search permission was denied for a component of the pathname.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa size
+argument is zero.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+A component of the pathname no longer exists.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+Insufficient memory is available.
+.It Bq Er ERANGE
+The
+.Fa size
+argument is greater than zero but smaller than the length of the pathname
+plus 1.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chdir 2 ,
+.Xr fchdir 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr strerror 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn getcwd
+function
+conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
+The ability to specify a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer and have
+.Fn getcwd
+allocate memory as necessary is an extension.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getwd
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getwd
+function
+does not do sufficient error checking and is not able to return very
+long, but valid, paths.
+It is provided for compatibility.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..59b43711705
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getcwd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getcwd.c,v 1.5 1995/06/16 07:05:30 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getcwd.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getcwd.c,v 1.5 1995/06/16 07:05:30 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	ISDOT(dp) \
+	(dp->d_name[0] == '.' && (dp->d_name[1] == '\0' || \
+	    dp->d_name[1] == '.' && dp->d_name[2] == '\0'))
+
+char *
+getcwd(pt, size)
+	char *pt;
+	size_t size;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+	register DIR *dir;
+	register dev_t dev;
+	register ino_t ino;
+	register int first;
+	register char *bpt, *bup;
+	struct stat s;
+	dev_t root_dev;
+	ino_t root_ino;
+	size_t ptsize, upsize;
+	int save_errno;
+	char *ept, *eup, *up;
+
+	/*
+	 * If no buffer specified by the user, allocate one as necessary.
+	 * If a buffer is specified, the size has to be non-zero.  The path
+	 * is built from the end of the buffer backwards.
+	 */
+	if (pt) {
+		ptsize = 0;
+		if (!size) {
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		ept = pt + size;
+	} else {
+		if ((pt = malloc(ptsize = 1024 - 4)) == NULL)
+			return (NULL);
+		ept = pt + ptsize;
+	}
+	bpt = ept - 1;
+	*bpt = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	 * Allocate bytes (1024 - malloc space) for the string of "../"'s.
+	 * Should always be enough (it's 340 levels).  If it's not, allocate
+	 * as necessary.  Special * case the first stat, it's ".", not "..".
+	 */
+	if ((up = malloc(upsize = 1024 - 4)) == NULL)
+		goto err;
+	eup = up + MAXPATHLEN;
+	bup = up;
+	up[0] = '.';
+	up[1] = '\0';
+
+	/* Save root values, so know when to stop. */
+	if (stat("/", &s))
+		goto err;
+	root_dev = s.st_dev;
+	root_ino = s.st_ino;
+
+	errno = 0;			/* XXX readdir has no error return. */
+
+	for (first = 1;; first = 0) {
+		/* Stat the current level. */
+		if (lstat(up, &s))
+			goto err;
+
+		/* Save current node values. */
+		ino = s.st_ino;
+		dev = s.st_dev;
+
+		/* Check for reaching root. */
+		if (root_dev == dev && root_ino == ino) {
+			*--bpt = '/';
+			/*
+			 * It's unclear that it's a requirement to copy the
+			 * path to the beginning of the buffer, but it's always
+			 * been that way and stuff would probably break.
+			 */
+			bcopy(bpt, pt, ept - bpt);
+			free(up);
+			return (pt);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Build pointer to the parent directory, allocating memory
+		 * as necessary.  Max length is 3 for "../", the largest
+		 * possible component name, plus a trailing NULL.
+		 */
+		if (bup + 3  + MAXNAMLEN + 1 >= eup) {
+			if ((up = realloc(up, upsize *= 2)) == NULL)
+				goto err;
+			bup = up;
+			eup = up + upsize;
+		}
+		*bup++ = '.';
+		*bup++ = '.';
+		*bup = '\0';
+
+		/* Open and stat parent directory. */
+		if (!(dir = opendir(up)) || fstat(dirfd(dir), &s))
+			goto err;
+
+		/* Add trailing slash for next directory. */
+		*bup++ = '/';
+
+		/*
+		 * If it's a mount point, have to stat each element because
+		 * the inode number in the directory is for the entry in the
+		 * parent directory, not the inode number of the mounted file.
+		 */
+		save_errno = 0;
+		if (s.st_dev == dev) {
+			for (;;) {
+				if (!(dp = readdir(dir)))
+					goto notfound;
+				if (dp->d_fileno == ino)
+					break;
+			}
+		} else
+			for (;;) {
+				if (!(dp = readdir(dir)))
+					goto notfound;
+				if (ISDOT(dp))
+					continue;
+				bcopy(dp->d_name, bup, dp->d_namlen + 1);
+
+				/* Save the first error for later. */
+				if (lstat(up, &s)) {
+					if (!save_errno)
+						save_errno = errno;
+					errno = 0;
+					continue;
+				}
+				if (s.st_dev == dev && s.st_ino == ino)
+					break;
+			}
+
+		/*
+		 * Check for length of the current name, preceding slash,
+		 * leading slash.
+		 */
+		if (bpt - pt <= dp->d_namlen + (first ? 1 : 2)) {
+			size_t len, off;
+
+			if (!ptsize) {
+				errno = ERANGE;
+				goto err;
+			}
+			off = bpt - pt;
+			len = ept - bpt;
+			if ((pt = realloc(pt, ptsize *= 2)) == NULL)
+				goto err;
+			bpt = pt + off;
+			ept = pt + ptsize;
+			bcopy(bpt, ept - len, len);
+			bpt = ept - len;
+		}
+		if (!first)
+			*--bpt = '/';
+		bpt -= dp->d_namlen;
+		bcopy(dp->d_name, bpt, dp->d_namlen);
+		(void)closedir(dir);
+
+		/* Truncate any file name. */
+		*bup = '\0';
+	}
+
+notfound:
+	/*
+	 * If readdir set errno, use it, not any saved error; otherwise,
+	 * didn't find the current directory in its parent directory, set
+	 * errno to ENOENT.
+	 */
+	if (!errno)
+		errno = save_errno ? save_errno : ENOENT;
+	/* FALLTHROUGH */
+err:
+	if (ptsize)
+		free(pt);
+	free(up);
+	return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b008289c34d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdiskbyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getdiskbyname.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:12:24 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getdiskbyname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETDISKBYNAME 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getdiskbyname
+.Nd get generic disk description by its name
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/disklabel.h>
+.Ft struct disklabel *
+.Fn getdiskbyname "const char *name"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getdiskbyname
+function
+takes a disk name (e.g.
+.Ql rm03 )
+and returns a prototype disk label
+describing its geometry information and the standard
+disk partition tables.  All information is obtained from
+the 
+.Xr disktab 5
+file.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr disklabel 5 ,
+.Xr disktab 5 ,
+.Xr disklabel 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getdiskbyname
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0f33c45ff4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getdomainname.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 04:12:27 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)gethostname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd May 6, 1994
+.Dt GETDOMAINNAME 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getdomainname ,
+.Nm setdomainname
+.Nd get/set domain name of current host
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getdomainname "char *name" "int namelen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setdomainname "const char *name" "int namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Getdomainname
+returns the standard domain name for the current processor, as
+previously set by
+.Fn setdomainname .
+The parameter
+.Fa namelen
+specifies the size of the 
+.Fa name
+array.  The returned name is null-terminated unless insufficient
+space is provided.
+.Pp
+.Fn Setdomainname
+sets the domain name of the host machine to be
+.Fa name ,
+which has length
+.Fa namelen .
+This call is restricted to the super-user and
+is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call succeeds a value of 0 is returned.  If the call
+fails, a value of -1 is returned and an error code is
+placed in the global location
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be returned by these calls:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+or
+.Fa namelen
+parameter gave an
+invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller tried to set the hostname and was not the super-user.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 2 ,
+.Xr gethostid 3 ,
+.Xr gethostname 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Host names are limited to
+.Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN
+(from
+.Ao Pa sys/param.h Ac )
+characters, currently 256.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0285fd9025f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdomainname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getdomainname.c,v 1.3 1995/06/16 07:36:03 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gethostname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getdomainname.c,v 1.3 1995/06/16 07:36:03 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+int
+getdomainname(name, namelen)
+	char *name;
+	int namelen;
+{
+	int mib[2];
+	size_t size;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_DOMAINNAME;
+	size = namelen;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, name, &size, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b3eb2550812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getfsent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getfsent.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:12:33 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getfsent.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETFSENT 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getfsent ,
+.Nm getfsspec ,
+.Nm getfsfile ,
+.Nm setfsent ,
+.Nm endfsent
+.Nd get file system descriptor file entry
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <fstab.h>
+.Ft struct fstab *
+.Fn getfsent void
+.Ft struct fstab *
+.Fn getfsspec "const char *spec"
+.Ft struct fstab *
+.Fn getfsfile "const char *file"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setfsent void
+.Ft void
+.Fn endfsent void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getfsent ,
+.Fn getfsspec ,
+and
+.Fn getfsfile
+functions
+each return a pointer to an object with the following structure
+containing the broken-out fields of a line in the file system
+description file,
+.Aq Pa fstab.h .
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct fstab {
+	char	*fs_spec;	/* block special device name */
+	char	*fs_file;	/* file system path prefix */
+	char	*fs_vfstype;	/* type of file system */
+	char	*fs_mntops;	/* comma separated mount options */
+	char	*fs_type;	/* rw, ro, sw, or xx */
+	int	fs_freq;	/* dump frequency, in days */
+	int	fs_passno;	/* pass number on parallel dump */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields have meanings described in
+.Xr fstab 5 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setfsent
+function
+opens the file (closing any previously opened file) or rewinds it
+if it is already open.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn endfsent
+function
+closes the file.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getfsspec
+and
+.Fn getfsfile
+functions
+search the entire file (opening it if necessary) for a matching special
+file name or file system file name.
+.Pp
+For programs wishing to read the entire database,
+.Fn getfsent
+reads the next entry (opening the file if necessary).
+.Pp
+All entries in the file with a type field equivalent to
+.Dv FSTAB_XX
+are ignored.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn getfsent ,
+.Fn getfsspec ,
+and
+.Fn getfsfile
+functions
+return a null pointer (0) on
+.Dv EOF
+or error.
+The
+.Fn setfsent
+function
+returns 0 on failure, 1 on success.
+The
+.Fn endfsent
+function
+returns nothing.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/fstab -compact
+.It Pa /etc/fstab
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fstab 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getfsent
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.0 ;
+the
+.Fn endfsent ,
+.Fn getfsfile ,
+.Fn getfsspec ,
+and 
+.Fn setfsent
+functions appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+These functions use static data storage;
+if the data is needed for future use, it should be
+copied before any subsequent calls overwrite it.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d5e48140eef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getgrent.3,v 1.8 1995/02/27 04:12:36 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getgrent.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt GETGRENT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getgrent ,
+.Nm getgrnam ,
+.Nm getgrgid ,
+.Nm setgroupent ,
+.\" .Nm setgrfile ,
+.Nm setgrent ,
+.Nm endgrent
+.Nd group database operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <grp.h>
+.Ft struct group *
+.Fn getgrent void
+.Ft struct group *
+.Fn getgrnam "const char *name"
+.Ft struct group *
+.Fn getgrgid "gid_t gid"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setgroupent "int stayopen"
+.\" .Ft void
+.\" .Fn setgrfile "const char *name"
+.Ft void
+.Fn setgrent void
+.Ft void
+.Fn endgrent void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate on the group database file
+.Pa /etc/group
+which is described
+in
+.Xr group 5 .
+Each line of the database is defined by the structure
+.Ar group
+found in the include
+file
+.Aq Pa grp.h :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct group {
+	char	*gr_name;	/* group name */
+	char	*gr_passwd;	/* group password */
+	gid_t	gr_gid;		/* group id */
+	char	**gr_mem;	/* group members */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn getgrnam
+and
+.Fn getgrgid
+search the group database for the given group name pointed to by
+.Ar name
+or the group id pointed to by
+.Ar gid ,
+respectively, returning the first one encountered.  Identical group
+names or group gids may result in undefined behavior.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getgrent
+function
+sequentially reads the group database and is intended for programs
+that wish to step through the complete list of groups.
+.Pp
+All three routines will open the group file for reading, if necessary.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setgroupent
+function
+opens the file, or rewinds it if it is already open.  If
+.Fa stayopen
+is non-zero, file descriptors are left open, significantly speeding
+functions subsequent calls.  This functionality is unnecessary for
+.Fn getgrent
+as it doesn't close its file descriptors by default.  It should also
+be noted that it is dangerous for long-running programs to use this
+functionality as the group file may be updated.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setgrent
+function
+is equivalent to
+.Fn setgroupent
+with an argument of zero.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn endgrent
+function
+closes any open files.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The functions
+.Fn getgrent ,
+.Fn getgrnam ,
+and
+.Fn getgrgid ,
+return a pointer to the group entry if successful; if end-of-file
+is reached or an error occurs a null pointer is returned.
+The
+.Fn setgroupent
+function returns the value 1 if successful, otherwise the value
+0 is returned.
+The 
+.Fn endgrent
+and
+.Fn setgrent
+functions have no return value.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+group database file
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getpwent 3 ,
+.Xr group 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The functions
+.Fn endgrent ,
+.Fn getgrent ,
+.Fn getgrnam ,
+.Fn getgrgid ,
+and
+.Fn setgrent
+appeared in
+.At v7 .
+The functions
+.Fn setgrfile
+and
+.Fn setgroupent
+appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic function
+.Fn setgrfile ,
+which allowed the specification of alternate password databases, has
+been deprecated and is no longer available.
+.Sh BUGS
+The functions
+.Fn getgrent ,
+.Fn getgrnam ,
+.Fn getgrgid ,
+.Fn setgroupent
+and
+.Fn setgrent
+leave their results in an internal static object and return
+a pointer to that object. Subsequent calls to
+the same function
+will modify the same object.
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn getgrent ,
+.Fn endgrent ,
+.Fn setgroupent ,
+and
+.Fn setgrent
+are fairly useless in a networked environment and should be
+avoided, if possible.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7d5692e4f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getgrent.c,v 1.13 1995/07/28 05:43:57 phil Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Jason Downs. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getgrent.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/21/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getgrent.c,v 1.13 1995/07/28 05:43:57 phil Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+#ifdef YP
+#include <rpc/rpc.h>
+#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h>
+#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h>
+#endif
+
+static FILE *_gr_fp;
+static struct group _gr_group;
+static int _gr_stayopen;
+static int grscan(), start_gr();
+
+#define	MAXGRP		200
+static char *members[MAXGRP];
+#define	MAXLINELENGTH	1024
+static char line[MAXLINELENGTH];
+
+#ifdef YP
+enum _ypmode { YPMODE_NONE, YPMODE_FULL, YPMODE_NAME };
+static enum _ypmode __ypmode;
+static char	*__ypcurrent, *__ypdomain;
+static int	__ypcurrentlen;
+#endif
+
+struct group *
+getgrent()
+{
+	if (!_gr_fp && !start_gr() || !grscan(0, 0, NULL))
+		return(NULL);
+	return(&_gr_group);
+}
+
+struct group *
+getgrnam(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	if (!start_gr())
+		return(NULL);
+	rval = grscan(1, 0, name);
+	if (!_gr_stayopen)
+		endgrent();
+	return(rval ? &_gr_group : NULL);
+}
+
+struct group *
+#ifdef __STDC__
+getgrgid(gid_t gid)
+#else
+getgrgid(gid)
+	gid_t gid;
+#endif
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	if (!start_gr())
+		return(NULL);
+	rval = grscan(1, gid, NULL);
+	if (!_gr_stayopen)
+		endgrent();
+	return(rval ? &_gr_group : NULL);
+}
+
+static int
+start_gr()
+{
+	if (_gr_fp) {
+		rewind(_gr_fp);
+#ifdef YP
+		__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+		if(__ypcurrent)
+			free(__ypcurrent);
+		__ypcurrent = NULL;
+#endif
+		return(1);
+	}
+	return((_gr_fp = fopen(_PATH_GROUP, "r")) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void
+setgrent()
+{
+	(void) setgroupent(0);
+}
+
+int
+setgroupent(stayopen)
+	int stayopen;
+{
+	if (!start_gr())
+		return(0);
+	_gr_stayopen = stayopen;
+	return(1);
+}
+
+void
+endgrent()
+{
+	if (_gr_fp) {
+		(void)fclose(_gr_fp);
+		_gr_fp = NULL;
+#ifdef YP
+		__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+		if(__ypcurrent)
+			free(__ypcurrent);
+		__ypcurrent = NULL;
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+static int
+grscan(search, gid, name)
+	register int search, gid;
+	register char *name;
+{
+	register char *cp, **m;
+	char *bp;
+#ifdef YP
+	char *grname = (char *)NULL;
+#endif
+
+	for (;;) {
+#ifdef YP
+		if(__ypmode != YPMODE_NONE) {
+			char *key, *data;
+			int keylen, datalen;
+			int r;
+
+			if(!__ypdomain) {
+				if(yp_get_default_domain(&__ypdomain)) {
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+					if(grname != (char *)NULL) {
+						free(grname);
+						grname = (char *)NULL;
+					}
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+			switch(__ypmode) {
+			case YPMODE_FULL:
+				if(__ypcurrent) {
+					r = yp_next(__ypdomain, "group.byname",
+						__ypcurrent, __ypcurrentlen,
+						&key, &keylen, &data, &datalen);
+					free(__ypcurrent);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+						__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+						free(data);
+						continue;
+					}
+					__ypcurrent = key;
+					__ypcurrentlen = keylen;
+					bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+					free(data);
+				} else {
+					r = yp_first(__ypdomain, "group.byname",
+						&__ypcurrent, &__ypcurrentlen,
+						&data, &datalen);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+						free(data);
+						continue;
+					}
+					bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+					free(data);
+				}
+				break;
+			case YPMODE_NAME:
+				if(grname != (char *)NULL) {
+					r = yp_match(__ypdomain, "group.byname",
+						grname, strlen(grname),
+						&data, &datalen);
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+					free(grname);
+					grname = (char *)NULL;
+					if(r != 0) {
+						free(data);
+						continue;
+					}
+					bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+					free(data);
+				} else {
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;	/* ??? */
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+			line[datalen] = '\0';
+			bp = line;
+			goto parse;
+		}
+#endif
+		if (!fgets(line, sizeof(line), _gr_fp))
+			return(0);
+		bp = line;
+		/* skip lines that are too big */
+		if (!strchr(line, '\n')) {
+			int ch;
+
+			while ((ch = getc(_gr_fp)) != '\n' && ch != EOF)
+				;
+			continue;
+		}
+#ifdef YP
+		if (line[0] == '+') {
+			switch(line[1]) {
+			case ':':
+			case '\0':
+			case '\n':
+				if(_yp_check(NULL)) {
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_FULL;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			default:
+				if(_yp_check(NULL)) {
+					register char *tptr;
+
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NAME;
+					tptr = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+					grname = strdup(tptr + 1);
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+parse:
+#endif
+		_gr_group.gr_name = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+		if (search && name && strcmp(_gr_group.gr_name, name))
+			continue;
+		_gr_group.gr_passwd = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+		if (!(cp = strsep(&bp, ":\n")))
+			continue;
+		_gr_group.gr_gid = atoi(cp);
+		if (search && name == NULL && _gr_group.gr_gid != gid)
+			continue;
+		cp = NULL;
+		if (bp == NULL)
+			continue;
+		for (m = _gr_group.gr_mem = members;; bp++) {
+			if (m == &members[MAXGRP - 1])
+				break;
+			if (*bp == ',') {
+				if (cp) {
+					*bp = '\0';
+					*m++ = cp;
+					cp = NULL;
+				}
+			} else if (*bp == '\0' || *bp == '\n' || *bp == ' ') {
+				if (cp) {
+					*bp = '\0';
+					*m++ = cp;
+				}
+				break;
+			} else if (cp == NULL)
+				cp = bp;
+		}
+		*m = NULL;
+		return(1);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..30793153471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getgrouplist.3,v 1.2 1995/02/25 13:41:05 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getgrouplist.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt GETGROUPLIST 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getgrouplist
+.Nd calculate group access list
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getgrouplist "const char *name" "int basegid" "int *groups" "int *ngroups"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getgrouplist
+function reads through the group file and calculates
+the group access list for the user specified in
+.Fa name .
+The
+.Fa basegid
+is automatically included in the groups list.
+Typically this value is given as
+the group number from the password file.
+.Pp
+The resulting group list is returned in the integer array pointed to by
+.Fa groups .
+The caller specifies the size of the 
+.Fa groups
+array in the integer pointed to by
+.Fa ngroups ;
+the actual number of groups found is returned in
+.Fa ngroups .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn getgrouplist
+function
+returns \-1 if the size of the group list is too small to
+hold all the user's groups.
+Here, the group array will be filled with as many groups as will fit.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact
+.It Pa /etc/group
+group membership list
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr initgroups 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getgrouplist
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getgrouplist
+function
+uses the routines based on
+.Xr getgrent 3 .
+If the invoking program uses any of these routines,
+the group structure will
+be overwritten in the call to
+.Fn getgrouplist .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..91255592561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getgrouplist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getgrouplist.c,v 1.5 1995/06/01 22:51:17 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getgrouplist.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getgrouplist.c,v 1.5 1995/06/01 22:51:17 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * get credential
+ */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+int
+getgrouplist(uname, agroup, groups, grpcnt)
+	const char *uname;
+	int agroup;
+	register int *groups;
+	int *grpcnt;
+{
+	register struct group *grp;
+	register struct passwd *pw;
+	register int i, ngroups;
+	int ret, maxgroups;
+
+	ret = 0;
+	ngroups = 0;
+	maxgroups = *grpcnt;
+
+	/*
+	 * install primary group
+	 */
+	groups[ngroups++] = agroup;
+
+	/*
+	 * Scan the group file to find additional groups.
+	 */
+	setgrent();
+	while (grp = getgrent()) {
+		if (grp->gr_gid == agroup)
+			continue;
+		for (i = 0; grp->gr_mem[i]; i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(grp->gr_mem[i], uname)) {
+				if (ngroups >= maxgroups) {
+					ret = -1;
+					goto out;
+				}
+				groups[ngroups++] = grp->gr_gid;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+out:
+	endgrent();
+	*grpcnt = ngroups;
+	return (ret);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ebb7fc4042a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: gethostname.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 04:12:42 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)gethostname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETHOSTNAME 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm gethostname ,
+.Nm sethostname
+.Nd get/set name of current host
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn gethostname "char *name" "int namelen"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sethostname "const char *name" "int namelen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Gethostname
+returns the standard host name for the current processor, as
+previously set by
+.Fn sethostname .
+The parameter
+.Fa namelen
+specifies the size of the 
+.Fa name
+array.  The returned name is null-terminated unless insufficient
+space is provided.
+.Pp
+.Fn Sethostname
+sets the name of the host machine to be
+.Fa name ,
+which has length
+.Fa namelen .
+This call is restricted to the super-user and
+is normally used only when the system is bootstrapped.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call succeeds a value of 0 is returned.  If the call
+fails, a value of -1 is returned and an error code is
+placed in the global location
+.Va errno .
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be returned by these calls:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The
+.Fa name
+or
+.Fa namelen
+parameter gave an
+invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The caller tried to set the hostname and was not the super-user.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 2
+.Xr gethostid 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Host names are limited to
+.Dv MAXHOSTNAMELEN
+(from
+.Ao Pa sys/param.h Ac )
+characters, currently 256.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2748b1ebb16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/gethostname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: gethostname.c,v 1.3 1995/06/16 07:36:13 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)gethostname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: gethostname.c,v 1.3 1995/06/16 07:36:13 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+int
+gethostname(name, namelen)
+	char *name;
+	int namelen;
+{
+	int mib[2];
+	size_t size;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME;
+	size = namelen;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, name, &size, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..aa9e6dcd305
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.3
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getloadavg.3,v 1.6 1995/02/25 08:51:13 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getloadavg.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETLOADAVG 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getloadavg
+.Nd get system load averages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fn getloadavg "double loadavg[]" "int nelem"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getloadavg
+function returns the number of processes in the system run queue
+averaged over various periods of time.
+Up to
+.Fa nelem
+samples are retrieved and assigned to successive elements of
+.Fa loadavg Ns Bq .
+The system imposes a maximum of 3 samples, representing averages
+over the last 1, 5, and 15 minutes, respectively.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise,
+the number of samples actually retrieved is returned.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr uptime 1 ,
+.Xr sysctl 2 ,
+.Xr kvm_getloadavg 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getloadavg
+function appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..37283dc75f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getloadavg.c
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getloadavg.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:15 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getloadavg.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getloadavg.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:15 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <vm/vm_param.h>
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * getloadavg() -- Get system load averages.
+ *
+ * Put `nelem' samples into `loadavg' array.
+ * Return number of samples retrieved, or -1 on error.
+ */
+int
+getloadavg(loadavg, nelem)
+	double loadavg[];
+	int nelem;
+{
+	struct loadavg loadinfo;
+	int i, mib[2];
+	size_t size;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_VM;
+	mib[1] = VM_LOADAVG;
+	size = sizeof(loadinfo);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &loadinfo, &size, NULL, 0) < 0)
+		return (-1);
+
+	nelem = MIN(nelem, sizeof(loadinfo.ldavg) / sizeof(fixpt_t));
+	for (i = 0; i < nelem; i++)
+		loadavg[i] = (double) loadinfo.ldavg[i] / loadinfo.fscale;
+	return (nelem);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c b/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fea4913d1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getlogin.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getlogin.c,v 1.6 1995/02/27 04:12:47 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getlogin.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getlogin.c,v 1.6 1995/02/27 04:12:47 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <utmp.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int	__logname_valid;		/* known to setlogin() */
+
+char *
+getlogin()
+{
+	static char logname[MAXLOGNAME + 1];
+
+	if (__logname_valid == 0) {
+		if (_getlogin(logname, sizeof(logname) - 1) < 0)
+			return ((char *)NULL);
+		__logname_valid = 1;
+	}
+	return (*logname ? logname : (char *)NULL);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..946dd016ba1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.3
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getmntinfo.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:12:50 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getmntinfo.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt GETMNTINFO 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getmntinfo
+.Nd get information about mounted file systems
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/param.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/ucred.h>
+.Fd #include <sys/mount.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getmntinfo "struct statfs **mntbufp" "int flags"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getmntinfo
+function
+returns an array of
+.Xr statfs
+structures describing each currently mounted file system (see
+.Xr statfs 2 ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getmntinfo
+function
+passes its
+.Fa flags
+parameter transparently to
+.Xr getfsstat 2 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+On successful completion,
+.Fn getmntinfo
+returns a count of the number of elements in the array.
+The pointer to the array is stored into
+.Fa mntbufp .
+.Pp
+If an error occurs, zero is returned and the external variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+Although the pointer 
+.Fa mntbufp
+will be unmodified, any information previously returned by 
+.Fn getmntinfo
+will be lost.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn getmntinfo
+function
+may fail and set 
+.Va errno 
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.Xr getfsstat 2
+or 
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getfsstat 2 ,
+.Xr statfs 2 ,
+.Xr mount 2 ,
+.Xr mount 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getmntinfo
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getmntinfo
+function writes the array of structures to an internal static object
+and returns
+a pointer to that object. Subsequent calls to
+.Fn getmntinfo
+will modify the same object.
+.Pp
+The memory allocated by
+.Fn getmntinfo
+cannot be
+.Xr free 2 Ns 'd
+by the application.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ce5368379a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getmntinfo.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getmntinfo.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:12:53 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getmntinfo.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getmntinfo.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:12:53 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/ucred.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/*
+ * Return information about mounted filesystems.
+ */
+int
+getmntinfo(mntbufp, flags)
+	struct statfs **mntbufp;
+	int flags;
+{
+	static struct statfs *mntbuf;
+	static int mntsize;
+	static long bufsize;
+
+	if (mntsize <= 0 && (mntsize = getfsstat(0, 0, MNT_NOWAIT)) < 0)
+		return (0);
+	if (bufsize > 0 && (mntsize = getfsstat(mntbuf, bufsize, flags)) < 0)
+		return (0);
+	while (bufsize <= mntsize * sizeof(struct statfs)) {
+		if (mntbuf)
+			free(mntbuf);
+		bufsize = (mntsize + 1) * sizeof(struct statfs);
+		if ((mntbuf = (struct statfs *)malloc(bufsize)) == 0)
+			return (0);
+		if ((mntsize = getfsstat(mntbuf, bufsize, flags)) < 0)
+			return (0);
+	}
+	*mntbufp = mntbuf;
+	return (mntsize);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..45b256b2395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getnetgrent.3,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:17 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getnetgrent.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETNETGRENT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getnetgrent ,
+.Nm innetgr ,
+.Nm setnetgrent ,
+.Nm endnetgrent
+.Nd netgroup database operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft int
+.Fn getnetgrent "char **host, char **user, char **domain"
+.Ft int
+.Fn innetgr "const char *netgroup, const char *host, const char *user, const char *domain"
+.Ft void
+.Fn setnetgrent "const char *netgroup"
+.Ft void
+.Fn endnetgrent void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate on the netgroup database file
+.Pa /etc/netgroup.db
+which is described
+in
+.Xr netgroup 5 .
+If that file does not exist, and the system supports 
+.Sy YP,
+then the
+.Sy netgroup 
+.Sy YP
+databases are used instead.
+The database defines a set of netgroups, each made up of one or more triples:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+(host, user, domain)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+that defines a combination of host, user and domain.
+Any of the three fields may be specified as ``wildcards'' that match any
+string.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn getnetgrent
+sets the three pointer arguments to the strings of the next member of the
+current netgroup.
+If any of the string pointers are
+.Sy (char *)0
+that field is considered a wildcard.
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn setnetgrent
+and
+.Fn endnetgrent
+set the current netgroup and terminate the current netgroup respectively.
+If
+.Fn setnetgrent
+is called with a different netgroup than the previous call, an implicit
+.Fn endnetgrent
+is implied.
+.Fn Setnetgrent
+also sets the offset to the first member of the netgroup.
+.Pp
+The function
+.Fn innetgr
+searches for a match of all fields within the specified group.
+If any of the
+.Sy host ,
+.Sy user ,
+or
+.Sy domain
+arguments are
+.Sy (char *)0
+those fields will match any string value in the netgroup member.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The function
+.Fn getnetgrent
+returns 0 for ``no more netgroup members'' and 1 otherwise.
+The function
+.Fn innetgr
+returns 1 for a successful match and 0 otherwise.
+The functions
+.Fn setnetgrent
+and
+.Fn endnetgrent
+have no return value.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/netgroup -compact
+.It Pa /etc/netgroup
+netgroup database file
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Fn netgroup 5
+.Sh BUGS
+The function
+.Fn getnetgrent
+returns pointers to dynamically allocated data areas that are free'd when
+the function
+.Fn endnetgrent
+is called.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..19e25321227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getnetgrent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,735 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getnetgrent.c,v 1.8 1995/02/25 08:51:19 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994 Christos Zoulas
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by Christos Zoulas.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char *rcsid = "$NetBSD: getnetgrent.c,v 1.8 1995/02/25 08:51:19 cgd Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <netgroup.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <err.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <db.h>
+
+#define _NG_STAR(s)	(((s) == NULL || *(s) == '\0') ? _ngstar : s)
+#define _NG_ISSPACE(p)	(isspace((unsigned char) (p)) || (p) == '\n')
+
+static const char _ngstar[] = "*";
+static const char _ngoomem[] = "netgroup: %m";
+static struct netgroup *_nghead = (struct netgroup *)NULL;
+static struct netgroup *_nglist = (struct netgroup *)NULL;
+static DB *_ng_db;
+
+/*
+ * Simple string list
+ */
+struct stringlist {
+	char		**sl_str;
+	size_t		  sl_max;
+	size_t		  sl_cur;
+};
+
+static int		getstring __P((char **, int, char **));
+static struct netgroup	*getnetgroup __P((char **));
+static int		 lookup __P((const char *, char *, char **, int));
+static void		 addgroup __P((char *, struct stringlist *, char *));
+static int		 in_check __P((const char *, const char *,
+				       const char *, struct netgroup *));
+static int		 in_find __P((char *, struct stringlist *,
+				      char *, const char *,
+				      const char *, const char *));
+static char		*in_lookup1 __P((const char *, const char *,
+					 const char *, int));
+static int		 in_lookup __P((const char *, const char *,
+				        const char *, const char *, int));
+
+/*
+ * _ng_sl_init(): Initialize a string list
+ */
+struct stringlist *
+_ng_sl_init()
+{
+	struct stringlist *sl = malloc(sizeof(struct stringlist));
+	if (sl == NULL)
+		_err(1, _ngoomem);
+
+	sl->sl_cur = 0;
+	sl->sl_max = 20;
+	sl->sl_str = malloc(sl->sl_max * sizeof(char *));
+	if (sl->sl_str == NULL)
+		_err(1, _ngoomem);
+	return sl;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _ng_sl_add(): Add an item to the string list
+ */
+void
+_ng_sl_add(sl, name)
+	struct stringlist	*sl;
+	char			*name;
+{
+	if (sl->sl_cur == sl->sl_max - 1) {
+		sl->sl_max += 20;
+		sl->sl_str = realloc(sl->sl_str, sl->sl_max * sizeof(char *));
+		if (sl->sl_str == NULL)
+			_err(1, _ngoomem);
+	}
+	sl->sl_str[sl->sl_cur++] = name;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _ng_sl_free(): Free a stringlist
+ */
+void
+_ng_sl_free(sl, all)
+	struct stringlist	*sl;
+	int			 all;
+{
+	size_t	i;
+
+	if (all)
+		for (i = 0; i < sl->sl_cur; i++)
+			free(sl->sl_str[i]);
+	free(sl->sl_str);
+	free(sl);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * sl_find(): Find a name in the string list
+ */
+char *
+_ng_sl_find(sl, name)
+	struct stringlist	*sl;
+	char			*name;
+{
+	size_t	i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < sl->sl_cur; i++)
+		if (strcmp(sl->sl_str[i], name) == 0)
+			return sl->sl_str[i];
+
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * getstring(): Get a string delimited by the character, skipping leading and
+ * trailing blanks and advancing the pointer
+ */
+static int
+getstring(pp, del, str)
+	char	**pp;
+	int	  del;
+	char	**str;
+{
+	char *sp, *ep, *dp;
+
+	/* skip leading blanks */
+	for (sp = *pp; *sp && _NG_ISSPACE(*sp); sp++)
+		continue;
+
+	/* accumulate till delimiter or space */
+	for (ep = sp; *ep && *ep != del && !_NG_ISSPACE(*ep); ep++)
+		continue;
+
+	/* hunt for the delimiter */
+	for (dp = ep; *dp && *dp != del && _NG_ISSPACE(*dp); dp++)
+		continue;
+
+	if (*dp != del) {
+		*str = NULL;
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	*pp = ++dp;
+
+	del = (ep - sp) + 1;
+	if (del > 1) {
+		dp = malloc(del);
+		if (dp == NULL)
+			_err(1, _ngoomem);
+		memcpy(dp, sp, del);
+		dp[del - 1] = '\0';
+	} else
+		dp = NULL;
+
+	*str = dp;
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * getnetgroup(): Parse a netgroup, and advance the pointer
+ */
+static struct netgroup *
+getnetgroup(pp)
+	char	**pp;
+{
+	struct netgroup *ng = malloc(sizeof(struct netgroup));
+
+	if (ng == NULL)
+		_err(1, _ngoomem);
+
+	(*pp)++;	/* skip '(' */
+	if (!getstring(pp, ',', &ng->ng_host))
+		goto badhost;
+
+	if (!getstring(pp, ',', &ng->ng_user))
+		goto baduser;
+
+	if (!getstring(pp, ')', &ng->ng_domain))
+		goto baddomain;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_NG
+	(void) fprintf(stderr, "netgroup(%s,%s,%s)\n", 
+		       _NG_STAR(ng->ng_host), _NG_STAR(ng->ng_user),
+		       _NG_STAR(ng->ng_domain));
+#endif
+	return ng;
+
+baddomain:
+	if (ng->ng_user)
+		free(ng->ng_user);
+baduser:
+	if (ng->ng_host)
+		free(ng->ng_host);
+badhost:
+	free(ng);
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * lookup(): Find the given key in the database or yp, and return its value
+ * in *line; returns 1 if key was found, 0 otherwise
+ */
+static int
+lookup(ypdom, name, line, bywhat)
+	const char	 *ypdom;
+	char		 *name;
+	char		**line;
+	int		  bywhat;
+{
+#ifdef YP
+	int             i;
+	char           *map = NULL;
+#endif
+
+	if (_ng_db) {
+		DBT	 key, data;
+		size_t	 len = strlen(name) + 2;
+		char	*ks = malloc(len);
+
+		ks[0] = bywhat;
+		memcpy(&ks[1], name, len - 1);
+
+		key.data = (u_char *) ks;
+		key.size = len;
+
+		switch ((_ng_db->get) (_ng_db, &key, &data, 0)) {
+		case 0:
+			free(ks);
+			*line = strdup(data.data);
+			if (*line == NULL)
+				_err(1, _ngoomem);
+			return 1;
+
+		case 1:
+			break;
+
+		case -1:
+			_warn("netgroup: db get");
+			break;
+		}
+		free(ks);
+	}
+#ifdef YP
+	if (ypdom) {
+		switch (bywhat) {
+		case _NG_KEYBYNAME:
+			map = "netgroup";
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_KEYBYUSER:
+			map = "netgroup.byuser";
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_KEYBYHOST:
+			map = "netgroup.byhost";
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			abort();
+			break;
+		}
+
+
+		if (yp_match(ypdom, map, name, strlen(name), line, &i) == 0)
+			return 1;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _ng_parse(): Parse a line and return: _NG_ERROR: Syntax Error _NG_NONE:
+ * line was empty or a comment _NG_GROUP: line had a netgroup definition,
+ * returned in ng _NG_NAME:  line had a netgroup name, returned in name
+ * 
+ * Public since used by netgroup_mkdb
+ */
+int
+_ng_parse(p, name, ng)
+	char		**p;
+	char		**name;
+	struct netgroup	**ng;
+{
+	while (**p) {
+		if (**p == '#')
+			/* comment */
+			return _NG_NONE;
+
+		while (**p && _NG_ISSPACE(**p))
+			/* skipblank */
+			(*p)++;
+
+		if (**p == '(') {
+			if ((*ng = getnetgroup(p)) == NULL) {
+				_warnx("netgroup: Syntax error `%s'", *p);
+				return _NG_ERROR;
+			}
+			return _NG_GROUP;
+		} else {
+			char           *np;
+			int             i;
+
+			for (np = *p; **p && !_NG_ISSPACE(**p); (*p)++)
+				continue;
+			if (np != *p) {
+				i = (*p - np) + 1;
+				*name = malloc(i);
+				if (*name == NULL)
+					_err(1, _ngoomem);
+				memcpy(*name, np, i);
+				(*name)[i - 1] = '\0';
+				return _NG_NAME;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return _NG_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * addgroup(): Recursively add all the members of the netgroup to this group
+ */
+static void
+addgroup(ypdom, sl, grp)
+	char			*ypdom;
+	struct stringlist	*sl;
+	char			*grp;
+{
+	char		*line, *p;
+	struct netgroup	*ng;
+	char		*name;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_NG
+	(void) fprintf(stderr, "addgroup(%s)\n", grp);
+#endif
+	/* check for cycles */
+	if (_ng_sl_find(sl, grp) != NULL) {
+		free(grp);
+		_warnx("netgroup: Cycle in group `%s'", grp);
+		return;
+	}
+	_ng_sl_add(sl, grp);
+
+	/* Lookup this netgroup */
+	if (!lookup(ypdom, grp, &line, _NG_KEYBYNAME))
+		return;
+
+	p = line;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (_ng_parse(&p, &name, &ng)) {
+		case _NG_NONE:
+			/* Done with the line */
+			free(line);
+			return;
+
+		case _NG_GROUP:
+			/* new netgroup */
+			/* add to the list */
+			ng->ng_next = _nglist;
+			_nglist = ng;
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_NAME:
+			/* netgroup name */
+			addgroup(ypdom, sl, name);
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_ERROR:
+			return;
+
+		default:
+			abort();
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * in_check(): Compare the spec with the netgroup
+ */
+static int
+in_check(host, user, domain, ng)
+	const char	*host;
+	const char	*user;
+	const char	*domain;
+	struct netgroup	*ng;
+{
+	if ((host != NULL) && (ng->ng_host != NULL)
+	    && strcmp(ng->ng_host, host) != 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	if ((user != NULL) && (ng->ng_user != NULL)
+	    && strcmp(ng->ng_user, user) != 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	if ((domain != NULL) && (ng->ng_domain != NULL)
+	    && strcmp(ng->ng_domain, domain) != 0)
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * in_find(): Find a match for the host, user, domain spec
+ */
+static int
+in_find(ypdom, sl, grp, host, user, domain)
+	char			*ypdom;
+	struct stringlist	*sl;
+	char			*grp;
+	const char		*host;
+	const char		*user;
+	const char		*domain;
+{
+	char		*line, *p;
+	int		 i;
+	struct netgroup	*ng;
+	char		*name;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_NG
+	(void) fprintf(stderr, "in_find(%s)\n", grp);
+#endif
+	/* check for cycles */
+	if (_ng_sl_find(sl, grp) != NULL) {
+		free(grp);
+		_warnx("netgroup: Cycle in group `%s'", grp);
+		return 0;
+	}
+	_ng_sl_add(sl, grp);
+
+	/* Lookup this netgroup */
+	if (!lookup(ypdom, grp, &line, _NG_KEYBYNAME))
+		return 0;
+
+	p = line;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		switch (_ng_parse(&p, &name, &ng)) {
+		case _NG_NONE:
+			/* Done with the line */
+			free(line);
+			return 0;
+
+		case _NG_GROUP:
+			/* new netgroup */
+			i = in_check(host, user, domain, ng);
+			if (ng->ng_host != NULL)
+				free(ng->ng_host);
+			if (ng->ng_user != NULL)
+				free(ng->ng_user);
+			if (ng->ng_domain != NULL)
+				free(ng->ng_domain);
+			free(ng);
+			if (i) {
+				free(line);
+				return 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_NAME:
+			/* netgroup name */
+			if (in_find(ypdom, sl, name, host, user, domain)) {
+				free(line);
+				return 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case _NG_ERROR:
+			free(line);
+			return 0;
+
+		default:
+			abort();
+			return 0;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * _ng_makekey(): Make a key from the two names given. The key is of the form
+ * <name1>.<name2> Names strings are replaced with * if they are empty;
+ */
+char *
+_ng_makekey(s1, s2, len)
+	const char	*s1, *s2;
+	size_t		 len;
+{
+	char *buf = malloc(len);
+	if (buf == NULL)
+		_err(1, _ngoomem);
+	(void) snprintf(buf, len, "%s.%s", _NG_STAR(s1), _NG_STAR(s2));
+	return buf;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * in_lookup1(): Fast lookup for a key in the appropriate map
+ */
+static char *
+in_lookup1(ypdom, key, domain, map)
+	const char	*ypdom;
+	const char	*key;
+	const char	*domain;
+	int		 map;
+{
+	char	*line;
+	size_t	 len;
+	char	*ptr;
+	int	 res;
+
+	len = (key ? strlen(key) : 1) + (domain ? strlen(domain) : 1) + 2;
+	ptr = _ng_makekey(key, domain, len);
+	res = lookup(ypdom, ptr, &line, map);
+	free(ptr);
+	return res ? line : NULL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * in_lookup(): Fast lookup for a key in the appropriate map
+ */
+static int
+in_lookup(ypdom, group, key, domain, map)
+	const char	*ypdom;
+	const char	*group;
+	const char	*key;
+	const char	*domain;
+	int		 map;
+{
+	size_t	 len;
+	char	*ptr, *line;
+
+	if (domain != NULL) {
+		/* Domain specified; look in "group.domain" and "*.domain" */
+		if ((line = in_lookup1(ypdom, key, domain, map)) == NULL)
+			line = in_lookup1(ypdom, NULL, domain, map);
+	}
+	else 
+		line = NULL;
+
+	if (line == NULL) {
+		/* 
+		 * domain not specified or domain lookup failed; look in
+		 * "group.*" and "*.*"
+		 */
+	    if (((line = in_lookup1(ypdom, key, NULL, map)) == NULL) &&
+		((line = in_lookup1(ypdom, NULL, NULL, map)) == NULL))
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	len = strlen(group);
+
+	for (ptr = line; (ptr = strstr(ptr, group)) != NULL;)
+		/* Make sure we did not find a substring */
+		if ((ptr != line && ptr[-1] != ',') ||
+		    (ptr[len] != '\0' && strchr("\n\t ,", ptr[len]) == NULL))
+			ptr++;
+		else {
+			free(line);
+			return 1;
+		}
+
+	free(line);
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+void
+endnetgrent()
+{
+	for (_nglist = _nghead; _nglist != NULL; _nglist = _nghead) {
+		_nghead = _nglist->ng_next;
+		if (_nglist->ng_host != NULL)
+			free(_nglist->ng_host);
+		if (_nglist->ng_user != NULL)
+			free(_nglist->ng_user);
+		if (_nglist->ng_domain != NULL)
+			free(_nglist->ng_domain);
+		free(_nglist);
+	}
+
+	if (_ng_db) {
+		(void) (_ng_db->close) (_ng_db);
+		_ng_db = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+void
+setnetgrent(ng)
+	const char	*ng;
+{
+	struct stringlist	*sl = _ng_sl_init();
+#ifdef YP
+	char			*line;
+#endif
+	char			*ng_copy, *ypdom = NULL;
+
+	/* Cleanup any previous storage */
+	if (_nghead != NULL)
+		endnetgrent();
+
+	if (_ng_db == NULL)
+		_ng_db = dbopen(_PATH_NETGROUP_DB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL);
+
+#ifdef YP
+	/*
+	 * We use yp if there is a "+" in the netgroup file, or if there is
+	 * no netgroup file at all
+	 */
+	if (_ng_db == NULL || lookup(NULL, "+", &line, _NG_KEYBYNAME) == 0)
+		yp_get_default_domain(&ypdom);
+	else
+		free(line);
+#endif
+	ng_copy = strdup(ng);
+	if (ng_copy == NULL)
+		_err(1, _ngoomem);
+	addgroup(ypdom, sl, ng_copy);
+	_nghead = _nglist;
+	_ng_sl_free(sl, 1);
+}
+
+
+int
+getnetgrent(host, user, domain)
+	const char	**host;
+	const char	**user;
+	const char	**domain;
+{
+	if (_nglist == NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	*host   = _nglist->ng_host;
+	*user   = _nglist->ng_user;
+	*domain = _nglist->ng_domain;
+
+	_nglist = _nglist->ng_next;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+int
+innetgr(grp, host, user, domain)
+	const char	*grp, *host, *user, *domain;
+{
+	char	*ypdom = NULL;
+#ifdef YP
+	char	*line;
+#endif
+	int	 found;
+	struct stringlist *sl;
+
+	if (_ng_db == NULL)
+		_ng_db = dbopen(_PATH_NETGROUP_DB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL);
+
+#ifdef YP
+	/*
+	 * We use yp if there is a "+" in the netgroup file, or if there is
+	 * no netgroup file at all
+	 */
+	if (_ng_db == NULL)
+		yp_get_default_domain(&ypdom);
+	else if (lookup(NULL, "+", &line, _NG_KEYBYNAME) == 0) {
+		yp_get_default_domain(&ypdom);
+		free(line);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/* Try the fast lookup first */
+	if (host != NULL && user == NULL) {
+		if (in_lookup(ypdom, grp, host, domain, _NG_KEYBYHOST))
+			return 1;
+	} else if (host == NULL && user != NULL) {
+		if (in_lookup(ypdom, grp, user, domain, _NG_KEYBYUSER))
+			return 1;
+	}
+	/* If a domainname is given, we would have found a match */
+	if (domain != NULL)
+		return 0;
+
+	/* Too bad need the slow recursive way */
+	sl = _ng_sl_init();
+	found = in_find(ypdom, sl, strdup(grp), host, user, domain);
+	_ng_sl_free(sl, 1);
+
+	return found;
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7f9f3a4f184
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.3
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpagesize.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 04:12:55 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpagesize.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETPAGESIZE 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpagesize
+.Nd get system page size
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getpagesize void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Fn Getpagesize
+returns the number of bytes in a page.
+Page granularity is the granularity of many of the memory
+management calls.
+.Pp
+The page size is a 
+.Xr system
+page size and may not be the same as the underlying
+hardware page size.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sbrk 2 ,
+.Xr pagesize 1
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+function call appeared in
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bea86cd3f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpagesize.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getpagesize.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:21 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getpagesize.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getpagesize.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:21 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+int
+getpagesize()
+{
+	static int pagsz;
+
+	if (pagsz == 0) {
+		int mib[2];
+		size_t size;
+
+		mib[0] = CTL_HW;
+		mib[1] = HW_PAGESIZE;
+		size = sizeof pagsz;
+		if (sysctl(mib, 2, &pagsz, &size, NULL, 0) == -1)
+			return (-1);
+	}
+	return (pagsz);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b24ff94cbf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpass.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:12:57 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpass.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETPASS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpass
+.Nd get a password
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <pwd.h>
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getpass "const char *prompt"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getpass
+function displays a prompt to, and reads in a password from,
+.Pa /dev/tty .
+If this file is not accessible,
+.Nm getpass
+displays the prompt on the standard error output and reads from the standard
+input.
+.Pp
+The password may be up to _PASSWORD_LEN (currently 128)
+characters in length.
+Any additional
+characters and the terminating newline character are discarded.
+.Pp
+.Nm Getpass
+turns off character echoing while reading the password.
+.Pp
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+.Nm Getpass
+returns a pointer to the null terminated password.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /dev/tty -compact
+.It Pa /dev/tty
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr crypt 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Nm getpass
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Nm getpass
+function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns
+a pointer to that object.
+Subsequent calls to
+.Nm getpass
+will modify the same object.
+.Pp
+The calling process should zero the password as soon as possible to
+avoid leaving the cleartext password visible in the process's address
+space.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpass.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..baf008f2eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getpass.c,v 1.7 1995/06/16 07:20:35 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getpass.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getpass.c,v 1.7 1995/06/16 07:20:35 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+char *
+getpass(prompt)
+	const char *prompt;
+{
+	struct termios term;
+	register int ch;
+	register char *p;
+	FILE *fp, *outfp;
+	long omask;
+	int echo;
+	static char buf[_PASSWORD_LEN + 1];
+
+	/*
+	 * read and write to /dev/tty if possible; else read from
+	 * stdin and write to stderr.
+	 */
+	if ((outfp = fp = fopen(_PATH_TTY, "w+")) == NULL) {
+		outfp = stderr;
+		fp = stdin;
+	}
+	/*
+	 * note - blocking signals isn't necessarily the
+	 * right thing, but we leave it for now.
+	 */
+	omask = sigblock(sigmask(SIGINT)|sigmask(SIGTSTP));
+	(void)tcgetattr(fileno(fp), &term);
+	if (echo = (term.c_lflag & ECHO)) {
+		term.c_lflag &= ~ECHO;
+		(void)tcsetattr(fileno(fp), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &term);
+	}
+	(void)fputs(prompt, outfp);
+	rewind(outfp);			/* implied flush */
+	for (p = buf; (ch = getc(fp)) != EOF && ch != '\n';)
+		if (p < buf + _PASSWORD_LEN)
+			*p++ = ch;
+	*p = '\0';
+	(void)write(fileno(outfp), "\n", 1);
+	if (echo) {
+		term.c_lflag |= ECHO;
+		(void)tcsetattr(fileno(fp), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &term);
+	}
+	(void)sigsetmask(omask);
+	if (fp != stdin)
+		(void)fclose(fp);
+	return(buf);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a74c989de2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getpwent.3,v 1.7 1995/02/27 04:13:01 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getpwent.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt GETPWENT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getpwent ,
+.Nm getpwnam ,
+.Nm getpwuid ,
+.Nm setpassent ,
+.Nm setpwent ,
+.Nm endpwent
+.Nd password database operations
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <pwd.h>
+.Ft struct passwd *
+.Fn getpwent void
+.Ft struct passwd *
+.Fn getpwnam "const char *login"
+.Ft struct passwd *
+.Fn getpwuid "uid_t uid" 
+.Ft int
+.Fn setpassent "int  stayopen"
+.Ft void
+.Fn setpwent void
+.Ft void
+.Fn endpwent void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions
+operate on the password database file
+which is described
+in
+.Xr passwd 5 .
+Each entry in the database is defined by the structure
+.Ar passwd
+found in the include
+file
+.Aq Pa pwd.h :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct passwd {
+	char	*pw_name;	/* user name */
+	char	*pw_passwd;	/* encrypted password */
+	uid_t	pw_uid;		/* user uid */
+	gid_t	pw_gid;		/* user gid */
+	time_t	pw_change;	/* password change time */
+	char	*pw_class;	/* user access class */
+	char	*pw_gecos;	/* Honeywell login info */
+	char	*pw_dir;	/* home directory */
+	char	*pw_shell;	/* default shell */
+	time_t	pw_expire;	/* account expiration */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The functions
+.Fn getpwnam
+and
+.Fn getpwuid
+search the password database for the given login name or user uid,
+respectively, always returning the first one encountered.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getpwent
+function
+sequentially reads the password database and is intended for programs
+that wish to process the complete list of users.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setpassent
+function
+accomplishes two purposes.
+First, it causes
+.Fn getpwent
+to ``rewind'' to the beginning of the database.
+Additionally, if
+.Fa stayopen
+is non-zero, file descriptors are left open, significantly speeding
+up subsequent accesses for all of the routines.
+(This latter functionality is unnecessary for
+.Fn getpwent
+as it doesn't close its file descriptors by default.)
+.Pp
+It is dangerous for long-running programs to keep the file descriptors
+open as the database will become out of date if it is updated while the
+program is running.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setpwent
+function
+is equivalent to
+.Fn setpassent
+with an argument of zero.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn endpwent
+function
+closes any open files.
+.Pp
+These routines have been written to ``shadow'' the password file, e.g.
+allow only certain programs to have access to the encrypted password.
+If the process which calls them has an effective uid of 0, the encrypted
+password will be returned, otherwise, the password field of the returned
+structure will point to the string
+.Ql * .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The functions
+.Fn getpwent ,
+.Fn getpwnam ,
+and
+.Fn getpwuid ,
+return a valid pointer to a passwd structure on success
+and a null pointer if end-of-file is reached or an error occurs.
+The
+.Fn setpassent
+function returns 0 on failure and 1 on success.
+The
+.Fn endpwent
+and 
+.Fn setpwent
+functions
+have no return value.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/master.passwd -compact
+.It Pa /etc/pwd.db
+The insecure password database file
+.It Pa /etc/spwd.db
+The secure password database file
+.It Pa /etc/master.passwd
+The current password file
+.It Pa /etc/passwd
+A Version 7 format password file
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getlogin 3 ,
+.Xr getgrent 3 ,
+.Xr passwd 5 ,
+.Xr pwd_mkdb 8 ,
+.Xr vipw 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm getpwent ,
+.Nm getpwnam ,
+.Nm getpwuid ,
+.Nm setpwent,
+and
+.Nm endpwent
+functions appeared in
+.At v7 .
+The
+.Nm setpassent
+function appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 Reno .
+.Sh BUGS
+The functions
+.Fn getpwent ,
+.Fn getpwnam ,
+and
+.Fn getpwuid ,
+leave their results in an internal static object and return
+a pointer to that object. Subsequent calls to
+the same function
+will modify the same object.
+.Pp
+The routines
+.Fn getpwent ,
+.Fn endpwent ,
+.Fn setpassent ,
+and
+.Fn setpwent
+are fairly useless in a networked environment and should be
+avoided, if possible.
+.Sh COMPATIBILITY
+The historic function
+.Xr setpwfile 3 ,
+which allowed the specification of alternate password databases,
+has been deprecated and is no longer available.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..450921eeee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getpwent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,942 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getpwent.c,v 1.14 1995/07/28 05:43:01 phil Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, 1995, Jason Downs.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getpwent.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getpwent.c,v 1.14 1995/07/28 05:43:01 phil Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <db.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <utmp.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <netgroup.h>
+#ifdef YP
+#include <machine/param.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <rpc/rpc.h>
+#include <rpcsvc/yp_prot.h>
+#include <rpcsvc/ypclnt.h>
+#endif
+
+static struct passwd _pw_passwd;	/* password structure */
+static DB *_pw_db;			/* password database */
+static int _pw_keynum;			/* key counter */
+static int _pw_stayopen;		/* keep fd's open */
+static int _pw_flags;			/* password flags */
+static int __hashpw __P((DBT *));
+static int __initdb __P((void));
+
+const char __yp_token[] = "__YP!";	/* Let pwd_mkdb pull this in. */
+
+#ifdef YP
+enum _ypmode { YPMODE_NONE, YPMODE_FULL, YPMODE_USER, YPMODE_NETGRP };
+static enum _ypmode __ypmode;
+
+static char     *__ypcurrent, *__ypdomain;
+static int      __ypcurrentlen;
+static struct passwd *__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+static int	__ypflags;
+static char	line[1024];
+static long	prbuf[1024 / sizeof(long)];
+static DB *__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+
+static int __has_yppw __P((void));
+static int __ypexclude_add __P((const char *));
+static int __ypexclude_is __P((const char *));
+static void __ypproto_set __P((void));
+
+static int
+__ypexclude_add(name)
+const char *name;
+{
+	DBT key, data;
+
+	/* initialize the exclusion table if needed. */
+	if(__ypexclude == (DB *)NULL) {
+		__ypexclude = dbopen(NULL, O_RDWR, 600, DB_HASH, NULL);
+		if(__ypexclude == (DB *)NULL)
+			return(1);
+	}
+
+	/* set up the key */
+	key.data = (char *)name;
+	key.size = strlen(name);
+
+	/* data is nothing. */
+	data.data = NULL;
+	data.size = 0;
+
+	/* store it */
+	if((__ypexclude->put)(__ypexclude, &key, &data, 0) == -1)
+		return(1);
+	
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+__ypexclude_is(name)
+const char *name;
+{
+	DBT key, data;
+
+	if(__ypexclude == (DB *)NULL)
+		return(0);	/* nothing excluded */
+
+	/* set up the key */
+	key.data = (char *)name;
+	key.size = strlen(name);
+
+	if((__ypexclude->get)(__ypexclude, &key, &data, 0) == 0)
+		return(1);	/* excluded */
+	
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static void
+__ypproto_set()
+{
+	register char *ptr;
+	register struct passwd *pw = &_pw_passwd;
+
+	/* make this the new prototype */
+	ptr = (char *)prbuf;
+
+	/* first allocate the struct. */
+	__ypproto = (struct passwd *)ptr;
+	ptr += sizeof(struct passwd);
+
+	/* name */
+	if(pw->pw_name && (pw->pw_name)[0]) {
+		ptr = (char *)ALIGN(ptr);
+		bcopy(pw->pw_name, ptr, strlen(pw->pw_name) + 1);
+		__ypproto->pw_name = ptr;
+		ptr += (strlen(pw->pw_name) + 1);
+	} else
+		__ypproto->pw_name = (char *)NULL;
+	
+	/* password */
+	if(pw->pw_passwd && (pw->pw_passwd)[0]) {
+		ptr = (char *)ALIGN(ptr);
+		bcopy(pw->pw_passwd, ptr, strlen(pw->pw_passwd) + 1);
+		__ypproto->pw_passwd = ptr;
+		ptr += (strlen(pw->pw_passwd) + 1);
+	} else
+		__ypproto->pw_passwd = (char *)NULL;
+
+	/* uid */
+	__ypproto->pw_uid = pw->pw_uid;
+
+	/* gid */
+	__ypproto->pw_gid = pw->pw_gid;
+
+	/* change (ignored anyway) */
+	__ypproto->pw_change = pw->pw_change;
+
+	/* class (ignored anyway) */
+	__ypproto->pw_class = "";
+
+	/* gecos */
+	if(pw->pw_gecos && (pw->pw_gecos)[0]) {
+		ptr = (char *)ALIGN(ptr);
+		bcopy(pw->pw_gecos, ptr, strlen(pw->pw_gecos) + 1);
+		__ypproto->pw_gecos = ptr;
+		ptr += (strlen(pw->pw_gecos) + 1);
+	} else
+		__ypproto->pw_gecos = (char *)NULL;
+	
+	/* dir */
+	if(pw->pw_dir && (pw->pw_dir)[0]) {
+		ptr = (char *)ALIGN(ptr);
+		bcopy(pw->pw_dir, ptr, strlen(pw->pw_dir) + 1);
+		__ypproto->pw_dir = ptr;
+		ptr += (strlen(pw->pw_dir) + 1);
+	} else
+		__ypproto->pw_dir = (char *)NULL;
+
+	/* shell */
+	if(pw->pw_shell && (pw->pw_shell)[0]) {
+		ptr = (char *)ALIGN(ptr);
+		bcopy(pw->pw_shell, ptr, strlen(pw->pw_shell) + 1);
+		__ypproto->pw_shell = ptr;
+		ptr += (strlen(pw->pw_shell) + 1);
+	} else
+		__ypproto->pw_shell = (char *)NULL;
+
+	/* expire (ignored anyway) */
+	__ypproto->pw_expire = pw->pw_expire;
+
+	/* flags */
+	__ypflags = _pw_flags;
+}
+
+static int
+__ypparse(pw, s)
+struct passwd *pw;
+char *s;
+{
+	char *bp, *cp;
+
+	/* since this is currently using strsep(), parse it first */
+	bp = s;
+	pw->pw_name = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+	pw->pw_passwd = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+	if (!(cp = strsep(&bp, ":\n")))
+		return 1;
+	pw->pw_uid = atoi(cp);
+	if (!(cp = strsep(&bp, ":\n")))
+		return 1;
+	pw->pw_gid = atoi(cp);
+	pw->pw_change = 0;
+	pw->pw_class = "";
+	pw->pw_gecos = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+	pw->pw_dir = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+	pw->pw_shell = strsep(&bp, ":\n");
+	pw->pw_expire = 0;
+
+	/* now let the prototype override, if set. */
+	if(__ypproto != (struct passwd *)NULL) {
+#ifdef YP_OVERRIDE_PASSWD
+		if(__ypproto->pw_passwd != (char *)NULL)
+			pw->pw_passwd = __ypproto->pw_passwd;
+#endif
+		if(!(__ypflags & _PASSWORD_NOUID))
+			pw->pw_uid = __ypproto->pw_uid;
+		if(!(__ypflags & _PASSWORD_NOGID))
+			pw->pw_gid = __ypproto->pw_gid;
+		if(__ypproto->pw_gecos != (char *)NULL)
+			pw->pw_gecos = __ypproto->pw_gecos;
+		if(__ypproto->pw_dir != (char *)NULL)
+			pw->pw_dir = __ypproto->pw_dir;
+		if(__ypproto->pw_shell != (char *)NULL)
+			pw->pw_shell = __ypproto->pw_shell;
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+struct passwd *
+getpwent()
+{
+	DBT key;
+	char bf[sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1];
+#ifdef YP
+	char *cp;
+	static char *name = (char *)NULL;
+	const char *user, *host, *dom;
+	int has_yppw;
+#endif
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+#ifdef YP
+	has_yppw = __has_yppw();
+
+again:
+	if(has_yppw && (__ypmode != YPMODE_NONE)) {
+		char *key, *data;
+		int keylen, datalen;
+		int r, s;
+
+		if(!__ypdomain) {
+			if( _yp_check(&__ypdomain) == 0) {
+				__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+				goto again;
+			}
+		}
+		switch(__ypmode) {
+		case YPMODE_FULL:
+			if(__ypcurrent) {
+				r = yp_next(__ypdomain, "passwd.byname",
+					__ypcurrent, __ypcurrentlen,
+					&key, &keylen, &data, &datalen);
+				free(__ypcurrent);
+				if(r != 0) {
+					__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+					if(data)
+						free(data);
+					data = NULL;
+					goto again;
+				}
+				__ypcurrent = key;
+				__ypcurrentlen = keylen;
+				bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+				free(data);
+				data = NULL;
+			} else {
+				r = yp_first(__ypdomain, "passwd.byname",
+					&__ypcurrent, &__ypcurrentlen,
+					&data, &datalen);
+				if(r != 0) {
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+					if(data)
+						free(data);
+					goto again;
+				}
+				bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+				free(data);
+				data = NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+		case YPMODE_NETGRP:
+			s = getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom);
+			if(s == 0) {	/* end of group */
+				endnetgrent();
+				__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+				goto again;
+			}
+			if(user && *user) {
+				r = yp_match(__ypdomain, "passwd.byname",
+					user, strlen(user),
+					&data, &datalen);
+			} else
+				goto again;
+			if(r != 0) {
+				/*
+				 * if the netgroup is invalid, keep looking
+				 * as there may be valid users later on.
+				 */
+				if(data)
+					free(data);
+				goto again;
+			}
+			bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+			free(data);
+			data = (char *)NULL;
+			break;
+		case YPMODE_USER:
+			if(name != (char *)NULL) {
+				r = yp_match(__ypdomain, "passwd.byname",
+					name, strlen(name),
+					&data, &datalen);
+				__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+				free(name);
+				name = (char *)NULL;
+				if(r != 0) {
+					if(data)
+						free(data);
+					goto again;
+				}
+				bcopy(data, line, datalen);
+				free(data);
+				data = (char *)NULL;
+			} else {		/* XXX */
+				__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+				goto again;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		line[datalen] = '\0';
+		if (__ypparse(&_pw_passwd, line))
+			goto again;
+		return &_pw_passwd;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	++_pw_keynum;
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNUM;
+	bcopy((char *)&_pw_keynum, bf + 1, sizeof(_pw_keynum));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1;
+	if(__hashpw(&key)) {
+#ifdef YP
+		/* if we don't have YP at all, don't bother. */
+		if(has_yppw) {
+			if(_pw_passwd.pw_name[0] == '+') {
+				/* set the mode */
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_FULL;
+					break;
+				case '@':
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_NETGRP;
+					setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					break;
+				default:
+					__ypmode = YPMODE_USER;
+					name = strdup(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 1);
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/* save the prototype */
+				__ypproto_set();
+				goto again;
+			} else if(_pw_passwd.pw_name[0] == '-') {
+				/* an attempted exclusion */
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					break;
+				case '@':
+					setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					while(getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom)) {
+						if(user && *user)
+							__ypexclude_add(user);
+					}
+					endnetgrent();
+					break;
+				default:
+					__ypexclude_add(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 1);
+					break;
+				}
+				goto again;
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		return &_pw_passwd;
+	}
+	return (struct passwd *)NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef YP
+
+/*
+ * See if the YP token is in the database.  Only works if pwd_mkdb knows
+ * about the token.
+ */
+static int
+__has_yppw()
+{
+	DBT key, data;
+	DBT pkey, pdata;
+	int len;
+	char bf[UT_NAMESIZE];
+
+	key.data = (u_char *)__yp_token;
+	key.size = strlen(__yp_token);
+
+	/* Pre-token database support. */
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNAME;
+	len = strlen("+");
+	bcopy("+", bf + 1, MIN(len, UT_NAMESIZE));
+	pkey.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	pkey.size = len + 1;
+
+	if ((_pw_db->get)(_pw_db, &key, &data, 0)
+	    && (_pw_db->get)(_pw_db, &pkey, &pdata, 0))
+		return(0);	/* No YP. */
+	return(1);
+}
+#endif
+
+struct passwd *
+getpwnam(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+	DBT key;
+	int len, rval;
+	char bf[UT_NAMESIZE + 1];
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+#ifdef YP
+	/*
+	 * If YP is active, we must sequence through the passwd file
+	 * in sequence.
+	 */
+	if (__has_yppw()) {
+		int r;
+		int s = -1;
+		const char *host, *user, *dom;
+
+		for(_pw_keynum=1; _pw_keynum; _pw_keynum++) {
+			bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNUM;
+			bcopy((char *)&_pw_keynum, bf + 1, sizeof(_pw_keynum));
+			key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+			key.size = sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1;
+			if(__hashpw(&key) == 0)
+				break;
+			switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[0]) {
+			case '+':
+				if(!__ypdomain) {
+					if(_yp_check(&__ypdomain) == 0) {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				/* save the prototype */
+				__ypproto_set();
+
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					r = yp_match(__ypdomain,
+						"passwd.byname",
+						name, strlen(name),
+						&__ypcurrent, &__ypcurrentlen);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						if(__ypcurrent)
+							free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+						continue;
+					}
+					break;
+				case '@':
+pwnam_netgrp:
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					if(s == -1)	/* first time */
+						setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					s = getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom);
+					if(s == 0) {	/* end of group */
+						endnetgrent();
+						s = -1;
+						continue;
+					} else {
+						if(user && *user) {
+							r = yp_match(__ypdomain,
+							    "passwd.byname",
+							    user, strlen(user),
+							    &__ypcurrent,
+							    &__ypcurrentlen);
+						} else
+							goto pwnam_netgrp;
+						if(r != 0) {
+							if(__ypcurrent)
+							    free(__ypcurrent);
+							__ypcurrent = NULL;
+							/*
+							 * just because this
+							 * user is bad, doesn't
+							 * mean they all are.
+							 */
+							goto pwnam_netgrp;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				default:
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					user = _pw_passwd.pw_name + 1;
+					r = yp_match(__ypdomain,
+						"passwd.byname",
+						user, strlen(user),
+						&__ypcurrent,
+						&__ypcurrentlen);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						if(__ypcurrent)
+							free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+						continue;
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				bcopy(__ypcurrent, line, __ypcurrentlen);
+				line[__ypcurrentlen] = '\0';
+				if(__ypparse(&_pw_passwd, line)
+				   || __ypexclude_is(_pw_passwd.pw_name)) {
+					if(s == 1)	/* inside netgrp */
+						goto pwnam_netgrp;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				/* attempted exclusion */
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					break;
+				case '@':
+					setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					while(getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom)) {
+						if(user && *user)
+							__ypexclude_add(user);
+					}
+					endnetgrent();
+					break;
+				default:
+					__ypexclude_add(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 1);
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+
+				continue;
+			}
+			if(strcmp(_pw_passwd.pw_name, name) == 0) {
+				if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+					(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+					_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+				}
+				if(__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+					(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+					__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+				}
+				__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+				return &_pw_passwd;
+			}
+			if(s == 1)	/* inside netgrp */
+				goto pwnam_netgrp;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+			(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+			_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+		}
+		if(__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+			(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+			__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+		}
+		__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+		return (struct passwd *)NULL;
+	}
+#endif /* YP */
+
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNAME;
+	len = strlen(name);
+	bcopy(name, bf + 1, MIN(len, UT_NAMESIZE));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = len + 1;
+	rval = __hashpw(&key);
+
+	if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	return(rval ? &_pw_passwd : (struct passwd *)NULL);
+}
+
+struct passwd *
+#ifdef __STDC__
+getpwuid(uid_t uid)
+#else
+getpwuid(uid)
+	int uid;
+#endif
+{
+	DBT key;
+	char bf[sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1];
+	int keyuid, rval;
+
+	if (!_pw_db && !__initdb())
+		return((struct passwd *)NULL);
+
+#ifdef YP
+	/*
+	 * If YP is active, we must sequence through the passwd file
+	 * in sequence.
+	 */
+	if (__has_yppw()) {
+		char uidbuf[20];
+		int r;
+		int s = -1;
+		const char *host, *user, *dom;
+
+		sprintf(uidbuf, "%d", uid);
+		for(_pw_keynum=1; _pw_keynum; _pw_keynum++) {
+			bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYNUM;
+			bcopy((char *)&_pw_keynum, bf + 1, sizeof(_pw_keynum));
+			key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+			key.size = sizeof(_pw_keynum) + 1;
+			if(__hashpw(&key) == 0)
+				break;
+			switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[0]) {
+			case '+':
+				if(!__ypdomain) {
+					if(_yp_check(&__ypdomain) == 0) {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+				/* save the prototype */
+				__ypproto_set();
+
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					r = yp_match(__ypdomain, "passwd.byuid",
+						uidbuf, strlen(uidbuf),
+						&__ypcurrent, &__ypcurrentlen);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						if(__ypcurrent)
+							free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+						continue;
+					}
+					break;
+				case '@':
+pwuid_netgrp:
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					if(s == -1)	/* first time */
+						setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					s = getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom);
+					if(s == 0) {	/* end of group */
+						endnetgrent();
+						s = -1;
+						continue;
+					} else {
+						if(user && *user) {
+							r = yp_match(__ypdomain,
+							    "passwd.byname",
+							    user, strlen(user),
+							    &__ypcurrent,
+							    &__ypcurrentlen);
+						} else
+							goto pwuid_netgrp;
+						if(r != 0) {
+							if(__ypcurrent)
+							    free(__ypcurrent);
+							__ypcurrent = NULL;
+							/*
+                                                         * just because this
+							 * user is bad, doesn't
+							 * mean they all are.
+							 */
+							goto pwuid_netgrp;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+				default:
+					if(__ypcurrent) {
+						free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+					}
+					user = _pw_passwd.pw_name + 1;
+					r = yp_match(__ypdomain,
+						"passwd.byname",
+						user, strlen(user),
+						&__ypcurrent,
+						&__ypcurrentlen);
+					if(r != 0) {
+						if(__ypcurrent)
+							free(__ypcurrent);
+						__ypcurrent = NULL;
+						continue;
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				bcopy(__ypcurrent, line, __ypcurrentlen);
+				line[__ypcurrentlen] = '\0';
+				if(__ypparse(&_pw_passwd, line)
+				   || __ypexclude_is(_pw_passwd.pw_name)) {
+					if(s == 1)	/* inside netgroup */
+						goto pwuid_netgrp;
+					continue;
+				}
+				break;
+			case '-':
+				/* attempted exclusion */
+				switch(_pw_passwd.pw_name[1]) {
+				case '\0':
+					break;
+				case '@':
+					setnetgrent(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 2);
+					while(getnetgrent(&host, &user, &dom)) {
+						if(user && *user)
+							__ypexclude_add(user);
+					}
+					endnetgrent();
+					break;
+				default:
+					__ypexclude_add(_pw_passwd.pw_name + 1);
+					break;
+				}
+				break;
+
+				continue;
+			}
+			if( _pw_passwd.pw_uid == uid) {
+				if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+					(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+					_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+				}
+				if (__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+					(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+					__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+				}
+				__ypproto = NULL;
+				return &_pw_passwd;
+			}
+			if(s == 1)	/* inside netgroup */
+				goto pwuid_netgrp;
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+			(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+			_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+		}
+		if(__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+			(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+			__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+		}
+		__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+		return (struct passwd *)NULL;
+	}
+#endif /* YP */
+
+	bf[0] = _PW_KEYBYUID;
+	keyuid = uid;
+	bcopy(&keyuid, bf + 1, sizeof(keyuid));
+	key.data = (u_char *)bf;
+	key.size = sizeof(keyuid) + 1;
+	rval = __hashpw(&key);
+
+	if (!_pw_stayopen) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	return(rval ? &_pw_passwd : (struct passwd *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+setpassent(stayopen)
+	int stayopen;
+{
+	_pw_keynum = 0;
+	_pw_stayopen = stayopen;
+#ifdef YP
+	__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+	if(__ypcurrent)
+		free(__ypcurrent);
+	__ypcurrent = NULL;
+	if(__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+		(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+		__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+#endif
+	return(1);
+}
+
+void
+setpwent()
+{
+	(void) setpassent(0);
+}
+
+void
+endpwent()
+{
+	_pw_keynum = 0;
+	if (_pw_db) {
+		(void)(_pw_db->close)(_pw_db);
+		_pw_db = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+#ifdef YP
+	__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+	if(__ypcurrent)
+		free(__ypcurrent);
+	__ypcurrent = NULL;
+	if(__ypexclude != (DB *)NULL) {
+		(void)(__ypexclude->close)(__ypexclude);
+		__ypexclude = (DB *)NULL;
+	}
+	__ypproto = (struct passwd *)NULL;
+#endif
+}
+
+static int
+__initdb()
+{
+	static int warned;
+	char *p;
+
+#ifdef YP
+	__ypmode = YPMODE_NONE;
+#endif
+	p = (geteuid()) ? _PATH_MP_DB : _PATH_SMP_DB;
+	_pw_db = dbopen(p, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL);
+	if (_pw_db)
+		return(1);
+	if (!warned)
+		syslog(LOG_ERR, "%s: %m", p);
+	warned = 1;
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+__hashpw(key)
+	DBT *key;
+{
+	register char *p, *t;
+	static u_int max;
+	static char *line;
+	DBT data;
+
+	if ((_pw_db->get)(_pw_db, key, &data, 0))
+		return(0);
+	p = (char *)data.data;
+	if (data.size > max && !(line = realloc(line, (max += 1024))))
+		return(0);
+
+	t = line;
+#define	EXPAND(e)	e = t; while ((*t++ = *p++));
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_name);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_passwd);
+	bcopy(p, (char *)&_pw_passwd.pw_uid, sizeof(int));
+	p += sizeof(int);
+	bcopy(p, (char *)&_pw_passwd.pw_gid, sizeof(int));
+	p += sizeof(int);
+	bcopy(p, (char *)&_pw_passwd.pw_change, sizeof(time_t));
+	p += sizeof(time_t);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_class);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_gecos);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_dir);
+	EXPAND(_pw_passwd.pw_shell);
+	bcopy(p, (char *)&_pw_passwd.pw_expire, sizeof(time_t));
+	p += sizeof(time_t);
+
+	/* See if there's any data left.  If so, read in flags. */
+	if (data.size > (p - (char *)data.data)) {
+		bcopy(p, (char *)&_pw_flags, sizeof(int));
+		p += sizeof(int);
+	} else
+		_pw_flags = _PASSWORD_NOUID|_PASSWORD_NOGID;	/* default */
+
+	return(1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5074ceae1b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getsubopt.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:13:09 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getsubopt.3	5.4 (Berkeley) 7/31/91
+.\"
+.Dd July 31, 1991
+.Dt GETSUBOPT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getsubopt
+.Nd get sub options from an argument
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdio.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn getsubopt "char **optionp" "char * const *tokens" "char **valuep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+parses a string containing tokens delimited by one or more tab, space or
+comma
+.Pq Ql \&,
+characters.
+It is intended for use in parsing groups of option arguments provided
+as part of a utility command line.
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa optionp
+is a pointer to a pointer to the string.
+The argument
+.Fa tokens
+is a pointer to a
+.Dv NULL Ns -terminated
+array of pointers to strings.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function
+returns the zero-based offset of the pointer in the
+.Fa tokens
+array referencing a string which matches the first token
+in the string, or, \-1 if the string contains no tokens or
+.Fa tokens
+does not contain a matching string.
+.Pp
+If the token is of the form ``name=value'', the location referenced by
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the start of the ``value'' portion of the token.
+.Pp
+On return from
+.Fn getsubopt ,
+.Fa optionp
+will be set to point to the start of the next token in the string,
+or the null at the end of the string if no more tokens are present.
+The external variable
+.Fa suboptarg
+will be set to point to the start of the current token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no
+tokens were present.
+The argument
+.Fa valuep
+will be set to point to the ``value'' portion of the token, or
+.Dv NULL
+if no ``value'' portion was present.
+.Sh EXAMPLE
+.Bd -literal -compact
+char *tokens[] = {
+	#define	ONE	0
+		"one",
+	#define	TWO	1
+		"two",
+	NULL
+};
+
+\&...
+
+extern char *optarg, *suboptarg;
+char *options, *value;
+
+while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ab:")) != \-1) {
+	switch(ch) {
+	case 'a':
+		/* process ``a'' option */
+		break;
+	case 'b':
+		options = optarg;
+		while (*options) {
+			switch(getsubopt(&options, tokens, &value)) {
+			case ONE:
+				/* process ``one'' sub option */
+				break;
+			case TWO:
+				/* process ``two'' sub option */
+				if (!value)
+					error("no value for two");
+				i = atoi(value);
+				break;
+			case \-1:
+				if (suboptarg)
+					error("illegal sub option %s",
+					  suboptarg);
+				else
+					error("missing sub option");
+				break;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getopt 3 ,
+.Xr strsep 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getsubopt
+function is
+.Ud .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.c b/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bb5fb5d1413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getsubopt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.5 1995/06/16 07:15:18 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char *sccsid = "@(#)getsubopt.c	5.2 (Berkeley) 2/24/91";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getsubopt.c,v 1.5 1995/06/16 07:15:18 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * The SVID interface to getsubopt provides no way of figuring out which
+ * part of the suboptions list wasn't matched.  This makes error messages
+ * tricky...  The extern variable suboptarg is a pointer to the token
+ * which didn't match.
+ */
+char *suboptarg;
+
+int
+getsubopt(optionp, tokens, valuep)
+	register char **optionp, **valuep;
+	register char * const *tokens;
+{
+	register int cnt;
+	register char *p;
+
+	suboptarg = *valuep = NULL;
+
+	if (!optionp || !*optionp)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/* skip leading white-space, commas */
+	for (p = *optionp; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+
+	if (!*p) {
+		*optionp = p;
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/* save the start of the token, and skip the rest of the token. */
+	for (suboptarg = p;
+	    *++p && *p != ',' && *p != '=' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t';);
+
+	if (*p) {
+		/*
+		 * If there's an equals sign, set the value pointer, and
+		 * skip over the value part of the token.  Terminate the
+		 * token.
+		 */
+		if (*p == '=') {
+			*p = '\0';
+			for (*valuep = ++p;
+			    *p && *p != ',' && *p != ' ' && *p != '\t'; ++p);
+			if (*p) 
+				*p++ = '\0';
+		} else
+			*p++ = '\0';
+		/* Skip any whitespace or commas after this token. */
+		for (; *p && (*p == ',' || *p == ' ' || *p == '\t'); ++p);
+	}
+
+	/* set optionp for next round. */
+	*optionp = p;
+
+	for (cnt = 0; *tokens; ++tokens, ++cnt)
+		if (!strcmp(suboptarg, *tokens))
+			return(cnt);
+	return(-1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..94adb769aff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.3
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getttyent.3,v 1.6 1995/02/27 04:13:16 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getttyent.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETTTYENT 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getttyent ,
+.Nm getttynam ,
+.Nm setttyent ,
+.Nm endttyent
+.Nd get ttys file entry
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ttyent.h>
+.Ft struct ttyent *
+.Fn getttyent
+.Ft struct ttyent *
+.Fn getttynam "char *name"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setttyent void
+.Ft int
+.Fn endttyent void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getttyent ,
+and
+.Fn getttynam
+functions
+each return a pointer to an object, with the following structure,
+containing the broken-out fields of a line from the tty description
+file.
+.Bd -literal
+struct ttyent {
+	char	*ty_name;	/* terminal device name */
+	char	*ty_getty;	/* command to execute */
+	char	*ty_type;	/* terminal type */
+#define	TTY_ON		0x01	/* enable logins */
+#define	TTY_SECURE	0x02	/* allow uid of 0 to login */
+#define	TTY_LOCAL	0x04	/* set 'CLOCAL' on open (dev. specific) */
+#define	TTY_RTSCTS	0x08	/* set 'CRTSCTS' on open (dev. specific) */
+#define	TTY_SOFTCAR	0x10	/* ignore hardware carrier (dev. spec.) */
+#define	TTY_MDMBUF	0x20	/* set 'MDMBUF' on open (dev. specific) */
+	int	ty_status;	/* flag values */
+	char	*ty_window;	/* command for window manager */
+	char	*ty_comment;	/* comment field */
+};
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The fields are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width ty_comment
+.It Fa ty_name
+The name of the character-special file.
+.It Fa ty_getty
+The name of the command invoked by
+.Xr init 8
+to initialize tty line characteristics.
+.It Fa ty_type
+The name of the default terminal type connected to this tty line.
+.It Fa ty_status
+A mask of bit fields which indicate various actions allowed on this
+tty line.
+The possible flags are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width TTY_SOFTCAR
+.It Dv TTY_ON
+Enables logins (i.e.,
+.Xr init 8
+will start the command referenced by
+.Fa ty_getty
+on this entry).
+.It Dv TTY_SECURE
+Allow users with a uid of 0 to login on this terminal.
+.It Dv TTY_LOCAL
+If the terminal port's driver supports it, cause the line
+to be treated as ``local.''
+.It Dv TTY_RTSCTS
+If the terminal port's driver supports it, use
+full-duplex RTS/CTS hardware flow control on the line
+by default.
+.It Dv TTY_SOFTCAR
+If the terminal port's driver supports it, ignore hardware
+carrier on the line.
+.El
+.It Fa ty_window
+The command to execute for a window system associated with the line.
+.It Fa ty_comment
+Any trailing comment field, with any leading hash marks (``#'') or
+whitespace removed.
+.El
+.Pp
+If any of the fields pointing to character strings are unspecified,
+they are returned as null pointers.
+The field
+.Fa ty_status
+will be zero if no flag values are specified.
+.Pp
+See
+.Xr ttys 5
+for a more complete discussion of the meaning and usage of the
+fields.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getttyent
+function
+reads the next line from the ttys file, opening the file if necessary.
+The
+.Fn setttyent
+function
+rewinds the file if open, or opens the file if it is unopened.
+The
+.Fn endttyent
+function
+closes any open files.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getttynam
+function
+searches from the beginning of the file until a matching
+.Fa name
+is found
+(or until
+.Dv EOF
+is encountered).
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The routines
+.Fn getttyent
+and
+.Fn getttynam
+return a null pointer on
+.Dv EOF
+or error.
+The
+.Fn setttyent
+function
+and
+.Fn endttyent
+return 0 on failure and 1 on success.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/ttys -compact
+.It Pa /etc/ttys
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr ttyslot 3 ,
+.Xr gettytab 5 ,
+.Xr termcap 5 ,
+.Xr ttys 5 ,
+.Xr getty 8 ,
+.Xr init 8 ,
+.Xr ttyflags 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getttyent ,
+.Fn getttynam ,
+.Fn setttyent ,
+and
+.Fn endttyent
+functions appeared in
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+These functions use static data storage;
+if the data is needed for future use, it should be
+copied before any subsequent calls overwrite it.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..14cbb792b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getttyent.c
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getttyent.c,v 1.9 1995/06/16 07:05:31 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getttyent.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getttyent.c,v 1.9 1995/06/16 07:05:31 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ttyent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+static char zapchar;
+static FILE *tf;
+
+struct ttyent *
+getttynam(tty)
+	const char *tty;
+{
+	register struct ttyent *t;
+
+	setttyent();
+	while (t = getttyent())
+		if (!strcmp(tty, t->ty_name))
+			break;
+	endttyent();
+	return (t);
+}
+
+struct ttyent *
+getttyent()
+{
+	static struct ttyent tty;
+	register int c;
+	register char *p;
+#define	MAXLINELENGTH	200
+	static char line[MAXLINELENGTH];
+	static char *skip(), *value();
+
+	if (!tf && !setttyent())
+		return (NULL);
+	for (;;) {
+		if (!fgets(p = line, sizeof(line), tf))
+			return (NULL);
+		/* skip lines that are too big */
+		if (!strchr(p, '\n')) {
+			while ((c = getc(tf)) != '\n' && c != EOF)
+				;
+			continue;
+		}
+		while (isspace(*p))
+			++p;
+		if (*p && *p != '#')
+			break;
+	}
+
+	zapchar = 0;
+	tty.ty_name = p;
+	p = skip(p);
+	if (!*(tty.ty_getty = p))
+		tty.ty_getty = tty.ty_type = NULL;
+	else {
+		p = skip(p);
+		if (!*(tty.ty_type = p))
+			tty.ty_type = NULL;
+		else
+			p = skip(p);
+	}
+	tty.ty_status = 0;
+	tty.ty_window = NULL;
+
+#define	scmp(e)	!strncmp(p, e, sizeof(e) - 1) && isspace(p[sizeof(e) - 1])
+#define	vcmp(e)	!strncmp(p, e, sizeof(e) - 1) && p[sizeof(e) - 1] == '='
+	for (; *p; p = skip(p)) {
+		if (scmp(_TTYS_OFF))
+			tty.ty_status &= ~TTY_ON;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_ON))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_ON;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_SECURE))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_SECURE;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_LOCAL))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_LOCAL;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_RTSCTS))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_RTSCTS;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_SOFTCAR))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_SOFTCAR;
+		else if (scmp(_TTYS_MDMBUF))
+			tty.ty_status |= TTY_MDMBUF;
+		else if (vcmp(_TTYS_WINDOW))
+			tty.ty_window = value(p);
+		else
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (zapchar == '#' || *p == '#')
+		while ((c = *++p) == ' ' || c == '\t')
+			;
+	tty.ty_comment = p;
+	if (*p == 0)
+		tty.ty_comment = 0;
+	if (p = strchr(p, '\n'))
+		*p = '\0';
+	return (&tty);
+}
+
+#define	QUOTED	1
+
+/*
+ * Skip over the current field, removing quotes, and return a pointer to
+ * the next field.
+ */
+static char *
+skip(p)
+	register char *p;
+{
+	register char *t;
+	register int c, q;
+
+	for (q = 0, t = p; (c = *p) != '\0'; p++) {
+		if (c == '"') {
+			q ^= QUOTED;	/* obscure, but nice */
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (q == QUOTED && *p == '\\' && *(p+1) == '"')
+			p++;
+		*t++ = *p;
+		if (q == QUOTED)
+			continue;
+		if (c == '#') {
+			zapchar = c;
+			*p = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (c == '\t' || c == ' ' || c == '\n') {
+			zapchar = c;
+			*p++ = 0;
+			while ((c = *p) == '\t' || c == ' ' || c == '\n')
+				p++;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*--t = '\0';
+	return (p);
+}
+
+static char *
+value(p)
+	register char *p;
+{
+
+	return ((p = strchr(p, '=')) ? ++p : NULL);
+}
+
+int
+setttyent()
+{
+
+	if (tf) {
+		rewind(tf);
+		return (1);
+	} else if (tf = fopen(_PATH_TTYS, "r"))
+		return (1);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+endttyent()
+{
+	int rval;
+
+	if (tf) {
+		rval = !(fclose(tf) == EOF);
+		tf = NULL;
+		return (rval);
+	}
+	return (1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84dc3ad932b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.3
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: getusershell.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:13:24 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)getusershell.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt GETUSERSHELL 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getusershell ,
+.Nm setusershell ,
+.Nm endusershell
+.Nd get legal user shells
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft char *
+.Fn getusershell void
+.Ft void
+.Fn setusershell void
+.Ft void
+.Fn endusershell void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getusershell
+function
+returns a pointer to a legal user shell as defined by the
+system manager in the file 
+.Pa /etc/shells .
+If 
+.Pa /etc/shells
+is unreadable or does not exist,
+.Fn getusershell
+behaves as if
+.Pa /bin/sh
+and
+.Pa /bin/csh
+were listed in the file.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn getusershell
+function
+reads the next
+line (opening the file if necessary);
+.Fn setusershell
+rewinds the file;
+.Fn endusershell
+closes it.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/shells -compact
+.It Pa /etc/shells
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+The routine
+.Fn getusershell
+returns a null pointer (0) on
+.Dv EOF .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr shells 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getusershell
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.3 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getusershell
+function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns
+a pointer to that object. Subsequent calls to
+.Fn getusershell
+will modify the same object.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bef77271f1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getusershell.c
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: getusershell.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:13:27 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)getusershell.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: getusershell.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:13:27 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+
+/*
+ * Local shells should NOT be added here.  They should be added in
+ * /etc/shells.
+ */
+
+static char *okshells[] = { _PATH_BSHELL, _PATH_CSHELL, NULL };
+static char **curshell, **shells, *strings;
+static char **initshells __P((void));
+
+/*
+ * Get a list of shells from _PATH_SHELLS, if it exists.
+ */
+char *
+getusershell()
+{
+	char *ret;
+
+	if (curshell == NULL)
+		curshell = initshells();
+	ret = *curshell;
+	if (ret != NULL)
+		curshell++;
+	return (ret);
+}
+
+void
+endusershell()
+{
+	
+	if (shells != NULL)
+		free(shells);
+	shells = NULL;
+	if (strings != NULL)
+		free(strings);
+	strings = NULL;
+	curshell = NULL;
+}
+
+void
+setusershell()
+{
+
+	curshell = initshells();
+}
+
+static char **
+initshells()
+{
+	register char **sp, *cp;
+	register FILE *fp;
+	struct stat statb;
+
+	if (shells != NULL)
+		free(shells);
+	shells = NULL;
+	if (strings != NULL)
+		free(strings);
+	strings = NULL;
+	if ((fp = fopen(_PATH_SHELLS, "r")) == NULL)
+		return (okshells);
+	if (fstat(fileno(fp), &statb) == -1) {
+		(void)fclose(fp);
+		return (okshells);
+	}
+	if ((strings = malloc((u_int)statb.st_size)) == NULL) {
+		(void)fclose(fp);
+		return (okshells);
+	}
+	shells = calloc((unsigned)statb.st_size / 3, sizeof (char *));
+	if (shells == NULL) {
+		(void)fclose(fp);
+		free(strings);
+		strings = NULL;
+		return (okshells);
+	}
+	sp = shells;
+	cp = strings;
+	while (fgets(cp, MAXPATHLEN + 1, fp) != NULL) {
+		while (*cp != '#' && *cp != '/' && *cp != '\0')
+			cp++;
+		if (*cp == '#' || *cp == '\0')
+			continue;
+		*sp++ = cp;
+		while (!isspace(*cp) && *cp != '#' && *cp != '\0')
+			cp++;
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+	}
+	*sp = NULL;
+	(void)fclose(fp);
+	return (shells);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..403febdd8b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: glob.3,v 1.9 1995/02/27 04:13:30 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" Guido van Rossum.
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)glob.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/16/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 16, 1994
+.Dt GLOB 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm glob ,
+.Nm globfree
+.Nd generate pathnames matching a pattern
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <glob.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn glob "const char *pattern" "int flags" "const int (*errfunc)(const char *, int)" "glob_t *pglob"
+.Ft void 
+.Fn globfree "glob_t *pglob"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn glob
+function
+is a pathname generator that implements the rules for file name pattern
+matching used by the shell.
+.Pp
+The include file
+.Pa glob.h
+defines the structure type
+.Fa glob_t ,
+which contains at least the following fields:
+.Bd -literal
+typedef struct {
+	int gl_pathc;		/* count of total paths so far */
+	int gl_matchc;		/* count of paths matching pattern */
+	int gl_offs;		/* reserved at beginning of gl_pathv */
+	int gl_flags;		/* returned flags */
+	char **gl_pathv;	/* list of paths matching pattern */
+} glob_t;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa pattern
+is a pointer to a pathname pattern to be expanded.
+The
+.Fn glob
+argument
+matches all accessible pathnames against the pattern and creates
+a list of the pathnames that match.
+In order to have access to a pathname,
+.Fn glob
+requires search permission on every component of a path except the last
+and read permission on each directory of any filename component of
+.Fa pattern
+that contains any of the special characters
+.Ql * ,
+.Ql ?
+or
+.Ql [ .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn glob
+argument
+stores the number of matched pathnames into the
+.Fa gl_pathc
+field, and a pointer to a list of pointers to pathnames into the
+.Fa gl_pathv
+field.
+The first pointer after the last pathname is
+.Dv NULL . 
+If the pattern does not match any pathnames, the returned number of
+matched paths is set to zero.
+.Pp
+It is the caller's responsibility to create the structure pointed to by
+.Fa pglob .
+The
+.Fn glob
+function allocates other space as needed, including the memory pointed
+to by
+.Fa gl_pathv .
+.Pp
+The argument
+.Fa flags
+is used to modify the behavior of
+.Fn glob .
+The value of
+.Fa flags
+is the bitwise inclusive
+.Tn OR
+of any of the following
+values defined in
+.Pa glob.h :
+.Bl -tag -width GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC
+.It Dv GLOB_APPEND
+Append pathnames generated to the ones from a previous call (or calls)
+to
+.Fn glob .
+The value of
+.Fa gl_pathc
+will be the total matches found by this call and the previous call(s).
+The pathnames are appended to, not merged with the pathnames returned by
+the previous call(s).
+Between calls, the caller must not change the setting of the
+.Dv GLOB_DOOFFS
+flag, nor change the value of
+.Fa gl_offs
+when
+.Dv GLOB_DOOFFS
+is set, nor (obviously) call
+.Fn globfree
+for
+.Fa pglob .
+.It Dv GLOB_DOOFFS
+Make use of the
+.Fa gl_offs
+field.
+If this flag is set,
+.Fa gl_offs
+is used to specify how many
+.Dv NULL
+pointers to prepend to the beginning
+of the
+.Fa gl_pathv
+field.
+In other words,
+.Fa gl_pathv
+will point to
+.Fa gl_offs
+.Dv NULL
+pointers,
+followed by
+.Fa gl_pathc
+pathname pointers, followed by a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer.
+.It Dv GLOB_ERR
+Causes
+.Fn glob
+to return when it encounters a directory that it cannot open or read.
+Ordinarily,
+.Fn glob
+continues to find matches.
+.It Dv GLOB_MARK
+Each pathname that is a directory that matches
+.Fa pattern
+has a slash
+appended.
+.It Dv GLOB_NOCHECK
+If
+.Fa pattern
+does not match any pathname, then
+.Fn glob
+returns a list
+consisting of only
+.Fa pattern ,
+with the number of total pathnames is set to 1, and the number of matched
+pathnames set to 0.
+If
+.Dv GLOB_QUOTE
+is set, its effect is present in the pattern returned.
+.It Dv GLOB_NOSORT
+By default, the pathnames are sorted in ascending
+.Tn ASCII
+order;
+this flag prevents that sorting (speeding up
+.Fn glob ) .
+.El
+.Pp
+The following values may also be included in
+.Fa flags ,
+however, they are non-standard extensions to
+.St -p1003.2 .
+.Bl -tag -width GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC
+.It Dv GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC
+The following additional fields in the pglob structure have been
+initialized with alternate functions for glob to use to open, read,
+and close directories and to get stat information on names found
+in those directories.
+.Bd -literal
+	void *(*gl_opendir)(const char * name);
+	struct dirent *(*gl_readdir)(void *);
+	void (*gl_closedir)(void *);
+	int (*gl_lstat)(const char *name, struct stat *st);
+	int (*gl_stat)(const char *name, struct stat *st);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+This extension is provided to allow programs such as
+.Xr restore 8
+to provide globbing from directories stored on tape.
+.It Dv GLOB_BRACE
+Pre-process the pattern string to expand 
+.Ql {pat,pat,...} 
+strings like 
+.Xr csh 1. The pattern 
+.Ql {}
+is left unexpanded for historical reasons
+.Xr (Csh 1 
+does the same thing to 
+ease typing
+of 
+.Xr find 1 
+patterns).
+.It Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR
+Set by the
+.Fn glob
+function if the pattern included globbing characters.
+See the description of the usage of the 
+.Fa gl_matchc
+structure member for more details.
+.It Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC
+Is the same as 
+.Dv GLOB_NOCHECK 
+but it only appends the
+.Fa pattern
+if it does not contain any of the special characters ``*'', ``?'' or ``[''.
+.Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC 
+is provided to simplify implementing the historic
+.Xr csh 1
+globbing behavior and should probably not be used anywhere else.
+.It Dv GLOB_QUOTE
+Use the backslash
+.Pq Ql \e
+character for quoting: every occurrence of
+a backslash followed by a character in the pattern is replaced by that
+character, avoiding any special interpretation of the character.
+.It Dv GLOB_TILDE
+Expand patterns that start with
+.Ql ~
+to user name home directories.
+.El
+.Pp
+If, during the search, a directory is encountered that cannot be opened
+or read and
+.Fa errfunc
+is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL , 
+.Fn glob
+calls
+.Fa (*errfunc)(path, errno) .
+This may be unintuitive: a pattern like
+.Ql */Makefile
+will try to
+.Xr stat 2
+.Ql foo/Makefile
+even if
+.Ql foo
+is not a directory, resulting in a
+call to
+.Fa errfunc .
+The error routine can suppress this action by testing for
+.Dv ENOENT
+and
+.Dv ENOTDIR ; 
+however, the
+.Dv GLOB_ERR
+flag will still cause an immediate
+return when this happens.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa errfunc
+returns non-zero,
+.Fn glob
+stops the scan and returns
+.Dv GLOB_ABEND
+after setting
+.Fa gl_pathc
+and
+.Fa gl_pathv
+to reflect any paths already matched.
+This also happens if an error is encountered and
+.Dv GLOB_ERR
+is set in
+.Fa flags ,
+regardless of the return value of
+.Fa errfunc ,
+if called.
+If
+.Dv GLOB_ERR
+is not set and either
+.Fa errfunc
+is
+.Dv NULL
+or
+.Fa errfunc
+returns zero, the error is ignored.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn globfree
+function frees any space associated with
+.Fa pglob
+from a previous call(s) to
+.Fn glob .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+On successful completion,
+.Fn glob
+returns zero.
+In addition the fields of
+.Fa pglob
+contain the values described below:
+.Bl -tag -width GLOB_NOCHECK
+.It Fa gl_pathc
+contains the total number of matched pathnames so far.
+This includes other matches from previous invocations of 
+.Fn glob
+if 
+.Dv GLOB_APPEND
+was specified.
+.It Fa gl_matchc
+contains the number of matched pathnames in the current invocation of
+.Fn glob .
+.It Fa gl_flags
+contains a copy of the 
+.Fa flags
+parameter with the bit
+.Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR
+set if
+.Fa pattern
+contained any of the special characters ``*'', ``?'' or ``['', cleared
+if not.
+.It Fa gl_pathv
+contains a pointer to a
+.Dv NULL Ns -terminated 
+list of matched pathnames.
+However, if
+.Fa gl_pathc
+is zero, the contents of
+.Fa gl_pathv
+are undefined.
+.El
+.Pp
+If
+.Fn glob
+terminates due to an error, it sets 
+.Va errno 
+and returns one of the following non-zero constants, which are defined 
+in the include file
+.Aq Pa glob.h :
+.Bl -tag -width GLOB_NOCHECK
+.It Dv GLOB_NOSPACE
+An attempt to allocate memory failed.
+.It Dv GLOB_ABEND
+The scan was stopped because an error was encountered and either
+.Dv GLOB_ERR
+was set or
+.Fa (*errfunc)()
+returned non-zero.
+.El
+.Pp
+The arguments
+.Fa pglob\->gl_pathc
+and
+.Fa pglob\->gl_pathv
+are still set as specified above.
+.Sh EXAMPLE
+A rough equivalent of
+.Ql "ls -l *.c *.h"
+can be obtained with the
+following code:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+glob_t g;
+
+g.gl_offs = 2;
+glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, &g);
+glob("*.h", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, &g);
+g.gl_pathv[0] = "ls";
+g.gl_pathv[1] = "-l";
+execvp("ls", g.gl_pathv);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr fnmatch 3 ,
+.Xr regexp 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn glob
+function is expected to be
+.St -p1003.2
+compatible with the exception
+that the flags
+.Dv GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC,
+.Dv GLOB_BRACE
+.Dv GLOB_MAGCHAR,
+.Dv GLOB_NOMAGIC,
+.Dv GLOB_QUOTE,
+and
+.Dv GLOB_TILDE,
+and the fields 
+.Fa gl_matchc
+and 
+.Fa gl_flags
+should not be used by applications striving for strict
+.Tn POSIX
+conformance.
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn glob
+and
+.Fn globfree
+functions first appeared in 
+.Bx 4.4 .
+.Sh BUGS
+Patterns longer than
+.Dv MAXPATHLEN
+may cause unchecked errors.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn glob
+function may fail and set 
+.Va errno 
+for any of the errors specified for the library routines
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr closedir 3 ,
+.Xr opendir 3 ,
+.Xr readdir 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+and
+.Xr free 3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.c b/lib/libc/gen/glob.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a384440532f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.c
@@ -0,0 +1,852 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: glob.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:13:35 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Guido van Rossum.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)glob.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 10/13/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: glob.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:13:35 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * glob(3) -- a superset of the one defined in POSIX 1003.2.
+ *
+ * The [!...] convention to negate a range is supported (SysV, Posix, ksh).
+ *
+ * Optional extra services, controlled by flags not defined by POSIX:
+ *
+ * GLOB_QUOTE:
+ *	Escaping convention: \ inhibits any special meaning the following
+ *	character might have (except \ at end of string is retained).
+ * GLOB_MAGCHAR:
+ *	Set in gl_flags if pattern contained a globbing character.
+ * GLOB_NOMAGIC:
+ *	Same as GLOB_NOCHECK, but it will only append pattern if it did
+ *	not contain any magic characters.  [Used in csh style globbing]
+ * GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC:
+ *	Use alternately specified directory access functions.
+ * GLOB_TILDE:
+ *	expand ~user/foo to the /home/dir/of/user/foo
+ * GLOB_BRACE:
+ *	expand {1,2}{a,b} to 1a 1b 2a 2b 
+ * gl_matchc:
+ *	Number of matches in the current invocation of glob.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <glob.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	DOLLAR		'$'
+#define	DOT		'.'
+#define	EOS		'\0'
+#define	LBRACKET	'['
+#define	NOT		'!'
+#define	QUESTION	'?'
+#define	QUOTE		'\\'
+#define	RANGE		'-'
+#define	RBRACKET	']'
+#define	SEP		'/'
+#define	STAR		'*'
+#define	TILDE		'~'
+#define	UNDERSCORE	'_'
+#define	LBRACE		'{'
+#define	RBRACE		'}'
+#define	SLASH		'/'
+#define	COMMA		','
+
+#ifndef DEBUG
+
+#define	M_QUOTE		0x8000
+#define	M_PROTECT	0x4000
+#define	M_MASK		0xffff
+#define	M_ASCII		0x00ff
+
+typedef u_short Char;
+
+#else
+
+#define	M_QUOTE		0x80
+#define	M_PROTECT	0x40
+#define	M_MASK		0xff
+#define	M_ASCII		0x7f
+
+typedef char Char;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#define	CHAR(c)		((Char)((c)&M_ASCII))
+#define	META(c)		((Char)((c)|M_QUOTE))
+#define	M_ALL		META('*')
+#define	M_END		META(']')
+#define	M_NOT		META('!')
+#define	M_ONE		META('?')
+#define	M_RNG		META('-')
+#define	M_SET		META('[')
+#define	ismeta(c)	(((c)&M_QUOTE) != 0)
+
+
+static int	 compare __P((const void *, const void *));
+static void	 g_Ctoc __P((const Char *, char *));
+static int	 g_lstat __P((Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *));
+static DIR	*g_opendir __P((Char *, glob_t *));
+static Char	*g_strchr __P((Char *, int));
+#ifdef notdef
+static Char	*g_strcat __P((Char *, const Char *));
+#endif
+static int	 g_stat __P((Char *, struct stat *, glob_t *));
+static int	 glob0 __P((const Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 glob1 __P((Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 glob2 __P((Char *, Char *, Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 glob3 __P((Char *, Char *, Char *, Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 globextend __P((const Char *, glob_t *));
+static const Char *	 globtilde __P((const Char *, Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 globexp1 __P((const Char *, glob_t *));
+static int	 globexp2 __P((const Char *, const Char *, glob_t *, int *));
+static int	 match __P((Char *, Char *, Char *));
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void	 qprintf __P((const char *, Char *));
+#endif
+
+int
+glob(pattern, flags, errfunc, pglob)
+	const char *pattern;
+	int flags, (*errfunc) __P((const char *, int));
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	const u_char *patnext;
+	int c;
+	Char *bufnext, *bufend, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+	patnext = (u_char *) pattern;
+	if (!(flags & GLOB_APPEND)) {
+		pglob->gl_pathc = 0;
+		pglob->gl_pathv = NULL;
+		if (!(flags & GLOB_DOOFFS))
+			pglob->gl_offs = 0;
+	}
+	pglob->gl_flags = flags & ~GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+	pglob->gl_errfunc = errfunc;
+	pglob->gl_matchc = 0;
+
+	bufnext = patbuf;
+	bufend = bufnext + MAXPATHLEN;
+	if (flags & GLOB_QUOTE) {
+		/* Protect the quoted characters. */
+		while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS) 
+			if (c == QUOTE) {
+				if ((c = *patnext++) == EOS) {
+					c = QUOTE;
+					--patnext;
+				}
+				*bufnext++ = c | M_PROTECT;
+			}
+			else
+				*bufnext++ = c;
+	}
+	else 
+	    while (bufnext < bufend && (c = *patnext++) != EOS) 
+		    *bufnext++ = c;
+	*bufnext = EOS;
+
+	if (flags & GLOB_BRACE)
+	    return globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+	else
+	    return glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand recursively a glob {} pattern. When there is no more expansion
+ * invoke the standard globbing routine to glob the rest of the magic
+ * characters
+ */
+static int globexp1(pattern, pglob)
+	const Char *pattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	const Char* ptr = pattern;
+	int rv;
+
+	/* Protect a single {}, for find(1), like csh */
+	if (pattern[0] == LBRACE && pattern[1] == RBRACE && pattern[2] == EOS)
+		return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+
+	while ((ptr = (const Char *) g_strchr((Char *) ptr, LBRACE)) != NULL)
+		if (!globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, &rv))
+			return rv;
+
+	return glob0(pattern, pglob);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Recursive brace globbing helper. Tries to expand a single brace.
+ * If it succeeds then it invokes globexp1 with the new pattern.
+ * If it fails then it tries to glob the rest of the pattern and returns.
+ */
+static int globexp2(ptr, pattern, pglob, rv)
+	const Char *ptr, *pattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+	int *rv;
+{
+	int     i;
+	Char   *lm, *ls;
+	const Char *pe, *pm, *pl;
+	Char    patbuf[MAXPATHLEN + 1];
+
+	/* copy part up to the brace */
+	for (lm = patbuf, pm = pattern; pm != ptr; *lm++ = *pm++)
+		continue;
+	ls = lm;
+
+	/* Find the balanced brace */
+	for (i = 0, pe = ++ptr; *pe; pe++)
+		if (*pe == LBRACKET) {
+			/* Ignore everything between [] */
+			for (pm = pe++; *pe != RBRACKET && *pe != EOS; pe++)
+				continue;
+			if (*pe == EOS) {
+				/* 
+				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+				 */
+				pe = pm;
+			}
+		}
+		else if (*pe == LBRACE)
+			i++;
+		else if (*pe == RBRACE) {
+			if (i == 0)
+				break;
+			i--;
+		}
+
+	/* Non matching braces; just glob the pattern */
+	if (i != 0 || *pe == EOS) {
+		*rv = glob0(patbuf, pglob);
+		return 0;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0, pl = pm = ptr; pm <= pe; pm++)
+		switch (*pm) {
+		case LBRACKET:
+			/* Ignore everything between [] */
+			for (pl = pm++; *pm != RBRACKET && *pm != EOS; pm++)
+				continue;
+			if (*pm == EOS) {
+				/* 
+				 * We could not find a matching RBRACKET.
+				 * Ignore and just look for RBRACE
+				 */
+				pm = pl;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case LBRACE:
+			i++;
+			break;
+
+		case RBRACE:
+			if (i) {
+			    i--;
+			    break;
+			}
+			/* FALLTHROUGH */
+		case COMMA:
+			if (i && *pm == COMMA)
+				break;
+			else {
+				/* Append the current string */
+				for (lm = ls; (pl < pm); *lm++ = *pl++)
+					continue;
+				/* 
+				 * Append the rest of the pattern after the
+				 * closing brace
+				 */
+				for (pl = pe + 1; (*lm++ = *pl++) != EOS;)
+					continue;
+
+				/* Expand the current pattern */
+#ifdef DEBUG
+				qprintf("globexp2:", patbuf);
+#endif
+				*rv = globexp1(patbuf, pglob);
+
+				/* move after the comma, to the next string */
+				pl = pm + 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+		}
+	*rv = 0;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * expand tilde from the passwd file.
+ */
+static const Char *
+globtilde(pattern, patbuf, pglob)
+	const Char *pattern;
+	Char *patbuf;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	struct passwd *pwd;
+	char *h;
+	const Char *p;
+	Char *b;
+
+	if (*pattern != TILDE || !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_TILDE))
+		return pattern;
+
+	/* Copy up to the end of the string or / */
+	for (p = pattern + 1, h = (char *) patbuf; *p && *p != SLASH; 
+	     *h++ = *p++)
+		continue;
+
+	*h = EOS;
+
+	if (((char *) patbuf)[0] == EOS) {
+		/* 
+		 * handle a plain ~ or ~/ by expanding $HOME 
+		 * first and then trying the password file
+		 */
+		if ((h = getenv("HOME")) == NULL) {
+			if ((pwd = getpwuid(getuid())) == NULL)
+				return pattern;
+			else
+				h = pwd->pw_dir;
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		/*
+		 * Expand a ~user
+		 */
+		if ((pwd = getpwnam((char*) patbuf)) == NULL)
+			return pattern;
+		else
+			h = pwd->pw_dir;
+	}
+
+	/* Copy the home directory */
+	for (b = patbuf; *h; *b++ = *h++)
+		continue;
+	
+	/* Append the rest of the pattern */
+	while ((*b++ = *p++) != EOS)
+		continue;
+
+	return patbuf;
+}
+	
+
+/*
+ * The main glob() routine: compiles the pattern (optionally processing
+ * quotes), calls glob1() to do the real pattern matching, and finally
+ * sorts the list (unless unsorted operation is requested).  Returns 0
+ * if things went well, nonzero if errors occurred.  It is not an error
+ * to find no matches.
+ */
+static int
+glob0(pattern, pglob)
+	const Char *pattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	const Char *qpatnext;
+	int c, err, oldpathc;
+	Char *bufnext, patbuf[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+	qpatnext = globtilde(pattern, patbuf, pglob);
+	oldpathc = pglob->gl_pathc;
+	bufnext = patbuf;
+
+	/* We don't need to check for buffer overflow any more. */
+	while ((c = *qpatnext++) != EOS) {
+		switch (c) {
+		case LBRACKET:
+			c = *qpatnext;
+			if (c == NOT)
+				++qpatnext;
+			if (*qpatnext == EOS ||
+			    g_strchr((Char *) qpatnext+1, RBRACKET) == NULL) {
+				*bufnext++ = LBRACKET;
+				if (c == NOT)
+					--qpatnext;
+				break;
+			}
+			*bufnext++ = M_SET;
+			if (c == NOT)
+				*bufnext++ = M_NOT;
+			c = *qpatnext++;
+			do {
+				*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+				if (*qpatnext == RANGE &&
+				    (c = qpatnext[1]) != RBRACKET) {
+					*bufnext++ = M_RNG;
+					*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+					qpatnext += 2;
+				}
+			} while ((c = *qpatnext++) != RBRACKET);
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			*bufnext++ = M_END;
+			break;
+		case QUESTION:
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			*bufnext++ = M_ONE;
+			break;
+		case STAR:
+			pglob->gl_flags |= GLOB_MAGCHAR;
+			/* collapse adjacent stars to one, 
+			 * to avoid exponential behavior
+			 */
+			if (bufnext == patbuf || bufnext[-1] != M_ALL)
+			    *bufnext++ = M_ALL;
+			break;
+		default:
+			*bufnext++ = CHAR(c);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	*bufnext = EOS;
+#ifdef DEBUG
+	qprintf("glob0:", patbuf);
+#endif
+
+	if ((err = glob1(patbuf, pglob)) != 0)
+		return(err);
+
+	/*
+	 * If there was no match we are going to append the pattern 
+	 * if GLOB_NOCHECK was specified or if GLOB_NOMAGIC was specified
+	 * and the pattern did not contain any magic characters
+	 * GLOB_NOMAGIC is there just for compatibility with csh.
+	 */
+	if (pglob->gl_pathc == oldpathc && 
+	    ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOCHECK) || 
+	      ((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOMAGIC) &&
+	       !(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MAGCHAR))))
+		return(globextend(pattern, pglob));
+	else if (!(pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_NOSORT)) 
+		qsort(pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs + oldpathc,
+		    pglob->gl_pathc - oldpathc, sizeof(char *), compare);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+static int
+compare(p, q)
+	const void *p, *q;
+{
+	return(strcmp(*(char **)p, *(char **)q));
+}
+
+static int
+glob1(pattern, pglob)
+	Char *pattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	Char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+	/* A null pathname is invalid -- POSIX 1003.1 sect. 2.4. */
+	if (*pattern == EOS)
+		return(0);
+	return(glob2(pathbuf, pathbuf, pattern, pglob));
+}
+
+/*
+ * The functions glob2 and glob3 are mutually recursive; there is one level
+ * of recursion for each segment in the pattern that contains one or more
+ * meta characters.
+ */
+static int
+glob2(pathbuf, pathend, pattern, pglob)
+	Char *pathbuf, *pathend, *pattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	Char *p, *q;
+	int anymeta;
+
+	/*
+	 * Loop over pattern segments until end of pattern or until
+	 * segment with meta character found.
+	 */
+	for (anymeta = 0;;) {
+		if (*pattern == EOS) {		/* End of pattern? */
+			*pathend = EOS;
+			if (g_lstat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob))
+				return(0);
+		
+			if (((pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_MARK) &&
+			    pathend[-1] != SEP) && (S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)
+			    || (S_ISLNK(sb.st_mode) &&
+			    (g_stat(pathbuf, &sb, pglob) == 0) &&
+			    S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)))) {
+				*pathend++ = SEP;
+				*pathend = EOS;
+			}
+			++pglob->gl_matchc;
+			return(globextend(pathbuf, pglob));
+		}
+
+		/* Find end of next segment, copy tentatively to pathend. */
+		q = pathend;
+		p = pattern;
+		while (*p != EOS && *p != SEP) {
+			if (ismeta(*p))
+				anymeta = 1;
+			*q++ = *p++;
+		}
+
+		if (!anymeta) {		/* No expansion, do next segment. */
+			pathend = q;
+			pattern = p;
+			while (*pattern == SEP)
+				*pathend++ = *pattern++;
+		} else			/* Need expansion, recurse. */
+			return(glob3(pathbuf, pathend, pattern, p, pglob));
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+static int
+glob3(pathbuf, pathend, pattern, restpattern, pglob)
+	Char *pathbuf, *pathend, *pattern, *restpattern;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+	DIR *dirp;
+	int err;
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	/*
+	 * The readdirfunc declaration can't be prototyped, because it is
+	 * assigned, below, to two functions which are prototyped in glob.h
+	 * and dirent.h as taking pointers to differently typed opaque
+	 * structures.
+	 */
+	struct dirent *(*readdirfunc)();
+
+	*pathend = EOS;
+	errno = 0;
+	    
+	if ((dirp = g_opendir(pathbuf, pglob)) == NULL) {
+		/* TODO: don't call for ENOENT or ENOTDIR? */
+		if (pglob->gl_errfunc) {
+			g_Ctoc(pathbuf, buf);
+			if (pglob->gl_errfunc(buf, errno) ||
+			    pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ERR)
+				return (GLOB_ABEND);
+		}
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	err = 0;
+
+	/* Search directory for matching names. */
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		readdirfunc = pglob->gl_readdir;
+	else
+		readdirfunc = readdir;
+	while ((dp = (*readdirfunc)(dirp))) {
+		register u_char *sc;
+		register Char *dc;
+
+		/* Initial DOT must be matched literally. */
+		if (dp->d_name[0] == DOT && *pattern != DOT)
+			continue;
+		for (sc = (u_char *) dp->d_name, dc = pathend; 
+		     (*dc++ = *sc++) != EOS;)
+			continue;
+		if (!match(pathend, pattern, restpattern)) {
+			*pathend = EOS;
+			continue;
+		}
+		err = glob2(pathbuf, --dc, restpattern, pglob);
+		if (err)
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		(*pglob->gl_closedir)(dirp);
+	else
+		closedir(dirp);
+	return(err);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Extend the gl_pathv member of a glob_t structure to accomodate a new item,
+ * add the new item, and update gl_pathc.
+ *
+ * This assumes the BSD realloc, which only copies the block when its size
+ * crosses a power-of-two boundary; for v7 realloc, this would cause quadratic
+ * behavior.
+ *
+ * Return 0 if new item added, error code if memory couldn't be allocated.
+ *
+ * Invariant of the glob_t structure:
+ *	Either gl_pathc is zero and gl_pathv is NULL; or gl_pathc > 0 and
+ *	gl_pathv points to (gl_offs + gl_pathc + 1) items.
+ */
+static int
+globextend(path, pglob)
+	const Char *path;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	register char **pathv;
+	register int i;
+	u_int newsize;
+	char *copy;
+	const Char *p;
+
+	newsize = sizeof(*pathv) * (2 + pglob->gl_pathc + pglob->gl_offs);
+	pathv = pglob->gl_pathv ? 
+		    realloc((char *)pglob->gl_pathv, newsize) :
+		    malloc(newsize);
+	if (pathv == NULL)
+		return(GLOB_NOSPACE);
+
+	if (pglob->gl_pathv == NULL && pglob->gl_offs > 0) {
+		/* first time around -- clear initial gl_offs items */
+		pathv += pglob->gl_offs;
+		for (i = pglob->gl_offs; --i >= 0; )
+			*--pathv = NULL;
+	}
+	pglob->gl_pathv = pathv;
+
+	for (p = path; *p++;)
+		continue;
+	if ((copy = malloc(p - path)) != NULL) {
+		g_Ctoc(path, copy);
+		pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc++] = copy;
+	}
+	pathv[pglob->gl_offs + pglob->gl_pathc] = NULL;
+	return(copy == NULL ? GLOB_NOSPACE : 0);
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * pattern matching function for filenames.  Each occurrence of the *
+ * pattern causes a recursion level.
+ */
+static int
+match(name, pat, patend)
+	register Char *name, *pat, *patend;
+{
+	int ok, negate_range;
+	Char c, k;
+
+	while (pat < patend) {
+		c = *pat++;
+		switch (c & M_MASK) {
+		case M_ALL:
+			if (pat == patend)
+				return(1);
+			do 
+			    if (match(name, pat, patend))
+				    return(1);
+			while (*name++ != EOS);
+			return(0);
+		case M_ONE:
+			if (*name++ == EOS)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		case M_SET:
+			ok = 0;
+			if ((k = *name++) == EOS)
+				return(0);
+			if ((negate_range = ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_NOT)) != EOS)
+				++pat;
+			while (((c = *pat++) & M_MASK) != M_END)
+				if ((*pat & M_MASK) == M_RNG) {
+					if (c <= k && k <= pat[1])
+						ok = 1;
+					pat += 2;
+				} else if (c == k)
+					ok = 1;
+			if (ok == negate_range)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		default:
+			if (*name++ != c)
+				return(0);
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return(*name == EOS);
+}
+
+/* Free allocated data belonging to a glob_t structure. */
+void
+globfree(pglob)
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	register int i;
+	register char **pp;
+
+	if (pglob->gl_pathv != NULL) {
+		pp = pglob->gl_pathv + pglob->gl_offs;
+		for (i = pglob->gl_pathc; i--; ++pp)
+			if (*pp)
+				free(*pp);
+		free(pglob->gl_pathv);
+	}
+}
+
+static DIR *
+g_opendir(str, pglob)
+	register Char *str;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	if (!*str)
+		strcpy(buf, ".");
+	else
+		g_Ctoc(str, buf);
+
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_opendir)(buf));
+
+	return(opendir(buf));
+}
+
+static int
+g_lstat(fn, sb, pglob)
+	register Char *fn;
+	struct stat *sb;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	g_Ctoc(fn, buf);
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_lstat)(buf, sb));
+	return(lstat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static int
+g_stat(fn, sb, pglob)
+	register Char *fn;
+	struct stat *sb;
+	glob_t *pglob;
+{
+	char buf[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+	g_Ctoc(fn, buf);
+	if (pglob->gl_flags & GLOB_ALTDIRFUNC)
+		return((*pglob->gl_stat)(buf, sb));
+	return(stat(buf, sb));
+}
+
+static Char *
+g_strchr(str, ch)
+	Char *str;
+	int ch;
+{
+	do {
+		if (*str == ch)
+			return (str);
+	} while (*str++);
+	return (NULL);
+}
+
+#ifdef notdef
+static Char *
+g_strcat(dst, src)
+	Char *dst;
+	const Char* src;
+{
+	Char *sdst = dst;
+
+	while (*dst++)
+		continue;
+	--dst;
+	while((*dst++ = *src++) != EOS)
+	    continue;
+
+	return (sdst);
+}
+#endif
+
+static void
+g_Ctoc(str, buf)
+	register const Char *str;
+	char *buf;
+{
+	register char *dc;
+
+	for (dc = buf; (*dc++ = *str++) != EOS;)
+		continue;
+}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+static void 
+qprintf(str, s)
+	const char *str;
+	register Char *s;
+{
+	register Char *p;
+
+	(void)printf("%s:\n", str);
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", CHAR(*p));
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", *p & M_PROTECT ? '"' : ' ');
+	(void)printf("\n");
+	for (p = s; *p; p++)
+		(void)printf("%c", ismeta(*p) ? '_' : ' ');
+	(void)printf("\n");
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3 b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..15b3cf0a1d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.3
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: initgroups.3,v 1.5 1995/06/03 02:27:17 mycroft Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)initgroups.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt INITGROUPS 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm initgroups
+.Nd initialize supplementary group IDs
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn initgroups "const char *name" "int basegid"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn initgroups
+function
+uses the
+.Xr getgrouplist 3
+function to calculate the supplementary group IDs for the user
+specified in
+.Fa name .
+This group list then set up for the current process using
+.Xr setgroups 2 .
+The
+.Fa basegid
+is automatically included in the group list.
+Typically this value is given as
+the group number from the password file.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn initgroups
+function
+returns \-1 if it was not invoked by the super-user.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setgroups 2 ,
+.Xr getgrouplist 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn initgroups
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.2 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn getgrouplist
+function called by
+.Fn initgroups
+uses the routines based on
+.Xr getgrent 3 .
+If the invoking program uses any of these routines,
+the group structure will
+be overwritten in the call to
+.Fn initgroups .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ec05aa372ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/initgroups.c
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: initgroups.c,v 1.11 1995/06/03 02:27:19 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)initgroups.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: initgroups.c,v 1.11 1995/06/03 02:27:19 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+initgroups(uname, agroup)
+	const char *uname;
+	int agroup;
+{
+	int groups[NGROUPS], ngroups;
+
+	ngroups = NGROUPS;
+	if (getgrouplist(uname, agroup, groups, &ngroups) < 0)
+		_warnx("%s is in too many groups, using first %d",
+		    uname, ngroups);
+	if (setgroups(ngroups, groups) < 0) {
+		_warn("setgroups");
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isalnum.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isalnum.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..15358092f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isalnum.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isalnum.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:25 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isalnum.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISALNUM 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isalnum
+.Nd alphanumeric character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isalnum "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isalnum
+macro tests for any character for which 
+.Xr isalpha 3
+or
+.Xr isdigit 3
+is true.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isalnum
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isalnum
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isalpha.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isalpha.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b4048bfd704
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isalpha.3
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isalpha.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:28 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isalpha.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISALPHA 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isalpha
+.Nd alphabetic character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int 
+.Fn isalpha "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isalpha
+function tests for any character for which
+.Xr isupper 3
+or
+.Xr islower 3
+is true and
+.\" , or any of an implementation-defined set of characters
+for which none of
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+or
+.Xr isspace 3
+is true.
+In the 
+.Em ``C''
+locale,
+.Fn isalpha
+returns true only for the characters for which
+.Xr isupper 3
+or
+.Xr islower 3
+is true.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isalpha
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isalpha
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isascii.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isascii.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3fef745c2f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isascii.3
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isascii.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:34:30 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isascii.3	5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91
+.\"
+.Dd May 2, 1991
+.Dt ISASCII 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isascii
+.Nd test for ASCII character
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isascii "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isascii
+function tests for an
+.Tn ASCII
+character, which is any character with a value less than than or
+equal to 0177.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isascii
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c b/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..347a57ba4da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isatty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: isatty.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:33 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)isatty.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: isatty.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:33 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+isatty(fd)
+	int fd;
+{
+	struct termios t;
+
+	return(tcgetattr(fd, &t) != -1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isblank.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isblank.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2bf613bbf60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isblank.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isblank.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:34:36 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isspace.3	5.3 (Berkeley) 7/31/91
+.\"
+.Dd September 14, 1993
+.Dt ISBLANK 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isblank
+.Nd blank-space character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isblank "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isblank
+function tests for the standard blank-space characters.
+The standard blank-space characters are the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width xxxxx -offset indent -compact
+.It Sq \0
+Space character.
+.It Li \et
+Horizontal tab.
+.El
+.Pp
+In the 
+.Em ``C''
+locale,
+.Fn isblank
+returns true only for the standard blank-space characters.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isblank
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/iscntrl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/iscntrl.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..62b09c8f729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/iscntrl.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: iscntrl.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:39 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)iscntrl.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISCNTRL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm iscntrl
+.Nd control character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn iscntrl "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn iscntrl
+function tests for any control character.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn iscntrl
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn iscntrl
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isctype.c b/lib/libc/gen/isctype.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..246fce2e47b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isctype.c
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: isctype.c,v 1.13 1995/02/27 04:34:43 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ * (c) UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ * All or some portions of this file are derived from material licensed
+ * to the University of California by American Telephone and Telegraph
+ * Co. or Unix System Laboratories, Inc. and are reproduced herein with
+ * the permission of UNIX System Laboratories, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)isctype.c	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/1/90";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: isctype.c,v 1.13 1995/02/27 04:34:43 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#define _ANSI_LIBRARY
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#undef isalnum
+int
+isalnum(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & (_U|_L|_N));
+}
+
+#undef isalpha
+int
+isalpha(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & (_U|_L));
+}
+
+#undef isblank
+int
+isblank(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return(c == ' ' || c == '\t');
+}
+
+#undef iscntrl
+int
+iscntrl(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _C);
+}
+
+#undef isdigit
+int
+isdigit(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _N);
+}
+
+#undef isgraph
+int
+isgraph(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & (_P|_U|_L|_N));
+}
+
+#undef islower
+int
+islower(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _L);
+}
+
+#undef isprint
+int
+isprint(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & (_P|_U|_L|_N|_B));
+}
+
+#undef ispunct
+int
+ispunct(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _P);
+}
+
+#undef isspace
+int
+isspace(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _S);
+}
+
+#undef isupper
+int
+isupper(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & _U);
+}
+
+#undef isxdigit
+int
+isxdigit(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_ctype_ + 1)[c] & (_N|_X));
+}
+
+#undef isascii
+int
+isascii(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return ((unsigned)(c) <= 0177);
+}
+
+#undef toascii
+int
+toascii(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return ((c) & 0177);
+}
+
+#undef _toupper
+int
+_toupper(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return (c - 'a' + 'A');
+}
+
+#undef _tolower
+int
+_tolower(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return (c - 'A' + 'a');
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isdigit.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c4fe9edca59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isdigit.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:47 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isdigit.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISDIGIT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isdigit
+.Nd decimal-digit character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isdigit "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isdigit
+function tests for any decimal-digit character.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isdigit
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isdigit
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isgraph.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isgraph.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a311c280961
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isgraph.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isgraph.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:53 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isgraph.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISGRAPH 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isgraph
+.Nd printing character test (space character exculsive)
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isgraph "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isgraph
+function tests for any printing character except space (' ').
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isgraph
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isgraph
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isinf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isinf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a80e85c6fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isinf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isinf.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:34:56 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isinf.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/29/94
+.\"
+.Dd January 29, 1994
+.Dt ISINF 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isinf ,
+.Nm isnan
+.Nd test for infinity or not-a-number
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft int 
+.Fn isinf double
+.Ft int 
+.Fn isnan double
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isninf
+function
+returns 1 if the number is
+.Dq \\*(If ,
+otherwise 0.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn isnan
+function
+returns 1 if the number is
+.Dq not-a-number ,
+otherwise 0.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr math 3
+.Rs
+.%T "IEEE Standard for Binary Floating-Point Arithmetic"
+.%Q ANSI
+.%R Std 754-1985
+.Re
+.Sh BUGS
+Neither the
+.Tn VAX
+nor the Tahoe floating point have distinguished values
+for either infinity or not-a-number.
+These routines always return 0 on those architectures.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/islower.3 b/lib/libc/gen/islower.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3b8130ceda8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/islower.3
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: islower.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:34:59 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)islower.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISLOWER 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm islower
+.Nd lower-case character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn islower "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn islower
+function tests for any lower-case letter
+.\" or any of an
+.\" implementation-defined set of characters
+for which none of
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+or
+.Xr isspace 3
+is true.
+In the 
+.Em ``C''
+locale,
+.Fn islower
+returns true only for the characters defined as lower-case letters.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn islower
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn islower
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isprint.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isprint.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7443419f937
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isprint.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isprint.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:01 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isprint.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISPRINT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isprint
+.Nd printing character test (space character inclusive)
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isprint "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isprint
+function tests for any printing character including space (' ').
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isprint
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isprint
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ispunct.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ispunct.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5bd56aa5e08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ispunct.3
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ispunct.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:04 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)ispunct.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISPUNCT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ispunct
+.Nd punctuation character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn ispunct "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ispunct
+function tests for any printing character except space (' ') or a
+character for which
+.Xr isalnum 3
+is true.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ispunct
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ispunct
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isspace.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isspace.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..370fd7f64cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isspace.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isspace.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:06 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isspace.3	5.3 (Berkeley) 7/31/91
+.\"
+.Dd July 31, 1991
+.Dt ISSPACE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isspace
+.Nd white-space character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isspace "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isspace
+function tests for the standard white-space characters
+.\" or for any
+.\" of an implementation-defined set of characters
+for which
+.Xr isalnum 3
+is false.
+The standard white-space characters are the following:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width xxxxx -offset indent -compact
+.It Sq \0
+Space character.
+.It Li \ef
+Form feed.
+.It Li \en
+New-line.
+.It Li \er
+Carriage return.
+.It Li \et
+Horizontal tab.
+.It Li \ev
+And vertical tab.
+.El
+.Pp
+In the 
+.Em ``C''
+locale,
+.Fn isspace
+returns true only for the standard white-space characters.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isspace
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isspace
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isupper.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6f7a591228c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isupper.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:09 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isupper.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISUPPER 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isupper
+.Nd upper-case character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isupper "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isupper
+function tests for any upper-case letter or any of an
+implementation-defined set of characters for which none of
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+or
+.Xr isspace 3
+is true.
+In the 
+.Em ``C''
+locale,
+.Fn isupper
+returns true only for the characters defined as upper-case letters.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isupper
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Xr isupper
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/isxdigit.3 b/lib/libc/gen/isxdigit.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d42dfd06c8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/isxdigit.3
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: isxdigit.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)isxdigit.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt ISXDIGIT 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm isxdigit
+.Nd hexadecimal-digit character test
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn isxdigit "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn isxdigit
+function tests for any hexadecimal-digit character.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn isxdigit
+macro returns zero if the character tests false and
+returns non-zero if the character tests true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isblank 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr tolower 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn isxdigit
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..24c558c1a05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ldexp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ldexp.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:15 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ldexp.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt LDEXP 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ldexp
+.Nd multiply floating-point number by integral power of 2
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <math.h>
+.Ft double
+.Fn ldexp "double x" "int exp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn ldexp
+function multiplies a floating-point number by an integral
+power of 2.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ldexp
+function returns the value of
+.Fa x
+times 2 raised to the power
+.Fa exp .
+.Pp
+If the resultant value would cause an overflow,
+the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to
+.Er ERANGE
+and the value
+.Dv HUGE
+is returned.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr frexp 3 ,
+.Xr modf 3 ,
+.Xr math 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn ldexp
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/modf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/modf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1081a4f5fb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/modf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: modf.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:35:19 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)modf.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt MODF 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm modf
+.Nd extract signed integral and fractional values from floating-point number
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <math.h>
+.Ft double
+.Fn modf "double value" "double *iptr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn modf
+function breaks the argument
+.Fa value
+into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the
+same sign as the argument.
+It stores the integral part as a 
+.Em double
+in the object pointed to by
+.Fa iptr .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn modf
+function returns the signed fractional part of
+.Fa value .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr frexp 3 ,
+.Xr ldexp 3 ,
+.Xr math 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn modf
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nice.3 b/lib/libc/gen/nice.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c7b94d2ead
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/nice.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: nice.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:35:22 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)nice.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt NICE 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nice
+.Nd set program scheduling priority
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fn nice "int incr"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This interface is obsoleted by setpriority(2).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn nice
+function obtains the scheduling priority of the process
+from the system and sets it to the priority value specified in
+.Fa incr .
+The priority is a value in the range -20 to 20.
+The default priority is 0; lower priorities cause more favorable scheduling.
+Only the super-user may lower priorities.
+.Pp
+Children inherit the priority of their parent processes via
+.Xr fork 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr nice 1 ,
+.Xr setpriority 2 ,
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr renice 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn nice
+syscall appeared in 
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nice.c b/lib/libc/gen/nice.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..497c08f655f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/nice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nice.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:24 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nice.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: nice.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:24 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * Backwards compatible nice.
+ */
+int
+nice(incr)
+	int incr;
+{
+	int prio;
+	extern int errno;
+
+	errno = 0;
+	prio = getpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0);
+	if (prio == -1 && errno)
+		return (-1);
+	return (setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, prio + incr));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..5b27dce9200
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.3
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: nlist.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:27 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)nlist.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt NLIST 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm nlist
+.Nd retrieve symbol table name list from an executable file
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <nlist.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn nlist "const char *filename" "struct nlist *nl"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn nlist
+function
+retrieves name list entries from the symbol table of an
+executable file. (See
+.Xr a.out 5 . )
+The argument
+.Fa \&nl
+is set to reference the
+beginning of the list.
+The list is preened of binary and invalid data;
+if an entry in the
+name list is valid, the
+.Fa n_type
+and
+.Fa n_value
+for the entry are copied into the list
+referenced by
+.Fa \&nl .
+No other data is copied.
+The last entry in the list is always
+.Dv NULL .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The number of invalid entries is returned if successful; otherwise,
+if the file
+.Fa filename
+does not exist or is not executable, the returned value is \-1.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr a.out 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn nlist
+function appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84fb4a204de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/nlist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: nlist.c,v 1.6 1995/09/29 04:19:59 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)nlist.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: nlist.c,v 1.6 1995/09/29 04:19:59 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#ifdef __alpha__
+#define		DO_ECOFF
+#else
+#define		DO_AOUT
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DO_AOUT) + defined(DO_ECOFF) != 1
+	ERROR: NOT PROPERLY CONFIGURED
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <sys/file.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <a.out.h>
+#ifdef DO_ECOFF
+#include <sys/exec_ecoff.h>
+#endif
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+nlist(name, list)
+	const char *name;
+	struct nlist *list;
+{
+	int fd, n;
+
+	fd = open(name, O_RDONLY, 0);
+	if (fd < 0)
+		return (-1);
+	n = __fdnlist(fd, list);
+	(void)close(fd);
+	return (n);
+}
+
+#define	ISLAST(p)	(p->n_un.n_name == 0 || p->n_un.n_name[0] == 0)
+
+#ifdef DO_AOUT
+int
+__fdnlist(fd, list)
+	register int fd;
+	register struct nlist *list;
+{
+	register struct nlist *p, *s;
+	register caddr_t strtab;
+	register off_t stroff, symoff;
+	register u_long symsize;
+	register int nent, cc;
+	size_t strsize;
+	struct nlist nbuf[1024];
+	struct exec exec;
+	struct stat st;
+
+	if (lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET) == -1 ||
+	    read(fd, &exec, sizeof(exec)) != sizeof(exec) ||
+	    N_BADMAG(exec) || fstat(fd, &st) < 0)
+		return (-1);
+
+	symoff = N_SYMOFF(exec);
+	symsize = exec.a_syms;
+	stroff = symoff + symsize;
+
+	/* Check for files too large to mmap. */
+	if (st.st_size - stroff > SIZE_T_MAX) {
+		errno = EFBIG;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/*
+	 * Map string table into our address space.  This gives us
+	 * an easy way to randomly access all the strings, without
+	 * making the memory allocation permanent as with malloc/free
+	 * (i.e., munmap will return it to the system).
+	 */
+	strsize = st.st_size - stroff;
+	strtab = mmap(NULL, (size_t)strsize, PROT_READ, 0, fd, stroff);
+	if (strtab == (char *)-1)
+		return (-1);
+	/*
+	 * clean out any left-over information for all valid entries.
+	 * Type and value defined to be 0 if not found; historical
+	 * versions cleared other and desc as well.  Also figure out
+	 * the largest string length so don't read any more of the
+	 * string table than we have to.
+	 *
+	 * XXX clearing anything other than n_type and n_value violates
+	 * the semantics given in the man page.
+	 */
+	nent = 0;
+	for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); ++p) {
+		p->n_type = 0;
+		p->n_other = 0;
+		p->n_desc = 0;
+		p->n_value = 0;
+		++nent;
+	}
+	if (lseek(fd, symoff, SEEK_SET) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+
+	while (symsize > 0) {
+		cc = MIN(symsize, sizeof(nbuf));
+		if (read(fd, nbuf, cc) != cc)
+			break;
+		symsize -= cc;
+		for (s = nbuf; cc > 0; ++s, cc -= sizeof(*s)) {
+			register int soff = s->n_un.n_strx;
+
+			if (soff == 0 || (s->n_type & N_STAB) != 0)
+				continue;
+			for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); p++)
+				if (!strcmp(&strtab[soff], p->n_un.n_name)) {
+					p->n_value = s->n_value;
+					p->n_type = s->n_type;
+					p->n_desc = s->n_desc;
+					p->n_other = s->n_other;
+					if (--nent <= 0)
+						break;
+				}
+		}
+	}
+	munmap(strtab, strsize);
+	return (nent);
+}
+#endif /* DO_AOUT */
+
+#ifdef DO_ECOFF
+#define check(off, size)	((off < 0) || (off + size > mappedsize))
+#define	BAD			do { rv = -1; goto out; } while (0)
+#define	BADUNMAP		do { rv = -1; goto unmap; } while (0)
+
+int
+__fdnlist(fd, list)
+	register int fd;
+	register struct nlist *list;
+{
+	struct nlist *p;
+	struct ecoff_filehdr *filehdrp;
+	struct ecoff_symhdr *symhdrp;
+	struct ecoff_extsym *esyms;
+	struct stat st;
+	char *mappedfile;
+	size_t mappedsize;
+	u_long symhdroff, extstroff;
+	u_int symhdrsize;
+	int rv, nent;
+	long i, nesyms;
+
+	rv = -3;
+
+	if (fstat(fd, &st) < 0)
+		BAD;
+	if (st.st_size > SIZE_T_MAX) {
+		errno = EFBIG;
+		BAD;
+	}
+	mappedsize = st.st_size;
+	mappedfile = mmap(NULL, mappedsize, PROT_READ, 0, fd, 0);
+	if (mappedfile == (char *)-1)
+		BAD;
+
+	if (check(0, sizeof *filehdrp))
+		BADUNMAP;
+	filehdrp = (struct ecoff_filehdr *)&mappedfile[0];
+
+	if (ECOFF_BADMAG(filehdrp))
+		BADUNMAP;
+
+	symhdroff = filehdrp->ef_symptr;
+	symhdrsize = filehdrp->ef_syms;
+
+	if (check(symhdroff, sizeof *symhdrp) ||
+	    sizeof *symhdrp != symhdrsize)
+		BADUNMAP;
+	symhdrp = (struct ecoff_symhdr *)&mappedfile[symhdroff];
+
+	nesyms = symhdrp->sh_esymmax;
+	if (check(symhdrp->sh_esymoff, nesyms * sizeof *esyms))
+		BADUNMAP;
+	esyms = (struct ecoff_extsym *)&mappedfile[symhdrp->sh_esymoff];
+	extstroff = symhdrp->sh_estroff;
+
+	/*
+	 * clean out any left-over information for all valid entries.
+	 * Type and value defined to be 0 if not found; historical
+	 * versions cleared other and desc as well.
+	 *
+	 * XXX clearing anything other than n_type and n_value violates
+	 * the semantics given in the man page.
+	 */
+	nent = 0;
+	for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); ++p) {
+		p->n_type = 0;
+		p->n_other = 0;
+		p->n_desc = 0;
+		p->n_value = 0;
+		++nent;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < nesyms; i++) {
+		for (p = list; !ISLAST(p); p++) {
+			char *nlistname;
+			char *symtabname;
+
+			nlistname = p->n_un.n_name;
+			if (*nlistname == '_')
+				nlistname++;
+			symtabname =
+			    &mappedfile[extstroff + esyms[i].es_strindex];
+
+			if (!strcmp(symtabname, nlistname)) {
+				p->n_value = esyms[i].es_value;
+				p->n_type = N_EXT;		/* XXX */
+				p->n_desc = 0;			/* XXX */
+				p->n_other = 0;			/* XXX */
+				if (--nent <= 0)
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	rv = nent;
+
+unmap:
+	munmap(mappedfile, mappedsize);
+out:
+	return (rv);
+}
+#endif /* DO_ECOFF */
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..21b8a910c14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/opendir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: opendir.c,v 1.10 1995/06/18 10:58:32 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)opendir.c	8.7 (Berkeley) 12/10/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: opendir.c,v 1.10 1995/06/18 10:58:32 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/mount.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * Open a directory.
+ */
+DIR *
+opendir(name)
+	const char *name;
+{
+
+	return (__opendir2(name, DTF_HIDEW|DTF_NODUP));
+}
+
+DIR *
+__opendir2(name, flags)
+	const char *name;
+	int flags;
+{
+	DIR *dirp;
+	int fd;
+	struct stat sb;
+	int pagesz;
+	int incr;
+	int unionstack;
+
+	if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK)) == -1)
+		return (NULL);
+	if (fstat(fd, &sb) || !S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) {
+		errno = ENOTDIR;
+		close(fd);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+	if (fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1 ||
+	    (dirp = (DIR *)malloc(sizeof(DIR))) == NULL) {
+		close(fd);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * If the machine's page size is an exact multiple of DIRBLKSIZ,
+	 * use a buffer that is cluster boundary aligned.
+	 * Hopefully this can be a big win someday by allowing page trades
+	 * to user space to be done by getdirentries()
+	 */
+	if (((pagesz = getpagesize()) % DIRBLKSIZ) == 0)
+		incr = pagesz;
+	else
+		incr = DIRBLKSIZ;
+
+	/*
+	 * Determine whether this directory is the top of a union stack.
+	 */
+	if (flags & DTF_NODUP) {
+		struct statfs sfb;
+
+		if (fstatfs(fd, &sfb) < 0) {
+			free(dirp);
+			close(fd);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		unionstack = !strncmp(sfb.f_fstypename, MOUNT_UNION,
+		    MFSNAMELEN);
+	} else {
+		unionstack = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (unionstack) {
+		int len = 0;
+		int space = 0;
+		char *buf = 0;
+		char *ddptr = 0;
+		char *ddeptr;
+		int n;
+		struct dirent **dpv;
+
+		/*
+		 * The strategy here is to read all the directory
+		 * entries into a buffer, sort the buffer, and
+		 * remove duplicate entries by setting the inode
+		 * number to zero.
+		 */
+
+		do {
+			/*
+			 * Always make at least DIRBLKSIZ bytes
+			 * available to getdirentries
+			 */
+			if (space < DIRBLKSIZ) {
+				space += incr;
+				len += incr;
+				buf = realloc(buf, len);
+				if (buf == NULL) {
+					free(dirp);
+					close(fd);
+					return (NULL);
+				}
+				ddptr = buf + (len - space);
+			}
+
+			n = getdirentries(fd, ddptr, space, &dirp->dd_seek);
+			if (n > 0) {
+				ddptr += n;
+				space -= n;
+			}
+		} while (n > 0);
+
+		ddeptr = ddptr;
+		flags |= __DTF_READALL;
+
+		/*
+		 * Re-open the directory.
+		 * This has the effect of rewinding back to the
+		 * top of the union stack and is needed by
+		 * programs which plan to fchdir to a descriptor
+		 * which has also been read -- see fts.c.
+		 */
+		if (flags & DTF_REWIND) {
+			(void) close(fd);
+			if ((fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) {
+				free(buf);
+				free(dirp);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * There is now a buffer full of (possibly) duplicate
+		 * names.
+		 */
+		dirp->dd_buf = buf;
+
+		/*
+		 * Go round this loop twice...
+		 *
+		 * Scan through the buffer, counting entries.
+		 * On the second pass, save pointers to each one.
+		 * Then sort the pointers and remove duplicate names.
+		 */
+		for (dpv = 0;;) {
+			for (n = 0, ddptr = buf; ddptr < ddeptr;) {
+				struct dirent *dp;
+
+				dp = (struct dirent *) ddptr;
+				if ((long)dp & 03)
+					break;
+				if ((dp->d_reclen <= 0) ||
+				    (dp->d_reclen > (ddeptr + 1 - ddptr)))
+					break;
+				ddptr += dp->d_reclen;
+				if (dp->d_fileno) {
+					if (dpv)
+						dpv[n] = dp;
+					n++;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (dpv) {
+				struct dirent *xp;
+
+				/*
+				 * This sort must be stable.
+				 */
+				mergesort(dpv, n, sizeof(*dpv), alphasort);
+
+				dpv[n] = NULL;
+				xp = NULL;
+
+				/*
+				 * Scan through the buffer in sort order,
+				 * zapping the inode number of any
+				 * duplicate names.
+				 */
+				for (n = 0; dpv[n]; n++) {
+					struct dirent *dp = dpv[n];
+
+					if ((xp == NULL) ||
+					    strcmp(dp->d_name, xp->d_name))
+						xp = dp;
+					else
+						dp->d_fileno = 0;
+					if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT &&
+					    (flags & DTF_HIDEW))
+						dp->d_fileno = 0;
+				}
+
+				free(dpv);
+				break;
+			} else {
+				dpv = malloc((n+1) * sizeof(struct dirent *));
+				if (dpv == NULL)
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		dirp->dd_len = len;
+		dirp->dd_size = ddptr - dirp->dd_buf;
+	} else {
+		dirp->dd_len = incr;
+		dirp->dd_buf = malloc(dirp->dd_len);
+		if (dirp->dd_buf == NULL) {
+			free(dirp);
+			close (fd);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		dirp->dd_seek = 0;
+		flags &= ~DTF_REWIND;
+	}
+
+	dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+	dirp->dd_fd = fd;
+	dirp->dd_flags = flags;
+
+	/*
+	 * Set up seek point for rewinddir.
+	 */
+	dirp->dd_rewind = telldir(dirp);
+
+	return (dirp);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pause.3 b/lib/libc/gen/pause.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..066b903c08e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/pause.3
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: pause.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:34 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)pause.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt PAUSE 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pause
+.Nd stop until signal
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn pause void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+Pause is made obsolete by sigpause(3).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pause
+function
+forces a process to pause until
+a signal is received from either the
+.Xr kill 2
+function
+or an interval timer.
+(See
+.Xr setitimer 2 . )
+Upon termination of a signal handler started during a
+.Fn pause ,
+the
+.Fn pause
+call will return.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Always returns \-1.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn pause
+function
+always returns:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINTR
+The call was interrupted.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr select 2 ,
+.Xr sigpause 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn pause
+syscall
+appeared in 
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pause.c b/lib/libc/gen/pause.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc99dc47ad2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/pause.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pause.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:36 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pause.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: pause.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:36 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * Backwards compatible pause.
+ */
+int
+pause()
+{
+
+	return sigpause(sigblock(0L));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.3 b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9a09ac3e4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.3
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: popen.3,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:29 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)popen.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt POPEN 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm popen ,
+.Nm pclose
+.Nd process
+.Tn I/O
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdio.h>
+.Ft FILE *
+.Fn popen "const char *command" "const char *type"
+.Ft int
+.Fn pclose "FILE *stream"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn popen
+function
+.Dq opens
+a process by creating a pipe,
+forking,
+and invoking the shell.
+Since a pipe is by definition unidirectional, the
+.Fa type
+argument may specify only reading or writing, not both;
+the resulting stream is correspondingly read-only or write-only.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa command
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string
+containing a shell command line.
+This command is passed to
+.Pa /bin/sh
+using the
+.Fl c
+flag; interpretation, if any, is performed by the shell.
+The
+.Fa mode
+argument is a pointer to a null-terminated string
+which must be either
+.Ql r
+for reading
+or
+.Ql w
+for writing.
+.Pp
+The return value from
+.Fn popen
+is a normal standard
+.Tn I/O
+stream in all respects
+save that it must be closed with
+.Fn pclose
+rather than
+.Fn fclose .
+Writing to such a stream
+writes to the standard input of the command;
+the command's standard output is the same as that of the process that called
+.Fn popen ,
+unless this is altered by the command itself.
+Conversely, reading from a
+.Dq popened
+stream reads the command's standard output, and
+the command's standard input is the same as that of the process that called
+.Fn popen .
+.Pp
+Note that output
+.Fn popen
+streams are fully buffered by default.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pclose
+function waits for the associated process to terminate
+and returns the exit status of the command
+as returned by
+.Fn wait4 .
+.Sh RETURN VALUE
+The
+.Fn popen
+function returns
+.Dv NULL
+if the
+.Xr fork 2
+or
+.Xr pipe 2
+calls fail,
+or if it cannot allocate memory.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn pclose
+function
+returns \-1 if
+.Fa stream
+is not associated with a
+.Dq popened
+command, if
+.Fa stream
+already
+.Dq pclosed ,
+or if
+.Xr wait4
+returns an error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn popen
+function does not reliably set
+.Va errno .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr fork 2 ,
+.Xr sh 1 ,
+.Xr pipe 2 ,
+.Xr wait4 2 ,
+.Xr fflush 3 ,
+.Xr fclose 3 ,
+.Xr fopen 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3 ,
+.Xr system 3
+.Sh BUGS
+Since the standard input of a command opened for reading
+shares its seek offset with the process that called
+.Fn popen ,
+if the original process has done a buffered read,
+the command's input position may not be as expected.
+Similarly, the output from a command opened for writing
+may become intermingled with that of the original process.
+The latter can be avoided by calling
+.Xr fflush 3
+before
+.Fn popen .
+.Pp
+Failure to execute the shell
+is indistinguishable from the shell's failure to execute command,
+or an immediate exit of the command.
+The only hint is an exit status of 127.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn popen
+argument
+always calls
+.Xr sh ,
+never calls
+.Xr csh .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn popen
+and a
+.Fn pclose
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/popen.c b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ccc8bad7c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/popen.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: popen.c,v 1.11 1995/06/16 07:05:33 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software written by Ken Arnold and
+ * published in UNIX Review, Vol. 6, No. 8.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)popen.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: popen.c,v 1.11 1995/06/16 07:05:33 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+
+static struct pid {
+	struct pid *next;
+	FILE *fp;
+	pid_t pid;
+} *pidlist; 
+	
+FILE *
+popen(program, type)
+	const char *program;
+	const char *type;
+{
+	struct pid *cur;
+	FILE *iop;
+	int pdes[2], pid;
+
+	if (*type != 'r' && *type != 'w' || type[1]) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	if ((cur = malloc(sizeof(struct pid))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	if (pipe(pdes) < 0) {
+		free(cur);
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	switch (pid = vfork()) {
+	case -1:			/* Error. */
+		(void)close(pdes[0]);
+		(void)close(pdes[1]);
+		free(cur);
+		return (NULL);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	case 0:				/* Child. */
+		if (*type == 'r') {
+			if (pdes[1] != STDOUT_FILENO) {
+				(void)dup2(pdes[1], STDOUT_FILENO);
+				(void)close(pdes[1]);
+			}
+			(void) close(pdes[0]);
+		} else {
+			if (pdes[0] != STDIN_FILENO) {
+				(void)dup2(pdes[0], STDIN_FILENO);
+				(void)close(pdes[0]);
+			}
+			(void)close(pdes[1]);
+		}
+		execl(_PATH_BSHELL, "sh", "-c", program, NULL);
+		_exit(127);
+		/* NOTREACHED */
+	}
+
+	/* Parent; assume fdopen can't fail. */
+	if (*type == 'r') {
+		iop = fdopen(pdes[0], type);
+		(void)close(pdes[1]);
+	} else {
+		iop = fdopen(pdes[1], type);
+		(void)close(pdes[0]);
+	}
+
+	/* Link into list of file descriptors. */
+	cur->fp = iop;
+	cur->pid =  pid;
+	cur->next = pidlist;
+	pidlist = cur;
+
+	return (iop);
+}
+
+/*
+ * pclose --
+ *	Pclose returns -1 if stream is not associated with a `popened' command,
+ *	if already `pclosed', or waitpid returns an error.
+ */
+int
+pclose(iop)
+	FILE *iop;
+{
+	register struct pid *cur, *last;
+	int pstat;
+	pid_t pid;
+
+	(void)fclose(iop);
+
+	/* Find the appropriate file pointer. */
+	for (last = NULL, cur = pidlist; cur; last = cur, cur = cur->next)
+		if (cur->fp == iop)
+			break;
+	if (cur == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+
+	do {
+		pid = waitpid(cur->pid, &pstat, 0);
+	} while (pid == -1 && errno == EINTR);
+
+	/* Remove the entry from the linked list. */
+	if (last == NULL)
+		pidlist = cur->next;
+	else
+		last->next = cur->next;
+	free(cur);
+		
+	return (pid == -1 ? -1 : pstat);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3 b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..44c50ce9d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: psignal.3,v 1.6 1995/07/03 22:48:08 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)psignal.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt PSIGNAL 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm psignal ,
+.Nm sys_siglist ,
+.Nm sys_signame
+.Nd system signal messages
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/signal.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn psignal "unsigned sig" "const char *s"
+.Vt extern char *sys_siglist[];
+.Vt extern char *sys_signame[];
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn psignal
+function locates the descriptive message
+string for the given signal number
+.Fa sig
+and writes it to the standard error.
+.Pp
+If the argument
+.Fa s
+is
+.Pf non- Dv NULL
+it is written to the standard error file descriptor
+prior to the message string,
+immediately followed by a colon and a space.
+If the signal number is not recognized
+.Pq Xr sigaction 2 ,
+the string
+.Dq "Unknown signal
+is produced.
+.Pp
+The message strings can be accessed directly using the external array
+.Va sys_siglist ,
+indexed by recognized signal numbers.  The external array
+.Va sys_signame
+is used similarly and contains short, upper-case abbreviations for signals
+which are useful for recognizing signal names in user input.  The defined
+variable
+.Dv NSIG
+contains a count of the strings in
+.Va sys_siglist
+and
+.Va sys_signame .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr perror 3 ,
+.Xr setlocale 3 ,
+.Xr strsignal 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn psignal
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..20c3fcf44d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/psignal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: psignal.c,v 1.8 1995/02/27 04:35:42 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)psignal.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: psignal.c,v 1.8 1995/02/27 04:35:42 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Print the name of the signal indicated
+ * along with the supplied message.
+ */
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+extern char *__strsignal __P((int , char *));
+
+void
+psignal(sig, s)
+	unsigned int sig;
+	const char *s;
+{
+	static char buf[NL_TEXTMAX];
+	register const char *c;
+	register int n;
+
+	c = __strsignal(sig, buf);
+	if (s && *s) {
+		n = strlen(s);
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, s, n);
+		(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ": ", 2);
+	}
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, c, strlen(c));
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, "\n", 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3 b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..434a87c0f66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.3
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: pwcache.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 04:35:44 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)pwcache.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt PWCACHE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm pwcache
+.Nd cache password and group entries
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fn user_from_uid "uid_t uid" "int nouser"
+.Fn group_from_gid "gid_t gid" "int nogroup"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn user_from_uid
+function returns the user name associated with the argument
+.Fa uid .
+The user name is cached so that multiple calls with the same
+.Fa uid 
+do not require additional calls to
+.Xr getpwuid 3 .
+If there is no user associated with the
+.Fa uid ,
+a pointer is returned
+to a string representation of the
+.Fa uid ,
+unless the argument
+.Fa nouser
+is non-zero, in which case a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn group_from_gid
+function returns the group name associated with the argument
+.Fa gid .
+The group name is cached so that multiple calls with the same
+.Fa gid
+do not require additional calls to
+.Xr getgrgid 3 .
+If there is no group associated with the
+.Fa gid ,
+a pointer is returned
+to a string representation of the
+.Fa gid ,
+unless the argument
+.Fa nogroup
+is non-zero, in which case a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getgrgid 3 ,
+.Xr getpwuid 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn user_from_id
+and
+.Fn group_from_id
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9370eeb6ab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/pwcache.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: pwcache.c,v 1.5 1995/05/13 06:58:23 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)pwcache.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: pwcache.c,v 1.5 1995/05/13 06:58:23 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <grp.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <utmp.h>
+
+#define	NCACHE	64			/* power of 2 */
+#define	MASK	NCACHE - 1		/* bits to store with */
+
+char *
+user_from_uid(uid, nouser)
+	uid_t uid;
+	int nouser;
+{
+	static struct ncache {
+		uid_t	uid;
+		char	name[UT_NAMESIZE + 1];
+	} c_uid[NCACHE];
+	static int pwopen;
+	static char nbuf[15];		/* 32 bits == 10 digits */
+	register struct passwd *pw;
+	register struct ncache *cp;
+
+	cp = c_uid + (uid & MASK);
+	if (cp->uid != uid || !*cp->name) {
+		if (pwopen == 0) {
+			setpassent(1);
+			pwopen = 1;
+		}
+		if ((pw = getpwuid(uid)) == NULL) {
+			if (nouser)
+				return (NULL);
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%u", uid);
+			return (nbuf);
+		}
+		cp->uid = uid;
+		(void)strncpy(cp->name, pw->pw_name, UT_NAMESIZE);
+		cp->name[UT_NAMESIZE] = '\0';
+	}
+	return (cp->name);
+}
+
+char *
+group_from_gid(gid, nogroup)
+	gid_t gid;
+	int nogroup;
+{
+	static struct ncache {
+		gid_t	gid;
+		char	name[UT_NAMESIZE + 1];
+	} c_gid[NCACHE];
+	static int gropen;
+	static char nbuf[15];		/* 32 bits == 10 digits */
+	struct group *gr;
+	struct ncache *cp;
+
+	cp = c_gid + (gid & MASK);
+	if (cp->gid != gid || !*cp->name) {
+		if (gropen == 0) {
+			setgroupent(1);
+			gropen = 1;
+		}
+		if ((gr = getgrgid(gid)) == NULL) {
+			if (nogroup)
+				return (NULL);
+			(void)snprintf(nbuf, sizeof(nbuf), "%u", gid);
+			return (nbuf);
+		}
+		cp->gid = gid;
+		(void)strncpy(cp->name, gr->gr_name, UT_NAMESIZE);
+		cp->name[UT_NAMESIZE] = '\0';
+	}
+	return (cp->name);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/raise.3 b/lib/libc/gen/raise.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d14a0ca8cc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/raise.3
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: raise.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 04:35:51 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)raise.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt RAISE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm raise
+.Nd send a signal to the current process
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn raise "int sig"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn raise
+function sends the signal
+.Fa sig
+to the current process.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of \-1 is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn raise
+function
+may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the
+library functions
+.Xr getpid 2
+and
+.Xr kill 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn raise
+function
+conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/raise.c b/lib/libc/gen/raise.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2205820a519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/raise.c
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: raise.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:54 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)raise.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: raise.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 04:35:54 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+raise(s)
+	int s;
+{
+	return(kill(getpid(), s));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8aa874414e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/readdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: readdir.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:35 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)readdir.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 9/29/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: readdir.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 08:51:35 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+/*
+ * get next entry in a directory.
+ */
+struct dirent *
+readdir(dirp)
+	register DIR *dirp;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dp;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) {
+			if (dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL)
+				return (NULL);
+			dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+		}
+		if (dirp->dd_loc == 0 && !(dirp->dd_flags & __DTF_READALL)) {
+			dirp->dd_size = getdirentries(dirp->dd_fd,
+			    dirp->dd_buf, dirp->dd_len, &dirp->dd_seek);
+			if (dirp->dd_size <= 0)
+				return (NULL);
+		}
+		dp = (struct dirent *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc);
+		if ((long)dp & 03)	/* bogus pointer check */
+			return (NULL);
+		if (dp->d_reclen <= 0 ||
+		    dp->d_reclen > dirp->dd_len + 1 - dirp->dd_loc)
+			return (NULL);
+		dirp->dd_loc += dp->d_reclen;
+		if (dp->d_ino == 0)
+			continue;
+		if (dp->d_type == DT_WHT && (dirp->dd_flags & DTF_HIDEW))
+			continue;
+		return (dp);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c b/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..35ea1c985dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/rewinddir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: rewinddir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:37 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)rewinddir.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/8/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: rewinddir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:37 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+void
+rewinddir(dirp)
+	DIR *dirp;
+{
+
+	__seekdir(dirp, dirp->dd_rewind);
+	dirp->dd_rewind = telldir(dirp);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3 b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..eb16d0ce5c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: scandir.3,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:39 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)scandir.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SCANDIR 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm scandir ,
+.Nm alphasort
+.Nd scan a directory
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <dirent.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn scandir "const char *dirname" "struct dirent ***namelist" "int \\*(lp*select\\*(rp\\*(lpstruct dirent *\\*(rp" "int \\*(lp*compar\\*(rp\\*(lpconst void *, const void *\\*(rp"
+.Ft int
+.Fn alphasort "const void *d1" "const void *d2"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn scandir
+function
+reads the directory
+.Fa dirname
+and builds an array of pointers to directory
+entries using
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+It returns the number of entries in the array.
+A pointer to the array of directory entries is stored in the location
+referenced by
+.Fa namelist .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa select
+parameter is a pointer to a user supplied subroutine which is called by
+.Fn scandir
+to select which entries are to be included in the array.
+The select routine is passed a
+pointer to a directory entry and should return a non-zero
+value if the directory entry is to be included in the array.
+If
+.Fa select
+is null, then all the directory entries will be included.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa compar
+parameter is a pointer to a user supplied subroutine which is passed to
+.Xr qsort 3
+to sort the completed array.
+If this pointer is null, the array is not sorted.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn alphasort
+function
+is a routine which can be used for the
+.Fa compar
+parameter to sort the array alphabetically.
+.Pp
+The memory allocated for the array can be deallocated with
+.Xr free 3 ,
+by freeing each pointer in the array and then the array itself.
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+Returns \-1 if the directory cannot be opened for reading or if
+.Xr malloc 3
+cannot allocate enough memory to hold all the data structures.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr directory 3 ,
+.Xr malloc 3 ,
+.Xr qsort 3 ,
+.Xr dir 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn scandir
+and
+.Fn alphasort
+functions appeared in 
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f9378e68f8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/scandir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: scandir.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 08:51:42 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)scandir.c	8.3 (Berkeley) 1/2/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: scandir.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 08:51:42 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Scan the directory dirname calling select to make a list of selected
+ * directory entries then sort using qsort and compare routine dcomp.
+ * Returns the number of entries and a pointer to a list of pointers to
+ * struct dirent (through namelist). Returns -1 if there were any errors.
+ */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/*
+ * The DIRSIZ macro is the minimum record length which will hold the directory
+ * entry.  This requires the amount of space in struct dirent without the
+ * d_name field, plus enough space for the name and a terminating nul byte
+ * (dp->d_namlen + 1), rounded up to a 4 byte boundary.
+ */
+#undef DIRSIZ
+#define DIRSIZ(dp)							\
+	((sizeof(struct dirent) - sizeof(dp)->d_name) +			\
+	    (((dp)->d_namlen + 1 + 3) &~ 3))
+
+int
+scandir(dirname, namelist, select, dcomp)
+	const char *dirname;
+	struct dirent ***namelist;
+	int (*select) __P((struct dirent *));
+	int (*dcomp) __P((const void *, const void *));
+{
+	register struct dirent *d, *p, **names;
+	register size_t nitems;
+	struct stat stb;
+	long arraysz;
+	DIR *dirp;
+
+	if ((dirp = opendir(dirname)) == NULL)
+		return(-1);
+	if (fstat(dirp->dd_fd, &stb) < 0)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/*
+	 * estimate the array size by taking the size of the directory file
+	 * and dividing it by a multiple of the minimum size entry. 
+	 */
+	arraysz = (stb.st_size / 24);
+	names = (struct dirent **)malloc(arraysz * sizeof(struct dirent *));
+	if (names == NULL)
+		return(-1);
+
+	nitems = 0;
+	while ((d = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) {
+		if (select != NULL && !(*select)(d))
+			continue;	/* just selected names */
+		/*
+		 * Make a minimum size copy of the data
+		 */
+		p = (struct dirent *)malloc(DIRSIZ(d));
+		if (p == NULL)
+			return(-1);
+		p->d_ino = d->d_ino;
+		p->d_reclen = d->d_reclen;
+		p->d_namlen = d->d_namlen;
+		bcopy(d->d_name, p->d_name, p->d_namlen + 1);
+		/*
+		 * Check to make sure the array has space left and
+		 * realloc the maximum size.
+		 */
+		if (++nitems >= arraysz) {
+			if (fstat(dirp->dd_fd, &stb) < 0)
+				return(-1);	/* just might have grown */
+			arraysz = stb.st_size / 12;
+			names = (struct dirent **)realloc((char *)names,
+				arraysz * sizeof(struct dirent *));
+			if (names == NULL)
+				return(-1);
+		}
+		names[nitems-1] = p;
+	}
+	closedir(dirp);
+	if (nitems && dcomp != NULL)
+		qsort(names, nitems, sizeof(struct dirent *), dcomp);
+	*namelist = names;
+	return(nitems);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Alphabetic order comparison routine for those who want it.
+ */
+int
+alphasort(d1, d2)
+	const void *d1;
+	const void *d2;
+{
+	return(strcmp((*(struct dirent **)d1)->d_name,
+	    (*(struct dirent **)d2)->d_name));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c b/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d189d164a1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/seekdir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: seekdir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:44 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)seekdir.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: seekdir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:44 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+
+/*
+ * Seek to an entry in a directory.
+ * __seekdir is in telldir.c so that it can share opaque data structures.
+ */
+void
+seekdir(dirp, loc)
+	DIR *dirp;
+	long loc;
+{
+
+	__seekdir(dirp, loc);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c b/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2f59b2af869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setdomainname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: setdomainname.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:36:18 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sethostname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: setdomainname.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:36:18 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+int
+setdomainname(const char *name, int namelen)
+#else
+int
+setdomainname(name, namelen)
+	char *name;
+	int namelen;
+#endif
+{
+	int mib[2];
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_DOMAINNAME;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, (void *)name, namelen) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c b/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e7fe07a9f38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sethostname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sethostname.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:36:21 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sethostname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: sethostname.c,v 1.4 1995/06/16 07:36:21 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+int
+sethostname(const char *name, int namelen)
+#else
+int
+sethostname(name, namelen)
+	char *name;
+	int namelen;
+#endif
+{
+	int mib[2];
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME;
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, (void *)name, namelen) == -1)
+		return (-1);
+	return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a291addb2bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setjmp.3
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: setjmp.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:50:26 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setjmp.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SETJMP 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigsetjmp ,
+.Nm siglongjmp ,
+.Nm setjmp ,
+.Nm longjmp ,
+.Nm _setjmp ,
+.Nm _longjmp ,
+.Nm longjmperror
+.Nd non-local jumps
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <setjmp.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigsetjmp "sigjmp_buf env" "int savemask"
+.Ft void
+.Fn siglongjmp "sigjmp_buf env" "int val"
+.Ft int
+.Fn setjmp "jmp_buf env"
+.Ft void
+.Fn longjmp "jmp_buf env" "int val"
+.Ft int
+.Fn _setjmp "jmp_buf env"
+.Ft void
+.Fn _longjmp "jmp_buf env" "int val"
+.Ft void
+.Fn longjmperror void
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sigsetjmp ,
+.Fn setjmp ,
+and
+.Fn _setjmp
+functions save their calling environment in
+.Fa env .
+Each of these functions returns 0.
+.Pp
+The corresponding
+.Fn longjmp
+functions restore the environment saved by their most recent respective
+invocations
+of the
+.Fn setjmp
+function.
+They then return so that program execution continues as if the corresponding
+invocation of the
+.Fn setjmp
+call had just returned  the value specified by
+.Fa val ,
+instead of 0.
+.Pp
+Pairs of calls may be intermixed, i.e. both
+.Fn sigsetjmp
+and
+.Fn siglongjmp
+and
+.Fn setjmp
+and
+.Fn longjmp
+combinations may be used in the same program, however, individual
+calls may not, e.g. the
+.Fa env
+argument to
+.Fn setjmp
+may not be passed to
+.Fn siglongjmp .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn longjmp
+routines may not be called after the routine which called the
+.Fn setjmp
+routines returns.
+.Pp
+All accessible objects have values as of the time
+.Fn longjmp
+routine was called, except that the values of objects of automatic storage
+invocation duration that do not have the
+.Em volatile
+type and have been changed between the
+.Fn setjmp
+invocation and
+.Fn longjmp
+call are indeterminate.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setjmp Ns / Ns Fn longjmp
+pairs save and restore the signal mask while
+.Fn _setjmp Ns / Ns Fn _longjmp
+pairs save and restore only the register set and the stack.
+(See
+.Fn sigmask 2 . )
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigsetjmp Ns / Ns Fn siglongjmp
+function
+pairs save and restore the signal mask if the argument
+.Fa savemask
+is non-zero, otherwise only the register set and the stack are saved.
+.Sh ERRORS
+If the contents of the
+.Fa env
+are corrupted, or correspond to an environment that has already returned,
+the
+.Fn longjmp
+routine calls the routine
+.Fn longjmperror 3 .
+If
+.Fn longjmperror
+returns the program is aborted (see
+.Xr abort 2 ) .
+The default version of
+.Fn longjmperror
+prints the message
+.Dq Li longjmp botch
+to standard error and returns.
+User programs wishing to exit more gracefully should write their own
+versions of
+.Fn longjmperror .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigaltstack 2 ,
+.Xr signal 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn setjmp
+and
+.Fn longjmp
+functions conform to
+.St -ansiC .
+The 
+.Fn sigsetjmp
+and
+.Fn siglongjmp
+functions conform to
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c b/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4dd45ff9d12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setjmperr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: setjmperr.c,v 1.5 1995/03/04 01:55:55 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setjmperr.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: setjmperr.c,v 1.5 1995/03/04 01:55:55 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * This routine is called from longjmp() when an error occurs.
+ * Programs that wish to exit gracefully from this error may
+ * write their own versions.
+ * If this routine returns, the program is aborted.
+ */
+
+#include <setjmp.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+void
+longjmperror()
+{
+#define	ERRMSG	"longjmp botch.\n"
+	(void)write(STDERR_FILENO, ERRMSG, sizeof(ERRMSG) - 1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..284f7572f68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: setmode.3,v 1.6 1995/02/27 05:50:35 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)setmode.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt SETMODE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm getmode ,
+.Nm setmode
+.Nd modify mode bits
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft mode_t
+.Fn getmode "const void *set" "mode_t mode"
+.Ft void
+.Fn setmode "const char *mode_str"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn getmode
+function
+returns a copy of the file permission bits
+.Fa mode
+as altered by the values pointed to by
+.Fa set .
+While only the mode bits are altered, other parts of the file mode
+may be examined.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setmode
+function
+takes an absolute (octal) or symbolic value, as described in
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+as an argument
+and returns a pointer to mode values to be supplied to
+.Fn getmode .
+Because some of the symbolic values are relative to the file
+creation mask,
+.Fn setmode
+may call
+.Xr umask 2 .
+If this occurs, the file creation mask will be restored before
+.Fn setmode
+returns.
+If the calling program changes the value of its file creation mask
+after calling
+.Fn setmode ,
+.Fn setmode
+must be called again if
+.Fn getmode
+is to modify future file modes correctly.
+.Pp
+If the mode passed to
+.Fn setmode
+is invalid,
+.Fn setmode
+returns
+.Dv NULL . 
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn setmode
+function
+may fail and set errno for any of the errors specified for the library
+routine
+.Xr malloc 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr chmod 1 ,
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr malloc 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn getmode
+and
+.Fn setmode
+functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f96b7c907d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.c
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: setmode.c,v 1.12 1995/03/23 19:51:13 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993, 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Dave Borman at Cray Research, Inc.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)setmode.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/25/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: setmode.c,v 1.12 1995/03/23 19:51:13 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+#include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+#define	SET_LEN	6		/* initial # of bitcmd struct to malloc */
+#define	SET_LEN_INCR 4		/* # of bitcmd structs to add as needed */
+
+typedef struct bitcmd {
+	char	cmd;
+	char	cmd2;
+	mode_t	bits;
+} BITCMD;
+
+#define	CMD2_CLR	0x01
+#define	CMD2_SET	0x02
+#define	CMD2_GBITS	0x04
+#define	CMD2_OBITS	0x08
+#define	CMD2_UBITS	0x10
+
+static BITCMD	*addcmd __P((BITCMD *, int, int, int, u_int));
+static int	 compress_mode __P((BITCMD *));
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+static void	 dumpmode __P((BITCMD *));
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Given the old mode and an array of bitcmd structures, apply the operations
+ * described in the bitcmd structures to the old mode, and return the new mode.
+ * Note that there is no '=' command; a strict assignment is just a '-' (clear
+ * bits) followed by a '+' (set bits).
+ */
+mode_t
+getmode(bbox, omode)
+	void *bbox;
+	mode_t omode;
+{
+	register BITCMD *set;
+	register mode_t clrval, newmode, value;
+
+	set = (BITCMD *)bbox;
+	newmode = omode;
+	for (value = 0;; set++)
+		switch(set->cmd) {
+		/*
+		 * When copying the user, group or other bits around, we "know"
+		 * where the bits are in the mode so that we can do shifts to
+		 * copy them around.  If we don't use shifts, it gets real
+		 * grundgy with lots of single bit checks and bit sets.
+		 */
+		case 'u':
+			value = (newmode & S_IRWXU) >> 6;
+			goto common;
+
+		case 'g':
+			value = (newmode & S_IRWXG) >> 3;
+			goto common;
+
+		case 'o':
+			value = newmode & S_IRWXO;
+common:			if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_CLR) {
+				clrval =
+				    (set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET) ?  S_IRWXO : value;
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS)
+					newmode &= ~((clrval<<6) & set->bits);
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS)
+					newmode &= ~((clrval<<3) & set->bits);
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS)
+					newmode &= ~(clrval & set->bits);
+			}
+			if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET) {
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS)
+					newmode |= (value<<6) & set->bits;
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS)
+					newmode |= (value<<3) & set->bits;
+				if (set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS)
+					newmode |= value & set->bits;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case '+':
+			newmode |= set->bits;
+			break;
+
+		case '-':
+			newmode &= ~set->bits;
+			break;
+
+		case 'X':
+			if (omode & (S_IFDIR|S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH))
+				newmode |= set->bits;
+			break;
+
+		case '\0':
+		default:
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+			(void)printf("getmode:%04o -> %04o\n", omode, newmode);
+#endif
+			return (newmode);
+		}
+}
+
+#define	ADDCMD(a, b, c, d)						\
+	if (set >= endset) {						\
+		register BITCMD *newset;				\
+		setlen += SET_LEN_INCR;					\
+		newset = realloc(saveset, sizeof(BITCMD) * setlen);	\
+		if (!saveset)						\
+			return (NULL);					\
+		set = newset + (set - saveset);				\
+		saveset = newset;					\
+		endset = newset + (setlen - 2);				\
+	}								\
+	set = addcmd(set, (a), (b), (c), (d))
+
+#define	STANDARD_BITS	(S_ISUID|S_ISGID|S_IRWXU|S_IRWXG|S_IRWXO)
+
+void *
+setmode(p)
+	register char *p;
+{
+	register int perm, who;
+	register char op;
+	BITCMD *set, *saveset, *endset;
+	sigset_t sigset, sigoset;
+	mode_t mask;
+	int equalopdone, permXbits, setlen;
+
+	if (!*p)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	/*
+	 * Get a copy of the mask for the permissions that are mask relative.
+	 * Flip the bits, we want what's not set.  Since it's possible that
+	 * the caller is opening files inside a signal handler, protect them
+	 * as best we can.
+	 */
+	sigfillset(&sigset);
+        (void)sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &sigset, &sigoset);
+	(void)umask(mask = umask(0));
+	mask = ~mask;
+        (void)sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &sigoset, NULL);
+
+	setlen = SET_LEN + 2;
+	
+	if ((set = malloc((u_int)(sizeof(BITCMD) * setlen))) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+	saveset = set;
+	endset = set + (setlen - 2);
+
+	/*
+	 * If an absolute number, get it and return; disallow non-octal digits
+	 * or illegal bits.
+	 */
+	if (isdigit(*p)) {
+		perm = (mode_t)strtol(p, NULL, 8);
+		if (perm & ~(STANDARD_BITS|S_ISTXT)) {
+			free(saveset);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		while (*++p)
+			if (*p < '0' || *p > '7') {
+				free(saveset);
+				return (NULL);
+			}
+		ADDCMD('=', (STANDARD_BITS|S_ISTXT), perm, mask);
+		return (saveset);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	 * Build list of structures to set/clear/copy bits as described by
+	 * each clause of the symbolic mode.
+	 */
+	for (;;) {
+		/* First, find out which bits might be modified. */
+		for (who = 0;; ++p) {
+			switch (*p) {
+			case 'a':
+				who |= STANDARD_BITS;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+				who |= S_ISUID|S_IRWXU;
+				break;
+			case 'g':
+				who |= S_ISGID|S_IRWXG;
+				break;
+			case 'o':
+				who |= S_IRWXO;
+				break;
+			default:
+				goto getop;
+			}
+		}
+
+getop:		if ((op = *p++) != '+' && op != '-' && op != '=') {
+			free(saveset);
+			return (NULL);
+		}
+		if (op == '=')
+			equalopdone = 0;
+
+		who &= ~S_ISTXT;
+		for (perm = 0, permXbits = 0;; ++p) {
+			switch (*p) {
+			case 'r':
+				perm |= S_IRUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IROTH;
+				break;
+			case 's':
+				/* If only "other" bits ignore set-id. */
+				if (who & ~S_IRWXO)
+					perm |= S_ISUID|S_ISGID;
+				break;
+			case 't':
+				/* If only "other" bits ignore sticky. */
+				if (who & ~S_IRWXO) {
+					who |= S_ISTXT;
+					perm |= S_ISTXT;
+				}
+				break;
+			case 'w':
+				perm |= S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH;
+				break;
+			case 'X':
+				permXbits = S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH;
+				break;
+			case 'x':
+				perm |= S_IXUSR|S_IXGRP|S_IXOTH;
+				break;
+			case 'u':
+			case 'g':
+			case 'o':
+				/*
+				 * When ever we hit 'u', 'g', or 'o', we have
+				 * to flush out any partial mode that we have,
+				 * and then do the copying of the mode bits.
+				 */
+				if (perm) {
+					ADDCMD(op, who, perm, mask);
+					perm = 0;
+				}
+				if (op == '=')
+					equalopdone = 1;
+				if (op == '+' && permXbits) {
+					ADDCMD('X', who, permXbits, mask);
+					permXbits = 0;
+				}
+				ADDCMD(*p, who, op, mask);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				/*
+				 * Add any permissions that we haven't already
+				 * done.
+				 */
+				if (perm || (op == '=' && !equalopdone)) {
+					if (op == '=')
+						equalopdone = 1;
+					ADDCMD(op, who, perm, mask);
+					perm = 0;
+				}
+				if (permXbits) {
+					ADDCMD('X', who, permXbits, mask);
+					permXbits = 0;
+				}
+				goto apply;
+			}
+		}
+
+apply:		if (!*p)
+			break;
+		if (*p != ',')
+			goto getop;
+		++p;
+	}
+	set->cmd = 0;
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+	(void)printf("Before compress_mode()\n");
+	dumpmode(saveset);
+#endif
+	compress_mode(saveset);
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+	(void)printf("After compress_mode()\n");
+	dumpmode(saveset);
+#endif
+	return (saveset);
+}
+
+static BITCMD *
+addcmd(set, op, who, oparg, mask)
+	BITCMD *set;
+	register int oparg, who;
+	register int op;
+	u_int mask;
+{
+	switch (op) {
+	case '=':
+		set->cmd = '-';
+		set->bits = who ? who : STANDARD_BITS;
+		set++;
+
+		op = '+';
+		/* FALLTHROUGH */
+	case '+':
+	case '-':
+	case 'X':
+		set->cmd = op;
+		set->bits = (who ? who : mask) & oparg;
+		break;
+
+	case 'u':
+	case 'g':
+	case 'o':
+		set->cmd = op;
+		if (who) {
+			set->cmd2 = ((who & S_IRUSR) ? CMD2_UBITS : 0) |
+				    ((who & S_IRGRP) ? CMD2_GBITS : 0) |
+				    ((who & S_IROTH) ? CMD2_OBITS : 0);
+			set->bits = ~0;
+		} else {
+			set->cmd2 = CMD2_UBITS | CMD2_GBITS | CMD2_OBITS;
+			set->bits = mask;
+		}
+	
+		if (oparg == '+')
+			set->cmd2 |= CMD2_SET;
+		else if (oparg == '-')
+			set->cmd2 |= CMD2_CLR;
+		else if (oparg == '=')
+			set->cmd2 |= CMD2_SET|CMD2_CLR;
+		break;
+	}
+	return (set + 1);
+}
+
+#ifdef SETMODE_DEBUG
+static void
+dumpmode(set)
+	register BITCMD *set;
+{
+	for (; set->cmd; ++set)
+		(void)printf("cmd: '%c' bits %04o%s%s%s%s%s%s\n",
+		    set->cmd, set->bits, set->cmd2 ? " cmd2:" : "",
+		    set->cmd2 & CMD2_CLR ? " CLR" : "",
+		    set->cmd2 & CMD2_SET ? " SET" : "",
+		    set->cmd2 & CMD2_UBITS ? " UBITS" : "",
+		    set->cmd2 & CMD2_GBITS ? " GBITS" : "",
+		    set->cmd2 & CMD2_OBITS ? " OBITS" : "");
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Given an array of bitcmd structures, compress by compacting consecutive
+ * '+', '-' and 'X' commands into at most 3 commands, one of each.  The 'u',
+ * 'g' and 'o' commands continue to be separate.  They could probably be 
+ * compacted, but it's not worth the effort.
+ */
+static int
+compress_mode(set)
+	register BITCMD *set;
+{
+	register BITCMD *nset;
+	register int setbits, clrbits, Xbits, op;
+
+	for (nset = set;;) {
+		/* Copy over any 'u', 'g' and 'o' commands. */
+		while ((op = nset->cmd) != '+' && op != '-' && op != 'X') {
+			*set++ = *nset++;
+			if (!op)
+				return;
+		}
+
+		for (setbits = clrbits = Xbits = 0;; nset++) {
+			if ((op = nset->cmd) == '-') {
+				clrbits |= nset->bits;
+				setbits &= ~nset->bits;
+				Xbits &= ~nset->bits;
+			} else if (op == '+') {
+				setbits |= nset->bits;
+				clrbits &= ~nset->bits;
+				Xbits &= ~nset->bits;
+			} else if (op == 'X')
+				Xbits |= nset->bits & ~setbits;
+			else
+				break;
+		}
+		if (clrbits) {
+			set->cmd = '-';
+			set->cmd2 = 0;
+			set->bits = clrbits;
+			set++;
+		}
+		if (setbits) {
+			set->cmd = '+';
+			set->cmd2 = 0;
+			set->bits = setbits;
+			set++;
+		}
+		if (Xbits) {
+			set->cmd = 'X';
+			set->cmd2 = 0;
+			set->bits = Xbits;
+			set++;
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..56e9c2bf5f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: setproctitle.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 05:50:46 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Christopher G. Demetriou
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"      This product includes software developed by Christopher G. Demetriou
+.\"	 for the NetBSD Project.
+.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+.\"    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+.\" INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+.\" NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+.\" DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.Dd "April 13, 1994"
+.Dt SETPROCTITLE 3
+.Os NetBSD 0.9a
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm setproctitle
+.Nd set process title
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn setproctitle "const char *fmt" "..."
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn setproctitle
+function sets the invoking process's title.
+The process title is set to the last component of the program
+name, followed by a colon and the formatted string specified
+by
+.Va fmt .
+If
+.Va fmt
+is NULL, the colon and formatted string are omitted.
+The length of a process title is limited to 2048 bytes.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+Set the process title to the program name, with no further information:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+setproctitle(NULL);
+.Ed
+.Pp
+Set the process title to the program name, an informational string,
+and the process id:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+setproctitle("foo! (%s)", getpid());
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ps 1 ,
+.Xr w 1 ,
+.Xr printf 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn setproctitle
+function first appeared in 
+.Nx 0.9a .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..53540e3f333
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: setproctitle.c,v 1.4 1995/05/16 14:23:06 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Christopher G. Demetriou
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *      This product includes software developed by Christopher G. Demetriou
+ *	for the NetBSD Project.
+ * 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: setproctitle.c,v 1.4 1995/05/16 14:23:06 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/exec.h>
+#include <vm/vm.h>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#define	MAX_PROCTITLE	2048
+
+extern char *__progname;		/* Program name, from crt0. */
+
+void
+#if __STDC__
+setproctitle(const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+setproctitle(fmt, va_alist)
+	const char *fmt;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+	static char buf[MAX_PROCTITLE], *bufp = buf;
+	int used;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	if (fmt != NULL) {
+		used = snprintf(buf, MAX_PROCTITLE, "%s: ", __progname);
+		(void)vsnprintf(buf + used, MAX_PROCTITLE - used, fmt, ap);
+	} else
+		(void)snprintf(buf, MAX_PROCTITLE, "%s", __progname);
+	va_end(ap);
+
+	PS_STRINGS->ps_nargvstr = 1;
+	PS_STRINGS->ps_argvstr = &bufp;
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3 b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2eaa012677a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.3
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: siginterrupt.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 05:50:57 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)siginterrupt.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SIGINTERRUPT 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm siginterrupt
+.Nd allow signals to interrupt system calls
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn siginterrupt "int sig" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn siginterrupt
+function
+is used to change the system call restart
+behavior when a system call is interrupted by the specified signal.
+If the flag is false (0), then system calls will be restarted if
+they are interrupted by the specified signal
+and no data has been transferred yet.
+System call restart is the default behavior on
+.Bx 4.2 .
+.Pp
+If the flag is true (1),
+then restarting of system calls is disabled.
+If a system call is interrupted by the specified signal
+and no data has been transferred,
+the system call will return \-1 with the global variable
+.Va errno
+set to
+.Dv EINTR . 
+Interrupted system calls that have started transferring
+data will return the amount of data actually transferred.
+System call interrupt is the signal behavior found on
+.Bx 4.1
+and
+.At V
+systems.
+.Pp
+Note that the new
+.Bx 4.2
+signal handling semantics are not
+altered in any other way.
+Most notably, signal handlers always remain installed until
+explicitly changed by a subsequent
+.Xr sigaction 2
+call, and the signal mask operates as documented in
+.Xr sigaction 2 .
+Programs may switch between restartable and interruptible
+system call operation as often as desired in the execution of a program.
+.Pp
+Issuing a
+.Fn siginterrupt 3
+call during the execution of a signal handler will cause
+the new action to take place on the next signal to be caught.
+.Sh NOTES
+This library routine uses an extension of the
+.Xr sigaction 2
+system call that is not available in
+.Bx 4.2 ,
+hence it should not be used if backward compatibility is needed.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+A 0 value indicates that the call succeeded.
+A \-1 value indicates that an invalid signal number has been supplied.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigblock 2 ,
+.Xr sigpause 2 ,
+.Xr sigsetmask 2 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn siginterrupt
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a8b0c25e730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/siginterrupt.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: siginterrupt.c,v 1.6 1995/03/04 01:56:00 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)siginterrupt.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: siginterrupt.c,v 1.6 1995/03/04 01:56:00 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*
+ * Set signal state to prevent restart of system calls
+ * after an instance of the indicated signal.
+ */
+siginterrupt(sig, flag)
+	int sig, flag;
+{
+	extern sigset_t __sigintr;
+	struct sigaction sa;
+	int ret;
+
+	if ((ret = sigaction(sig, (struct sigaction *)0, &sa)) < 0)
+		return (ret);
+	if (flag) {
+		sigaddset(&__sigintr, sig);
+		sa.sa_flags &= ~SA_RESTART;
+	} else {
+		sigdelset(&__sigintr, sig);
+		sa.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+	}
+	return (sigaction(sig, &sa, (struct sigaction *)0));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c b/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b62a5c0053a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/siglist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: siglist.c,v 1.8 1995/03/04 01:56:02 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)siglist.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: siglist.c,v 1.8 1995/03/04 01:56:02 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/cdefs.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+const char *const _sys_siglist[NSIG] = {
+	"Signal 0",
+	"Hangup",			/* SIGHUP */
+	"Interrupt",			/* SIGINT */
+	"Quit",				/* SIGQUIT */
+	"Illegal instruction",		/* SIGILL */
+	"Trace/BPT trap",		/* SIGTRAP */
+	"Abort trap",			/* SIGABRT */
+	"EMT trap",			/* SIGEMT */
+	"Floating point exception",	/* SIGFPE */
+	"Killed",			/* SIGKILL */
+	"Bus error",			/* SIGBUS */
+	"Segmentation fault",		/* SIGSEGV */
+	"Bad system call",		/* SIGSYS */
+	"Broken pipe",			/* SIGPIPE */
+	"Alarm clock",			/* SIGALRM */
+	"Terminated",			/* SIGTERM */
+	"Urgent I/O condition",		/* SIGURG */
+	"Suspended (signal)",		/* SIGSTOP */
+	"Suspended",			/* SIGTSTP */
+	"Continued",			/* SIGCONT */
+	"Child exited",			/* SIGCHLD */
+	"Stopped (tty input)",		/* SIGTTIN */
+	"Stopped (tty output)",		/* SIGTTOU */
+	"I/O possible",			/* SIGIO */
+	"Cputime limit exceeded",	/* SIGXCPU */
+	"Filesize limit exceeded",	/* SIGXFSZ */
+	"Virtual timer expired",	/* SIGVTALRM */
+	"Profiling timer expired",	/* SIGPROF */
+	"Window size changes",		/* SIGWINCH */
+	"Information request",		/* SIGINFO */
+	"User defined signal 1",	/* SIGUSR1 */
+	"User defined signal 2"		/* SIGUSR2 */
+};
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/signal.3 b/lib/libc/gen/signal.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd9c82b255b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/signal.3
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: signal.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:51:12 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)signal.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt SIGNAL 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm signal
+.Nd simplified software signal facilities
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn *signal sig func\*(lp\*(rp
+.Ft void
+.\" can not do this with .Fn yet
+.br
+\*(lp\|\*(fN*func\*(rp\*(lp\|\*(rp\fR
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+This
+.Fn signal
+facility
+is a simplified interface to the more general
+.Xr sigaction 2
+facility.
+.Pp
+Signals allow the manipulation of a process from outside its
+domain as well as allowing the process to manipulate itself or
+copies of itself (children). There are two general types of signals:
+those that cause termination of a process and those that do not.
+Signals which cause termination of a program might result from
+an irrecoverable error or might be the result of a user at a terminal
+typing the `interrupt' character.
+Signals are used when a process is stopped because it wishes to access
+its control terminal while in the background (see
+.Xr tty 4 ) .
+Signals are optionally generated
+when a process resumes after being stopped,
+when the status of child processes changes,
+or when input is ready at the control terminal.
+Most signals result in the termination of the process receiving them
+if no action
+is taken; some signals instead cause the process receiving them
+to be stopped, or are simply discarded if the process has not
+requested otherwise.
+Except for the
+.Dv SIGKILL
+and
+.Dv SIGSTOP
+signals, the
+.Fn signal
+function allows for a signal to be caught, to be ignored, or to generate
+an interrupt.
+These signals are defined in the file
+.Aq Pa signal.h :
+.Bl -column SIGVTALARMXX "create core imagexxx"
+.It Sy "  Name  " "	  Default Action  " "	              Description"
+.It Dv SIGHUP No "	terminate process" "	terminal line hangup"
+.It Dv SIGINT No "	terminate process" "	interrupt program"
+.It Dv SIGQUIT No "	create core image" "	quit program"
+.It Dv SIGILL No "	create core image" "	illegal instruction"
+.It Dv SIGTRAP No "	create core image" "	trace trap"
+.It Dv SIGABRT No "	create core image" Xr 	abort 2
+call (formerly
+.Dv SIGIOT )
+.It Dv SIGEMT No "	create core image" "	emulate instruction executed"
+.It Dv SIGFPE No "	create core image" "	floating-point exception"
+.It Dv SIGKILL No "	terminate process" "	kill program"
+.It Dv SIGBUS No "	create core image" "	bus error"
+.It Dv SIGSEGV No "	create core image" "	segmentation violation"
+.It Dv SIGSYS No "	create core image" "	system call given invalid argument"
+.It Dv SIGPIPE No "	terminate process" "	write on a pipe with no reader"
+.It Dv SIGALRM No "	terminate process" "	real-time timer expired"
+.It Dv SIGTERM No "	terminate process" "	software termination signal"
+.It Dv SIGURG No "	discard signal" "	urgent condition present on socket"
+.It Dv SIGSTOP No "	stop process" "	stop (cannot be caught or ignored)"
+.It Dv SIGTSTP No "	stop process" "	stop signal generated from keyboard"
+.It Dv SIGCONT No "	discard signal" "	continue after stop"
+.It Dv SIGCHLD No "	discard signal" "	child status has changed"
+.It Dv SIGTTIN No "	stop process" "	background read attempted from control terminal"
+.It Dv SIGTTOU No "	stop process" "	background write attempted to control terminal"
+.It Dv SIGIO No "	discard signal" Tn "	I/O"
+is possible on a descriptor (see
+.Xr fcntl 2 )
+.It Dv SIGXCPU No "	terminate process" "	cpu time limit exceeded (see"
+.Xr setrlimit 2 )
+.It Dv SIGXFSZ No "	terminate process" "	file size limit exceeded (see"
+.Xr setrlimit 2 )
+.It Dv SIGVTALRM No "	terminate process" "	virtual time alarm (see"
+.Xr setitimer 2 )
+.It Dv SIGPROF No "	terminate process" "	profiling timer alarm (see"
+.Xr setitimer 2 )
+.It Dv SIGWINCH No "	discard signal" "	Window size change"
+.It Dv SIGINFO No "	discard signal" "	status request from keyboard"
+.It Dv SIGUSR1 No "	terminate process" "	User defined signal 1"
+.It Dv SIGUSR2 No "	terminate process" "	User defined signal 2"
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa func
+procedure allows a user to choose the action upon receipt of a signal.
+To set the default action of the signal to occur as listed above,
+.Fa func
+should be
+.Dv SIG_DFL .
+A
+.Dv SIG_DFL
+resets the default action.
+To ignore the signal
+.Fa func
+should be
+.Dv SIG_IGN .
+This will cause subsequent instances of the signal to be ignored
+and pending instances to be discarded. If
+.Dv SIG_IGN
+is not used,
+further occurrences of the signal are
+automatically blocked and
+.Fa func
+is called.
+.Pp
+The handled signal is unblocked with the
+function returns and
+the process continues from where it left off when the signal occurred.
+.Bf -symbolic
+Unlike previous signal facilities, the handler
+func() remains installed after a signal has been delivered.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+For some system calls, if a signal is caught while the call is
+executing and the call is prematurely terminated,
+the call is automatically restarted.
+(The handler is installed using the
+.Dv SA_RESTART
+flag with
+.Xr sigaction 2 . )
+The affected system calls include
+.Xr read 2 ,
+.Xr write 2 ,
+.Xr sendto 2 ,
+.Xr recvfrom 2 ,
+.Xr sendmsg 2
+and
+.Xr recvmsg 2
+on a communications channel or a low speed device
+and during a
+.Xr ioctl 2
+or
+.Xr wait 2 .
+However, calls that have already committed are not restarted,
+but instead return a partial success (for example, a short read count).
+.Pp
+When a process which has installed signal handlers forks,
+the child process inherits the signals.
+All caught signals may be reset to their default action by a call
+to the
+.Xr execve 2
+function;
+ignored signals remain ignored.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The previous action is returned on a successful call.
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and  the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Xr Signal
+will fail and no action will take place if one of the
+following occur:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Em Sig
+is not a valid signal number.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+An attempt is made to ignore or supply a handler for
+.Dv SIGKILL
+or
+.Ev SIGSTOP .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 1 ,
+.Xr ptrace 2 ,
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigaltstack 2 ,
+.Xr sigprocmask 2 ,
+.Xr sigsuspend 2 ,
+.Xr setjmp 3 ,
+.Xr tty 4
+.Sh HISTORY
+This
+.Nm signal
+facility appeared in 
+.Bx 4.0 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/signal.c b/lib/libc/gen/signal.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..869edd774ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/signal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: signal.c,v 1.7 1995/03/04 01:56:04 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)signal.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: signal.c,v 1.7 1995/03/04 01:56:04 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+/*
+ * Almost backwards compatible signal.
+ */
+#include <signal.h>
+
+sigset_t __sigintr;		/* shared with siginterrupt */
+
+sig_t
+signal(s, a)
+	int s;
+	sig_t a;
+{
+	struct sigaction sa, osa;
+
+	sa.sa_handler = a;
+	sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+	sa.sa_flags = 0;
+	if (!sigismember(&__sigintr, s))
+		sa.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART;
+	if (sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) < 0)
+		return (SIG_ERR);
+	return (osa.sa_handler);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/signame.c b/lib/libc/gen/signame.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7ce018eb37c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/signame.c
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: signame.c,v 1.6 1995/03/04 01:56:05 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "from: @(#)siglist.c	5.6 (Berkeley) 2/23/91";*/
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: signame.c,v 1.6 1995/03/04 01:56:05 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+const char *const sys_signame[NSIG] = {
+	"Signal 0",
+	"HUP",		/* SIGHUP */
+	"INT",		/* SIGINT */
+	"QUIT",		/* SIGQUIT */
+	"ILL",		/* SIGILL */
+	"TRAP",		/* SIGTRAP */
+	"ABRT",		/* SIGABRT */
+	"EMT",		/* SIGEMT */
+	"FPE",		/* SIGFPE */
+	"KILL",		/* SIGKILL */
+	"BUS",		/* SIGBUS */
+	"SEGV",		/* SIGSEGV */
+	"SYS",		/* SIGSYS */
+	"PIPE",		/* SIGPIPE */
+	"ALRM",		/* SIGALRM */
+	"TERM",		/* SIGTERM */
+	"URG",		/* SIGURG */
+	"STOP",		/* SIGSTOP */
+	"TSTP",		/* SIGTSTP */
+	"CONT",		/* SIGCONT */
+	"CHLD",		/* SIGCHLD */
+	"TTIN",		/* SIGTTIN */
+	"TTOU",		/* SIGTTOU */
+	"IO",		/* SIGIO */
+	"XCPU",		/* SIGXCPU */
+	"XFSZ",		/* SIGXFSZ */
+	"VTALRM",	/* SIGVTALRM */
+	"PROF",		/* SIGPROF */
+	"WINCH",	/* SIGWINCH */
+	"INFO",		/* SIGINFO */
+	"USR1",		/* SIGUSR1 */
+	"USR2"		/* SIGUSR2 */
+};
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a98f368a6e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.3
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sigsetops.3,v 1.6 1995/02/27 05:51:28 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sigsetops.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SIGSETOPS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sigemptyset ,
+.Nm sigfillset ,
+.Nm sigaddset ,
+.Nm sigdelset ,
+.Nm sigismember
+.Nd manipulate signal sets
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <signal.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigemptyset "sigset_t *set"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigfillset "sigset_t *set"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigaddset "sigset_t *set" "int signo"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigdelset "sigset_t *set" "int signo"
+.Ft int
+.Fn sigismember "sigset_t *set" "int signo"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions manipulate signal sets stored in a
+.Fa sigset_t .
+Either
+.Fn sigemptyset
+or
+.Fn sigfillset
+must be called for every object of type
+.Fa sigset_t
+before any other use of the object.
+.Fn sigemptyset 
+and
+.Fn sigfillset 
+are provided as macros, but actual functions are available
+if their names are undefined (with #undef
+.Em name ) .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigemptyset
+function initializes a signal set to be empty.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigfillset
+function initializes a signal set to contain all signals.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigaddset
+function adds the specified signal
+.Fa signo
+to the signal set.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigdelset
+function deletes the specified signal
+.Fa signo
+from the signal set.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sigismember
+function returns whether a specified signal
+.Fa signo
+is contained in the signal set.
+.Pp
+These functions
+are provided as macros in the include file <signal.h>.
+Actual functions are available
+if their names are undefined (with #undef
+.Em name ) .
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn sigismember
+function returns 1
+if the signal is a member of the set,
+a 0 otherwise.
+The other functions return 0 upon success.
+A \-1 return value
+indicates an error occurred and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicated the reason.
+.Sh ERRORS
+These functions could fail if one of the following occurs:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+.Fa signo
+has an invalid value.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr kill 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigsuspend 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+These functions are defined by
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3994ba0d111
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sigsetops.c
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sigsetops.c,v 1.10 1995/03/04 01:56:07 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ *	@(#)sigsetops.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sigsetops.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: sigsetops.c,v 1.10 1995/03/04 01:56:07 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#undef sigemptyset
+#undef sigfillset
+#undef sigaddset
+#undef sigdelset
+#undef sigismember
+
+int
+sigemptyset(set)
+	sigset_t *set;
+{
+	*set = 0;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sigfillset(set)
+	sigset_t *set;
+{
+	*set = ~(sigset_t)0;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sigaddset(set, signo)
+	sigset_t *set;
+	int signo;
+{
+	if (signo <= 0 || signo >= NSIG) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*set |= sigmask(signo);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sigdelset(set, signo)
+	sigset_t *set;
+	int signo;
+{
+	if (signo <= 0 || signo >= NSIG) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*set &= ~sigmask(signo);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+int
+sigismember(set, signo)
+	const sigset_t *set;
+	int signo;
+{
+	if (signo <= 0 || signo >= NSIG) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return -1;
+	}
+	return ((*set & sigmask(signo)) != 0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1593d9f4436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sleep.3,v 1.7 1995/02/27 05:51:44 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)sleep.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SLEEP 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sleep
+.Nd suspend process execution for interval of seconds
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft unsigned int
+.Fn sleep "unsigned int seconds"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn sleep
+function suspends execution of the calling process until either the
+number of seconds specified by
+.Fa seconds
+have elapsed or a signal is delivered to the calling process and its
+action is to invoke a signal-catching function or to terminate the
+process.  The suspension time may be longer than requested due to the
+scheduling of other activity by the system.
+.Pp
+If a timer is already running on the process its state is saved.
+If the value
+.Fa seconds
+is more than or equal to the remaining clock time for the saved timer,
+the sleep time is set to
+the remaining clock time.
+The state of the previous timer
+is restored after
+.Fa seconds
+has passed.
+.Pp
+This function is implemented using
+.Xr setitimer 2 ;
+it requires eight system calls each time it is invoked.
+A similar but less compatible function can be obtained with a single
+.Xr select 2 ;
+such a function would not restart after signals, but would not interfere
+with other uses of
+.Xr setitimer .
+.Sh RETURN VALUE
+If the 
+.Fn sleep
+function returns because the requested time has elapsed, the value
+returned will be zero.  If the 
+.Fn sleep
+function returns due to the delivery of a signal, the value returned
+will be the unslept amount (the request time minus the time actually
+slept) in seconds.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setitimer 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigsuspend 2 ,
+.Xr alarm 3 ,
+.Xr pause 3 ,
+.Xr usleep 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The 
+.Fn sleep 
+function conforms to 
+.St -p1003.1-90 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn sleep
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b090c5959d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sleep.c,v 1.10 1995/05/03 12:52:43 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sleep.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: sleep.c,v 1.10 1995/05/03 12:52:43 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+unsigned int
+sleep(seconds)
+	unsigned int seconds;
+{
+	struct itimerval itv, oitv;
+	struct sigaction act, oact;
+	struct timeval diff;
+	sigset_t set, oset;
+	static void sleephandler();
+
+	if (!seconds)
+		return 0;
+
+	sigemptyset(&set);
+	sigaddset(&set, SIGALRM);
+	sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset);
+
+	act.sa_handler = sleephandler;
+	act.sa_flags = 0;
+	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, &oact);
+
+	timerclear(&itv.it_interval);
+	itv.it_value.tv_sec = seconds;
+	itv.it_value.tv_usec = 0;
+	timerclear(&diff);
+	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itv, &oitv);
+
+	if (timerisset(&oitv.it_value)) {
+		if (timercmp(&oitv.it_value, &itv.it_value, >)) {
+			timersub(&oitv.it_value, &itv.it_value, &oitv.it_value);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			 * The existing timer was scheduled to fire 
+			 * before ours, so we compute the time diff
+			 * so we can add it back in the end.
+			 */
+			timersub(&itv.it_value, &oitv.it_value, &diff);
+			itv.it_value = oitv.it_value;
+			/*
+			 * This is a hack, but we must have time to return
+			 * from the setitimer after the alarm or else it'll
+			 * be restarted.  And, anyway, sleep never did
+			 * anything more than this before.
+			 */
+			oitv.it_value.tv_sec  = 1;
+			oitv.it_value.tv_usec = 0;
+
+			setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itv, NULL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	set = oset;
+	sigdelset(&set, SIGALRM);
+ 	(void) sigsuspend(&set);
+
+	sigaction(SIGALRM, &oact, NULL);
+	sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &oset, NULL);
+
+	(void) setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &oitv, &itv);
+
+	if (timerisset(&diff))
+		timeradd(&itv.it_value, &diff, &itv.it_value);
+
+	return (itv.it_value.tv_sec);
+}
+
+static void
+sleephandler()
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4f22c65546a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.3
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sysconf.3,v 1.2 1995/02/27 05:52:04 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sysconf.3	8.3 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt SYSCONF 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sysconf
+.Nd get configurable system variables
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft long
+.Fn sysconf "int name"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Pp
+This interface is defined by
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
+A far more complete interface is available using
+.Xr sysctl 3 .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn sysconf
+function provides a method for applications to determine the current
+value of a configurable system limit or option variable.
+The
+.Fa name
+argument specifies the system variable to be queried.
+Symbolic constants for each name value are found in the include file
+.Li <unistd.h> .
+.Pp
+The available values are as follows:
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.Pp
+.It Li _SC_ARG_MAX
+The maximum bytes of argument to
+.Xr exec 2 .
+.It Li _SC_CHILD_MAX
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes per user id.
+.It Li _SC_CLK_TCK
+Number of micro-seconds per hz tick.
+.It Li _SC_NGROUPS_MAX
+The maximum number of supplemental groups.
+.It Li _SC_OPEN_MAX
+The maximum number of open files per user id.
+.It Li _SC_STREAM_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of streams that a process may have open
+at any one time.
+.It Li _SC_TZNAME_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of types supported for the name of a
+timezone.
+.It Li _SC_JOB_CONTROL
+Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_SAVED_IDS
+Returns 1 if saved set-group and saved set-user ID is available,
+otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_VERSION
+The version of ISO/IEC 9945 (POSIX 1003.1) with which the system
+attempts to comply.
+.It Li _SC_BC_BASE_MAX
+The maximum ibase/obase values in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li _SC_BC_DIM_MAX
+The maximum array size in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX
+The maximum scale value in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li _SC_BC_STRING_MAX
+The maximum string length in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
+The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to any entry of
+the LC_COLLATE order keyword in the locale definition file.
+.It Li _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX
+The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within
+parenthesis by the
+.Xr expr 1
+utility.
+.It Li _SC_LINE_MAX
+The maximum length in bytes of a text-processing utility's input
+line.
+.It Li _SC_RE_DUP_MAX
+The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression
+permitted when using interval notation.
+.It Li _SC_2_VERSION
+The version of POSIX 1003.2 with which the system attempts to comply.
+.It Li _SC_2_C_BIND	
+Return 1 if the system's C-language development facilities support the
+C-Language Bindings Option, otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_C_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the C-Language Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_CHAR_TERM
+Return 1 if the system supports at least one terminal type capable of
+all operations described in POSIX 1003.2, otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_FORT_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_FORT_RUN
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Runtime Utilities Option,
+otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_LOCALEDEF
+Return 1 if the system supports the creation of locales, otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_SW_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the Software Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise \-1.
+.It Li _SC_2_UPE
+Return 1 if the system supports the User Portability Utilities Option,
+otherwise \-1.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Nm sysconf
+is not successful, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+Otherwise, if the variable is associated with functionality that is not
+supported, \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is not modified.
+Otherwise, the current variable value is returned.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn sysconf
+function may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr sysctl 3 .
+In addition, the following error may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The value of the
+.Fa name
+argument is invalid.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 3
+.Sh BUGS
+The value for _SC_STREAM_MAX is a minimum maximum, and required to be
+the same as ANSI C's FOPEN_MAX, so the returned value is a ridiculously
+small and misleading number.
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn sysconf
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm sysconf
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4363e2b1e7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysconf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sysconf.c,v 1.3 1995/03/04 01:56:09 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+ * Sean Eric Fagan of Cygnus Support.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sysconf.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 3/20/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: sysconf.c,v 1.3 1995/03/04 01:56:09 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * sysconf --
+ *	get configurable system variables.
+ *
+ * XXX
+ * POSIX 1003.1 (ISO/IEC 9945-1, 4.8.1.3) states that the variable values
+ * not change during the lifetime of the calling process.  This would seem
+ * to require that any change to system limits kill all running processes.
+ * A workaround might be to cache the values when they are first retrieved
+ * and then simply return the cached value on subsequent calls.  This is
+ * less useful than returning up-to-date values, however.
+ */
+long
+sysconf(name)
+	int name;
+{
+	struct clockinfo clk;
+	struct rlimit rl;
+	size_t len;
+	int mib[2], value;
+
+	len = sizeof(value);
+
+	switch (name) {
+/* 1003.1 */
+	case _SC_ARG_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+		mib[1] = KERN_ARGMAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_CHILD_MAX:
+		return (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NPROC, &rl) ? -1 : rl.rlim_cur);
+	case _SC_CLK_TCK:
+		return (CLK_TCK);
+	case _SC_JOB_CONTROL:
+		mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+		mib[1] = KERN_JOB_CONTROL;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_NGROUPS_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+		mib[1] = KERN_NGROUPS;
+		break;
+	case _SC_OPEN_MAX:
+		return (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) ? -1 : rl.rlim_cur);
+	case _SC_STREAM_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_STREAM_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_TZNAME_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_TZNAME_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_SAVED_IDS:
+		mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+		mib[1] = KERN_SAVED_IDS;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_VERSION:
+		mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+		mib[1] = KERN_POSIX1;
+		break;
+
+/* 1003.2 */
+	case _SC_BC_BASE_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_BC_BASE_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_BC_DIM_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_BC_DIM_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_BC_SCALE_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_BC_SCALE_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_BC_STRING_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_BC_STRING_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_EXPR_NEST_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_LINE_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_LINE_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_RE_DUP_MAX:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_RE_DUP_MAX;
+		break;
+	case _SC_2_VERSION:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_VERSION;
+		break;
+	case _SC_2_C_BIND:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_C_BIND;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_C_DEV:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_C_DEV;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_CHAR_TERM:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_FORT_DEV:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_FORT_RUN:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_LOCALEDEF:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_SW_DEV:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV;
+		goto yesno;
+	case _SC_2_UPE:
+		mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+		mib[1] = USER_POSIX2_UPE;
+yesno:		if (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+			return (-1);
+		if (value == 0)
+			return (-1);
+		return (value);
+		break;
+	default:
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	return (sysctl(mib, 2, &value, &len, NULL, 0) == -1 ? -1 : value); 
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1c28f23dbe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
@@ -0,0 +1,667 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: sysctl.3,v 1.7 1995/09/30 07:03:54 thorpej Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)sysctl.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd "June 4, 1993"
+.Dt SYSCTL 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm sysctl
+.Nd get or set system information
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/sysctl.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn sysctl "int *name" "u_int namelen" "void *oldp" "size_t *oldlenp" "void *newp" "size_t newlen"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm sysctl
+function retrieves system information and allows processes with
+appropriate privileges to set system information.
+The information available from
+.Nm sysctl
+consists of integers, strings, and tables.
+Information may be retrieved and set from the command interface
+using the 
+.Xr sysctl 8
+utility.
+.Pp
+Unless explicitly noted below,
+.Nm sysctl
+returns a consistent snapshot of the data requested.
+Consistency is obtained by locking the destination
+buffer into memory so that the data may be copied out without blocking.
+Calls to
+.Nm sysctl
+are serialized to avoid deadlock.
+.Pp
+The state is described using a ``Management Information Base'' (MIB)
+style name, listed in
+.Fa name ,
+which is a
+.Fa namelen
+length array of integers.
+.Pp
+The information is copied into the buffer specified by
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the buffer is given by the location specified by
+.Fa oldlenp
+before the call,
+and that location gives the amount of data copied after a successful call.
+If the amount of data available is greater
+than the size of the buffer supplied,
+the call supplies as much data as fits in the buffer provided
+and returns with the error code ENOMEM.
+If the old value is not desired,
+.Fa oldp
+and
+.Fa oldlenp
+should be set to NULL.
+.Pp
+The size of the available data can be determined by calling 
+.Nm sysctl
+with a NULL parameter for
+.Fa oldp .
+The size of the available data will be returned in the location pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp .
+For some operations, the amount of space may change often.
+For these operations,
+the system attempts to round up so that the returned size is
+large enough for a call to return the data shortly thereafter.
+.Pp
+To set a new value,
+.Fa newp
+is set to point to a buffer of length
+.Fa newlen
+from which the requested value is to be taken.
+If a new value is not to be set,
+.Fa newp
+should be set to NULL and
+.Fa newlen
+set to 0.
+.Pp
+The top level names are defined with a CTL_ prefix in
+.Pa <sys/sysctl.h> ,
+and are as follows.
+The next and subsequent levels down are found in the include files
+listed here, and described in separate sections below.
+.Pp
+.Bl -column CTLXMACHDEPXXX "Next level namesXXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Name	Next level names	Description
+.It CTL\_DEBUG	sys/sysctl.h	Debugging
+.It CTL\_FS	sys/sysctl.h	File system
+.It CTL\_HW	sys/sysctl.h	Generic CPU, I/O
+.It CTL\_KERN	sys/sysctl.h	High kernel limits
+.It CTL\_MACHDEP	sys/sysctl.h	Machine dependent
+.It CTL\_NET	sys/socket.h	Networking
+.It CTL\_USER	sys/sysctl.h	User-level
+.It CTL\_VM	vm/vm_param.h	Virtual memory
+.El
+.Pp
+For example, the following retrieves the maximum number of processes allowed
+in the system:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int mib[2], maxproc;
+size_t len;
+.sp
+mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+mib[1] = KERN_MAXPROC;
+len = sizeof(maxproc);
+sysctl(mib, 2, &maxproc, &len, NULL, 0);
+.Ed
+.sp
+To retrieve the standard search path for the system utilities:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int mib[2];
+size_t len;
+char *p;
+.sp
+mib[0] = CTL_USER;
+mib[1] = USER_CS_PATH;
+sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, &len, NULL, 0);
+p = malloc(len);
+sysctl(mib, 2, p, &len, NULL, 0);
+.Ed
+.Sh CTL_DEBUG
+The debugging variables vary from system to system.
+A debugging variable may be added or deleted without need to recompile
+.Nm sysctl
+to know about it.
+Each time it runs,
+.Nm sysctl
+gets the list of debugging variables from the kernel and
+displays their current values.
+The system defines twenty 
+.Ns ( Va struct ctldebug )
+variables named 
+.Nm debug0
+through
+.Nm debug19 .
+They are declared as separate variables so that they can be
+individually initialized at the location of their associated variable.
+The loader prevents multiple use of the same variable by issuing errors
+if a variable is initialized in more than one place.
+For example, to export the variable
+.Nm dospecialcheck
+as a debugging variable, the following declaration would be used:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+int dospecialcheck = 1;
+struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", &dospecialcheck };
+.Ed
+.Sh CTL_FS
+There are currently no second level names for the file system.
+.Sh CTL_HW
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_HW level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" integerXXX -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It HW\_MACHINE	string	no
+.It HW\_MODEL	string	no
+.It HW\_NCPU	integer	no
+.It HW\_BYTEORDER	integer	no
+.It HW\_PHYSMEM	integer	no
+.It HW\_USERMEM	integer	no
+.It HW\_PAGESIZE	integer	no
+.\".It HW\_DISKNAMES	integer	no
+.\".It HW\_DISKSTATS	integer	no
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li HW_MACHINE
+The machine class.
+.It Li HW_MODEL
+The machine model
+.It Li HW_NCPU
+The number of cpus.
+.It Li HW_BYTEORDER
+The byteorder (4,321, or 1,234).
+.It Li HW_PHYSMEM
+The bytes of physical memory.
+.It Li HW_USERMEM
+The bytes of non-kernel memory.
+.It Li HW_PAGESIZE
+The software page size.
+.\".It Fa HW_DISKNAMES
+.\".It Fa HW_DISKSTATS
+.El
+.Sh CTL_KERN
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_KERN level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+The types of data currently available are process information,
+system vnodes, the open file entries, routing table entries,
+virtual memory statistics, load average history, and clock rate
+information.
+.Bl -column "KERNXCHOWNXRESTRICTEDXXX" "struct clockrateXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It KERN\_ARGMAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_BOOTTIME	struct timeval	no
+.It KERN\_CHOWN\_RESTRICTED	integer	no
+.It KERN\_CLOCKRATE	struct clockinfo	no
+.It KERN\_DOMAINNAME	string	yes
+.It KERN\_FILE	struct file	no
+.It KERN\_HOSTID	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_HOSTNAME	string	yes
+.It KERN\_JOB\_CONTROL	integer	no
+.It KERN\_LINK\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_MAXFILES	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAXPARTITIONS	integer	no
+.It KERN\_MAXPROC	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAXVNODES	integer	yes
+.It KERN\_MAX\_CANON	integer	no
+.It KERN\_MAX\_INPUT	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NAME\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NGROUPS	integer	no
+.It KERN\_NO\_TRUNC	integer	no
+.It KERN\_OSRELEASE	string	no
+.It KERN\_OSREV	integer	no
+.It KERN\_OSTYPE	string	no
+.It KERN\_PATH\_MAX	integer	no
+.It KERN\_PIPE\_BUF	integer	no
+.It KERN\_POSIX1	integer	no
+.It KERN\_PROC	struct proc	no
+.It KERN\_PROF	node	not applicable
+.It KERN\_RAWPARTITION	integer	no
+.It KERN\_SAVED\_IDS	integer	no
+.It KERN\_SECURELVL	integer	raise only
+.It KERN\_VDISABLE	integer	no
+.It KERN\_VERSION	string	no
+.It KERN\_VNODE	struct vnode	no
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li KERN_ARGMAX
+The maximum bytes of argument to
+.Xr exec 2 .
+.It Li KERN_BOOTTIME
+A
+.Va struct timeval
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the time that the system was booted.
+.It Li KERN_CHOWN_RESTRICTED
+Return 1 if appropriate privileges are required for the
+.Xr chown 2
+system call, otherwise 0.
+.It Li KERN_CLOCKRATE
+A
+.Va struct clockinfo
+structure is returned.
+This structure contains the clock, statistics clock and profiling clock
+frequencies, the number of micro-seconds per hz tick, and the clock
+skew rate.
+.It Li KERN_DOMAINNAME
+Get or set the YP domain name.
+.It Li KERN_FILE
+Return the entire file table.
+The returned data consists of a single
+.Va struct filehead
+followed by an array of
+.Va struct file ,
+whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system.
+.It Li KERN_HOSTID
+Get or set the host id.
+.It Li KERN_HOSTNAME
+Get or set the hostname.
+.It Li KERN_JOB_CONTROL
+Return 1 if job control is available on this system, otherwise 0.
+.It Li KERN_LINK_MAX
+The maximum file link count.
+.It Li KERN_MAXFILES
+The maximum number of open files that may be open in the system.
+.It Li KERN_MAXPARTITIONS
+The maximum number of partitions allowed per disk.
+.It Li KERN_MAXPROC
+The maximum number of simultaneous processes the system will allow.
+.It Li KERN_MAXVNODES
+The maximum number of vnodes available on the system.
+.It Li KERN_MAX_CANON
+The maximum number of bytes in terminal canonical input line.
+.It Li KERN_MAX_INPUT
+The minimum maximum number of bytes for which space is available in
+a terminal input queue.
+.It Li KERN_NAME_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a file name.
+.It Li KERN_NGROUPS
+The maximum number of supplemental groups.
+.It Li KERN_NO_TRUNC
+Return 1 if file names longer than KERN_NAME_MAX are truncated.
+.It Li KERN_OSRELEASE
+The system release string.
+.It Li KERN_OSREV
+The system revision string.
+.It Li KERN_OSTYPE
+The system type string.
+.It Li KERN_PATH_MAX
+The maximum number of bytes in a pathname.
+.It Li KERN_PIPE_BUF
+The maximum number of bytes which will be written atomically to a pipe.
+.It Li KERN_POSIX1
+The version of ISO/IEC 9945 (POSIX 1003.1) with which the system
+attempts to comply.
+.It Li KERN_PROC
+Return the entire process table, or a subset of it.
+An array of
+.Va struct kinfo_proc
+structures is returned,
+whose size depends on the current number of such objects in the system.
+The third and fourth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Third level nameXXXXXX" "Fourth level is:XXXXXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Third level name	Fourth level is:
+.It KERN\_PROC\_ALL	None
+.It KERN\_PROC\_PID	A process ID
+.It KERN\_PROC\_PGRP	A process group
+.It KERN\_PROC\_TTY	A tty device
+.It KERN\_PROC\_UID	A user ID
+.It KERN\_PROC\_RUID	A real user ID
+.El
+.It Li KERN_PROF
+Return profiling information about the kernel.
+If the kernel is not compiled for profiling,
+attempts to retrieve any of the KERN_PROF values will
+fail with EOPNOTSUPP.
+The third level names for the string and integer profiling information 
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "GPROFXGMONPARAMXXX" "struct gmonparamXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Third level name	Type	Changeable
+.It GPROF\_STATE	integer	yes
+.It GPROF\_COUNT	u_short[\|]	yes
+.It GPROF\_FROMS	u_short[\|]	yes
+.It GPROF\_TOS	struct tostruct	yes
+.It GPROF\_GMONPARAM	struct gmonparam	no
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li GPROF_STATE
+Returns GMON_PROF_ON or GMON_PROF_OFF to show that profiling
+is running or stopped.
+.It Li GPROF_COUNT
+Array of statistical program counter counts.
+.It Li GPROF_FROMS
+Array indexed by program counter of call-from points.
+.It Li GPROF_TOS
+Array of
+.Va struct tostruct
+describing destination of calls and their counts.
+.It Li GPROF_GMONPARAM
+Structure giving the sizes of the above arrays.
+.El
+.It Li KERN_RAWPARTITION
+The raw partition of a disk (a == 0).
+.It Li KERN_SAVED_IDS
+Returns 1 if saved set-group and saved set-user ID is available.
+.It Li KERN_SECURELVL
+The system security level.
+This level may be raised by processes with appropriate privilege.
+It may only be lowered by process 1.
+.It Li KERN_VDISABLE
+Returns the terminal character disabling value.
+.It Li KERN_VERSION
+The system version string.
+.It Li KERN_VNODE
+Return the entire vnode table.
+Note, the vnode table is not necessarily a consistent snapshot of
+the system.
+The returned data consists of an array whose size depends on the
+current number of such objects in the system.
+Each element of the array contains the kernel address of a vnode
+.Va struct vnode *
+followed by the vnode itself
+.Va struct vnode .
+.El
+.Sh CTL_MACHDEP
+The set of variables defined is architecture dependent.
+Most architectures define at least the following variables.
+.Bl -column "CONSOLE_DEVICEXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It Li CPU_CONSDEV	dev_t	no
+.El
+.Sh CTL_NET
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_NET level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "routing messagesXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It PF\_ROUTE	routing messages	no
+.It PF\_INET	internet values	yes
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li PF_ROUTE
+Return the entire routing table or a subset of it.
+The data is returned as a sequence of routing messages (see
+.Xr route 4
+for the header file, format and meaning).
+The length of each message is contained in the message header.
+.Pp
+The third level name is a protocol number, which is currently always 0.
+The fourth level name is an address family, which may be set to 0 to
+select all address families.
+The fifth and sixth level names are as follows:
+.Bl -column "Fifth level nameXXXXXX" "Sixth level is:XXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Fifth level name	Sixth level is:
+.It NET\_RT\_FLAGS	rtflags
+.It NET\_RT\_DUMP	None
+.It NET\_RT\_IFLIST	None
+.El
+.It Li PF_INET
+Get or set various global information about the internet protocols.
+The third level name is the protocol.
+The fourth level name is the variable name.
+The currently defined protocols and names are:
+.Bl -column "Protocol nameXXXXXX" "Variable nameXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Pa Protocol name	Variable name	Type	Changeable
+.It ip	forwarding	integer	yes
+.It ip	redirect	integer	yes
+.It ip	ttl	integer	yes
+.It icmp	maskrepl	integer	yes
+.It tcp rfc1323	integer	yes
+.It udp	checksum	integer	yes
+.El
+.Pp
+The variables are as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li ip.forwarding
+Returns 1 when IP forwarding is enabled for the host,
+meaning that the host is acting as a router.
+.It Li ip.redirect
+Returns 1 when ICMP redirects may be sent by the host.
+This option is ignored unless the host is routing IP packets,
+and should normally be enabled on all systems.
+.It Li ip.ttl
+The maximum time-to-live (hop count) value for an IP packet sourced by
+the system.
+This value applies to normal transport protocols, not to ICMP.
+.It Li icmp.maskrepl
+Returns 1 if ICMP network mask requests are to be answered.
+.It Li tcp.rfc1323
+Returns 1 if RFC1323 extensions to TCP are enabled.
+.It Li udp.checksum
+Returns 1 when UDP checksums are being computed and checked.
+Disabling UDP checksums is strongly discouraged.
+.El
+.Sh CTL_USER
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_USER level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAXXXX" "integerXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It USER\_BC\_BASE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_DIM\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_SCALE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_BC\_STRING\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_COLL\_WEIGHTS\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_CS\_PATH	string	no
+.It USER\_EXPR\_NEST\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_LINE\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_CHAR\_TERM	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_C\_BIND	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_C\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_FORT\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_FORT\_RUN	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_LOCALEDEF	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_SW\_DEV	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_UPE	integer	no
+.It USER\_POSIX2\_VERSION	integer	no
+.It USER\_RE\_DUP\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_STREAM\_MAX	integer	no
+.It USER\_TZNAME\_MAX	integer	no
+.El
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.Pp
+.It Li USER_BC_BASE_MAX
+The maximum ibase/obase values in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_DIM_MAX
+The maximum array size in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_SCALE_MAX
+The maximum scale value in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_BC_STRING_MAX
+The maximum string length in the
+.Xr bc 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX
+The maximum number of weights that can be assigned to any entry of
+the LC_COLLATE order keyword in the locale definition file.
+.It Li USER_CS_PATH
+Return a value for the
+.Ev PATH
+environment variable that finds all the standard utilities.
+.It Li USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX
+The maximum number of expressions that can be nested within
+parenthesis by the
+.Xr expr 1
+utility.
+.It Li USER_LINE_MAX
+The maximum length in bytes of a text-processing utility's input
+line.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM
+Return 1 if the system supports at least one terminal type capable of
+all operations described in POSIX 1003.2, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_BIND
+Return 1 if the system's C-language development facilities support the
+C-Language Bindings Option, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_C_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the C-Language Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN
+Return 1 if the system supports the FORTRAN Runtime Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF
+Return 1 if the system supports the creation of locales, otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV
+Return 1 if the system supports the Software Development Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_UPE
+Return 1 if the system supports the User Portability Utilities Option,
+otherwise 0.
+.It Li USER_POSIX2_VERSION
+The version of POSIX 1003.2 with which the system attempts to comply.
+.It Li USER_RE_DUP_MAX
+The maximum number of repeated occurrences of a regular expression
+permitted when using interval notation.
+.It Li USER_STREAM_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of streams that a process may have open
+at any one time.
+.It Li USER_TZNAME_MAX
+The minimum maximum number of types supported for the name of a
+timezone.
+.El
+.Sh CTL_VM
+The string and integer information available for the CTL_VM level
+is detailed below.
+The changeable column shows whether a process with appropriate
+privilege may change the value.
+.Bl -column "Second level nameXXXXXX" "struct loadavgXXX" -offset indent
+.It Sy Pa Second level name	Type	Changeable
+.It VM\_LOADAVG	struct loadavg	no
+.It VM\_METER	struct vmtotal	no
+.El
+.Pp
+.Bl -tag -width "123456"
+.It Li VM_LOADAVG
+Return the load average history.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Va struct loadavg .
+.It Li VM_METER
+Return the system wide virtual memory statistics.
+The returned data consists of a
+.Va struct vmtotal .
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the call to
+.Nm sysctl
+is successful, 0 is returned.
+Otherwise \-1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following errors may be reported:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+The buffer
+.Fa name ,
+.Fa oldp ,
+.Fa newp ,
+or length pointer
+.Fa oldlenp
+contains an invalid address.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The
+.Fa name
+array is less than two or greater than CTL_MAXNAME.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+A non-null
+.Fa newp
+is given and its specified length in
+.Fa newlen
+is too large or too small.
+.It Bq Er ENOMEM
+The length pointed to by
+.Fa oldlenp
+is too short to hold the requested value.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies an intermediate rather than terminal name.
+.It Bq Er EOPNOTSUPP
+The
+.Fa name
+array specifies a value that is unknown.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+An attempt is made to set a read-only value.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+A process without appropriate privilege attempts to set a value.
+.El
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width <netinet/icmpXvar.h> -compact
+.It Pa <sys/sysctl.h>
+definitions for top level identifiers, second level kernel and hardware
+identifiers, and user level identifiers
+.It Pa <sys/socket.h>
+definitions for second level network identifiers
+.It Pa <sys/gmon.h>
+definitions for third level profiling identifiers
+.It Pa <vm/vm_param.h>
+definitions for second level virtual memory identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/in.h>
+definitions for third level Internet identifiers and
+fourth level IP identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/icmp_var.h>
+definitions for fourth level ICMP identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/tcp_var.h>
+definitions for fourth level TCP identifiers
+.It Pa <netinet/udp_var.h>
+definitions for fourth level UDP identifiers
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr sysctl 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm sysctl
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..36ab853b0f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: sysctl.c,v 1.4 1995/05/13 06:58:24 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)sysctl.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/4/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: sysctl.c,v 1.4 1995/05/13 06:58:24 jtc Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+sysctl(name, namelen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen)
+	int *name;
+	u_int namelen;
+	void *oldp, *newp;
+	size_t *oldlenp, newlen;
+{
+	if (name[0] != CTL_USER)
+		return (__sysctl(name, namelen, oldp, oldlenp, newp, newlen));
+
+	if (newp != NULL) {
+		errno = EPERM;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	if (namelen != 2) {
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+
+	switch (name[1]) {
+	case USER_CS_PATH:
+		if (oldp && *oldlenp < sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH))
+			return (ENOMEM);
+		*oldlenp = sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH);
+		if (oldp != NULL)
+			memmove(oldp, _PATH_STDPATH, sizeof(_PATH_STDPATH));
+		return (0);
+	}
+
+	if (oldp && *oldlenp < sizeof(int))
+		return (ENOMEM);
+	*oldlenp = sizeof(int);
+	if (oldp == NULL)
+		return (0);
+
+	switch (name[1]) {
+	case USER_BC_BASE_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = BC_BASE_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_BC_DIM_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = BC_DIM_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_BC_SCALE_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = BC_SCALE_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_BC_STRING_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = BC_STRING_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_EXPR_NEST_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = EXPR_NEST_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_LINE_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = LINE_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_RE_DUP_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = RE_DUP_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_VERSION:
+		*(int *)oldp = _POSIX2_VERSION;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_C_BIND:
+#ifdef POSIX2_C_BIND
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_C_DEV:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_C_DEV
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_CHAR_TERM:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_CHAR_TERM
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_FORT_DEV:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_FORT_DEV
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_FORT_RUN:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_FORT_RUN
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_LOCALEDEF:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_LOCALEDEF
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_SW_DEV:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_SW_DEV
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_POSIX2_UPE:
+#ifdef	POSIX2_UPE
+		*(int *)oldp = 1;
+#else
+		*(int *)oldp = 0;
+#endif
+		return (0);
+	case USER_STREAM_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = FOPEN_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	case USER_TZNAME_MAX:
+		*(int *)oldp = NAME_MAX;
+		return (0);
+	default:
+		errno = EINVAL;
+		return (-1);
+	}
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..188ba0873f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: syslog.3,v 1.5 1995/08/12 05:02:46 jtc Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)syslog.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt SYSLOG 3
+.Os BSD 4.2
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm syslog ,
+.Nm vsyslog ,
+.Nm openlog ,
+.Nm closelog ,
+.Nm setlogmask
+.Nd control system log
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <syslog.h>
+.Fd #include <varargs.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn syslog "int priority" "const char *message" "..."
+.Ft void
+.Fn vsyslog "int priority" "const char *message" "va_list args"
+.Ft void
+.Fn openlog "const char *ident" "int logopt" "int facility"
+.Ft void
+.Fn closelog void
+.Ft int
+.Fn setlogmask "int maskpri"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn syslog
+function
+writes
+.Fa message
+to the system message logger.
+The message is then written to the system console, log files,
+logged-in users, or forwarded to other machines as appropriate. (See
+.Xr syslogd 8 . )
+.Pp
+The message is identical to a
+.Xr printf 3
+format string, except that
+.Ql %m
+is replaced by the current error
+message. (As denoted by the global variable
+.Va errno ;
+see
+.Xr strerror 3 . )
+A trailing newline is added if none is present.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn vsyslog
+function
+is an alternate form in which the arguments have already been captured
+using the variable-length argument facilities of
+.Xr varargs 3 .
+.Pp
+The message is tagged with
+.Fa priority .
+Priorities are encoded as a
+.Fa facility
+and a
+.Em level .
+The facility describes the part of the system
+generating the message.
+The level is selected from the following
+.Em ordered
+(high to low) list:
+.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV
+.It Dv LOG_EMERG
+A panic condition.
+This is normally broadcast to all users.
+.It Dv LOG_ALERT
+A condition that should be corrected immediately, such as a corrupted
+system database.
+.It Dv LOG_CRIT
+Critical conditions, e.g., hard device errors.
+.It Dv LOG_ERR
+Errors.
+.It Dv LOG_WARNING
+Warning messages.
+.It Dv LOG_NOTICE
+Conditions that are not error conditions,
+but should possibly be handled specially.
+.It Dv LOG_INFO
+Informational messages.
+.It Dv LOG_DEBUG
+Messages that contain information
+normally of use only when debugging a program.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn openlog
+function
+provides for more specialized processing of the messages sent
+by
+.Fn syslog
+and
+.Fn vsyslog .
+The parameter
+.Fa ident
+is a string that will be prepended to every message.
+The
+.Fa logopt
+argument
+is a bit field specifying logging options, which is formed by
+.Tn OR Ns 'ing
+one or more of the following values:
+.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV
+.It Dv LOG_CONS
+If
+.Fn syslog
+cannot pass the message to
+.Xr syslogd
+it will attempt to write the message to the console
+.Pq Dq Pa /dev/console.
+.It Dv LOG_NDELAY 
+Open the connection to
+.Xr syslogd
+immediately.
+Normally the open is delayed until the first message is logged.
+Useful for programs that need to manage the order in which file
+descriptors are allocated.
+.It Dv LOG_PERROR
+Write the message to standard error output as well to the system log.
+.It Dv LOG_PID
+Log the process id with each message: useful for identifying
+instantiations of daemons.
+.El
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa facility
+parameter encodes a default facility to be assigned to all messages
+that do not have an explicit facility encoded:
+.Bl -tag -width LOG_AUTHPRIV
+.It Dv LOG_AUTH
+The authorization system:
+.Xr login 1 ,
+.Xr su 1 ,
+.Xr getty 8 ,
+etc.
+.It Dv LOG_AUTHPRIV
+The same as
+.Dv LOG_AUTH ,
+but logged to a file readable only by
+selected individuals.
+.It Dv LOG_CRON
+The cron daemon:
+.Xr cron 8 .
+.It Dv LOG_DAEMON
+System daemons, such as
+.Xr routed 8 ,
+that are not provided for explicitly by other facilities.
+.It Dv LOG_FTP
+The file transfer protocol daemon:
+.Xr ftpd 8 .
+.It Dv LOG_KERN
+Messages generated by the kernel.
+These cannot be generated by any user processes.
+.It Dv LOG_LPR
+The line printer spooling system:
+.Xr lpr 1 ,
+.Xr lpc 8 ,
+.Xr lpd 8 ,
+etc.
+.It Dv LOG_MAIL
+The mail system.
+.It Dv LOG_NEWS
+The network news system.
+.It Dv LOG_SYSLOG
+Messages generated internally by
+.Xr syslogd 8 .
+.It Dv LOG_USER
+Messages generated by random user processes.
+This is the default facility identifier if none is specified.
+.It Dv LOG_UUCP
+The uucp system.
+.It Dv LOG_LOCAL0
+Reserved for local use.
+Similarly for
+.Dv LOG_LOCAL1
+through
+.Dv LOG_LOCAL7 .
+.El 
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn closelog
+function
+can be used to close the log file.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn setlogmask
+function
+sets the log priority mask to
+.Fa maskpri
+and returns the previous mask.
+Calls to
+.Fn syslog
+with a priority not set in
+.Fa maskpri
+are rejected.
+The mask for an individual priority
+.Fa pri
+is calculated by the macro
+.Fn LOG_MASK pri ;
+the mask for all priorities up to and including
+.Fa toppri
+is given by the macro
+.Fn LOG_UPTO toppri ; .
+The default allows all priorities to be logged.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The routines
+.Fn closelog ,
+.Fn openlog ,
+.Fn syslog
+and
+.Fn vsyslog
+return no value.
+.Pp
+The routine
+.Fn setlogmask
+always returns the previous log mask level.
+.Sh EXAMPLES
+.Bd -literal -offset indent -compact
+syslog(LOG_ALERT, "who: internal error 23");
+
+openlog("ftpd", LOG_PID | LOG_NDELAY, LOG_FTP);
+
+setlogmask(LOG_UPTO(LOG_ERR));
+
+syslog(LOG_INFO, "Connection from host %d", CallingHost);
+
+syslog(LOG_INFO|LOG_LOCAL2, "foobar error: %m");
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr logger 1 ,
+.Xr syslogd 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+These
+functions appeared in 
+.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fd6636411bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: syslog.c,v 1.10 1995/08/31 16:28:01 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)syslog.c	8.4 (Berkeley) 3/18/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: syslog.c,v 1.10 1995/08/31 16:28:01 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/socket.h>
+#include <sys/syslog.h>
+#include <sys/uio.h>
+#include <netdb.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#if __STDC__
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+#include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+static int	LogFile = -1;		/* fd for log */
+static int	connected;		/* have done connect */
+static int	LogStat = 0;		/* status bits, set by openlog() */
+static const char *LogTag = NULL;	/* string to tag the entry with */
+static int	LogFacility = LOG_USER;	/* default facility code */
+static int	LogMask = 0xff;		/* mask of priorities to be logged */
+extern char	*__progname;		/* Program name, from crt0. */
+
+/*
+ * syslog, vsyslog --
+ *	print message on log file; output is intended for syslogd(8).
+ */
+void
+#if __STDC__
+syslog(int pri, const char *fmt, ...)
+#else
+syslog(pri, fmt, va_alist)
+	int pri;
+	char *fmt;
+	va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+	va_list ap;
+
+#if __STDC__
+	va_start(ap, fmt);
+#else
+	va_start(ap);
+#endif
+	vsyslog(pri, fmt, ap);
+	va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void
+vsyslog(pri, fmt, ap)
+	int pri;
+	register const char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	register int cnt;
+	register char ch, *p, *t;
+	time_t now;
+	int fd, saved_errno;
+#define	TBUF_LEN	2048
+#define	FMT_LEN		1024
+	char *stdp, tbuf[TBUF_LEN], fmt_cpy[FMT_LEN];
+	int tbuf_left, fmt_left, prlen;
+
+#define	INTERNALLOG	LOG_ERR|LOG_CONS|LOG_PERROR|LOG_PID
+	/* Check for invalid bits. */
+	if (pri & ~(LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK)) {
+		syslog(INTERNALLOG,
+		    "syslog: unknown facility/priority: %x", pri);
+		pri &= LOG_PRIMASK|LOG_FACMASK;
+	}
+
+	/* Check priority against setlogmask values. */
+	if (!(LOG_MASK(LOG_PRI(pri)) & LogMask))
+		return;
+
+	saved_errno = errno;
+
+	/* Set default facility if none specified. */
+	if ((pri & LOG_FACMASK) == 0)
+		pri |= LogFacility;
+
+	/* Build the message. */
+	
+	/*
+ 	 * Although it's tempting, we can't ignore the possibility of
+	 * overflowing the buffer when assembling the "fixed" portion
+	 * of the message.  Strftime's "%h" directive expands to the
+	 * locale's abbreviated month name, but if the user has the
+	 * ability to construct to his own locale files, it may be
+	 * arbitrarily long.
+	 */
+	(void)time(&now);
+
+	p = tbuf;  
+	tbuf_left = TBUF_LEN;
+	
+#define	DEC()	\
+	do {					\
+		if (prlen >= tbuf_left)		\
+			prlen = tbuf_left - 1;	\
+		p += prlen;			\
+		tbuf_left -= prlen;		\
+	} while (0)
+
+	prlen = snprintf(p, tbuf_left, "<%d>", pri);
+	DEC();
+
+	prlen = strftime(p, tbuf_left, "%h %e %T ", localtime(&now));
+	DEC();
+
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR)
+		stdp = p;
+	if (LogTag == NULL)
+		LogTag = __progname;
+	if (LogTag != NULL) {
+		prlen = snprintf(p, tbuf_left, "%s", LogTag);
+		DEC();
+	}
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PID) {
+		prlen = snprintf(p, tbuf_left, "[%d]", getpid());
+		DEC();
+	}
+	if (LogTag != NULL) {
+		if (tbuf_left > 1) {
+			*p++ = ':';
+			tbuf_left--;
+		}
+		if (tbuf_left > 1) {
+			*p++ = ' ';
+			tbuf_left--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* 
+	 * We wouldn't need this mess if printf handled %m, or if 
+	 * strerror() had been invented before syslog().
+	 */
+	for (t = fmt_cpy, fmt_left = FMT_LEN; ch = *fmt; ++fmt) {
+		if (ch == '%' && fmt[1] == 'm') {
+			++fmt;
+			prlen = snprintf(t, fmt_left, "%s",
+			    strerror(saved_errno));
+			if (prlen >= fmt_left)
+				prlen = fmt_left - 1;
+			t += prlen;
+			fmt_left -= prlen;
+		} else {
+			if (fmt_left > 1) {
+				*t++ = ch;
+				fmt_left--;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	*t = '\0';
+
+	prlen = vsnprintf(p, tbuf_left, fmt_cpy, ap);
+	DEC();
+	cnt = p - tbuf;
+
+	/* Output to stderr if requested. */
+	if (LogStat & LOG_PERROR) {
+		struct iovec iov[2];
+
+		iov[0].iov_base = stdp;
+		iov[0].iov_len = cnt - (stdp - tbuf);
+		iov[1].iov_base = "\n";
+		iov[1].iov_len = 1;
+		(void)writev(STDERR_FILENO, iov, 2);
+	}
+
+	/* Get connected, output the message to the local logger. */
+	if (!connected)
+		openlog(LogTag, LogStat | LOG_NDELAY, 0);
+	if (send(LogFile, tbuf, cnt, 0) >= 0)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	 * Output the message to the console; don't worry about blocking,
+	 * if console blocks everything will.  Make sure the error reported
+	 * is the one from the syslogd failure.
+	 */
+	if (LogStat & LOG_CONS &&
+	    (fd = open(_PATH_CONSOLE, O_WRONLY, 0)) >= 0) {
+		struct iovec iov[2];
+		
+		p = strchr(tbuf, '>') + 1;
+		iov[0].iov_base = p;
+		iov[0].iov_len = cnt - (p - tbuf);
+		iov[1].iov_base = "\r\n";
+		iov[1].iov_len = 2;
+		(void)writev(fd, iov, 2);
+		(void)close(fd);
+	}
+}
+
+static struct sockaddr SyslogAddr;	/* AF_UNIX address of local logger */
+
+void
+openlog(ident, logstat, logfac)
+	const char *ident;
+	int logstat, logfac;
+{
+	if (ident != NULL)
+		LogTag = ident;
+	LogStat = logstat;
+	if (logfac != 0 && (logfac &~ LOG_FACMASK) == 0)
+		LogFacility = logfac;
+
+	if (LogFile == -1) {
+		SyslogAddr.sa_family = AF_UNIX;
+		(void)strncpy(SyslogAddr.sa_data, _PATH_LOG,
+		    sizeof(SyslogAddr.sa_data));
+		if (LogStat & LOG_NDELAY) {
+			if ((LogFile = socket(AF_UNIX, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) == -1)
+				return;
+			(void)fcntl(LogFile, F_SETFD, 1);
+		}
+	}
+	if (LogFile != -1 && !connected)
+		if (connect(LogFile, &SyslogAddr, sizeof(SyslogAddr)) == -1) {
+			(void)close(LogFile);
+			LogFile = -1;
+		} else
+			connected = 1;
+}
+
+void
+closelog()
+{
+	(void)close(LogFile);
+	LogFile = -1;
+	connected = 0;
+}
+
+/* setlogmask -- set the log mask level */
+int
+setlogmask(pmask)
+	int pmask;
+{
+	int omask;
+
+	omask = LogMask;
+	if (pmask != 0)
+		LogMask = pmask;
+	return (omask);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..633a82cd4ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/telldir.c
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: telldir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:51 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)telldir.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: telldir.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 08:51:51 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * The option SINGLEUSE may be defined to say that a telldir
+ * cookie may be used only once before it is freed. This option
+ * is used to avoid having memory usage grow without bound.
+ */
+#define SINGLEUSE
+
+/*
+ * One of these structures is malloced to describe the current directory
+ * position each time telldir is called. It records the current magic 
+ * cookie returned by getdirentries and the offset within the buffer
+ * associated with that return value.
+ */
+struct ddloc {
+	struct	ddloc *loc_next;/* next structure in list */
+	long	loc_index;	/* key associated with structure */
+	long	loc_seek;	/* magic cookie returned by getdirentries */
+	long	loc_loc;	/* offset of entry in buffer */
+};
+
+#define	NDIRHASH	32	/* Num of hash lists, must be a power of 2 */
+#define	LOCHASH(i)	((i)&(NDIRHASH-1))
+
+static long	dd_loccnt;	/* Index of entry for sequential readdir's */
+static struct	ddloc *dd_hash[NDIRHASH];   /* Hash list heads for ddlocs */
+
+/*
+ * return a pointer into a directory
+ */
+long
+telldir(dirp)
+	const DIR *dirp;
+{
+	register int index;
+	register struct ddloc *lp;
+
+	if ((lp = (struct ddloc *)malloc(sizeof(struct ddloc))) == NULL)
+		return (-1);
+	index = dd_loccnt++;
+	lp->loc_index = index;
+	lp->loc_seek = dirp->dd_seek;
+	lp->loc_loc = dirp->dd_loc;
+	lp->loc_next = dd_hash[LOCHASH(index)];
+	dd_hash[LOCHASH(index)] = lp;
+	return (index);
+}
+
+/*
+ * seek to an entry in a directory.
+ * Only values returned by "telldir" should be passed to seekdir.
+ */
+void
+__seekdir(dirp, loc)
+	register DIR *dirp;
+	long loc;
+{
+	register struct ddloc *lp;
+	register struct ddloc **prevlp;
+	struct dirent *dp;
+
+	prevlp = &dd_hash[LOCHASH(loc)];
+	lp = *prevlp;
+	while (lp != NULL) {
+		if (lp->loc_index == loc)
+			break;
+		prevlp = &lp->loc_next;
+		lp = lp->loc_next;
+	}
+	if (lp == NULL)
+		return;
+	if (lp->loc_loc == dirp->dd_loc && lp->loc_seek == dirp->dd_seek)
+		goto found;
+	(void) lseek(dirp->dd_fd, (off_t)lp->loc_seek, SEEK_SET);
+	dirp->dd_seek = lp->loc_seek;
+	dirp->dd_loc = 0;
+	while (dirp->dd_loc < lp->loc_loc) {
+		dp = readdir(dirp);
+		if (dp == NULL)
+			break;
+	}
+found:
+#ifdef SINGLEUSE
+	*prevlp = lp->loc_next;
+	free((caddr_t)lp);
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/time.3 b/lib/libc/gen/time.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02991e6102d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/time.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: time.3,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:53:51 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)time.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt TIME 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm time
+.Nd get time of day
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <time.h>
+.Ft time_t
+.Fn time "time_t *tloc"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn time
+function
+returns the value of time in seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
+0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time.
+.Pp
+A copy of the time value may be saved to the area indicated by the
+pointer
+.Fa tloc .
+If
+.Fa tloc
+is a NULL pointer, no value is stored.
+.Pp
+Upon successful completion,
+.Fn time
+returns the value of time.
+Otherwise a value of
+.Po
+.Po Fa time_t Pc \-1
+.Pc
+is returned and the global variable
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The following error codes may be set in
+.Va errno :
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+An argument address referenced invalid memory.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr ctime 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn time
+function appeared in
+.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/time.c b/lib/libc/gen/time.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b7496f3ce3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/time.c
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: time.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:53:56 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1983, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)time.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: time.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:53:56 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+time_t
+time(t)
+	time_t *t;
+{
+	struct timeval tt;
+
+	if (gettimeofday(&tt, (struct timezone *)0) < 0)
+		return(-1);
+	if (t)
+		*t = tt.tv_sec;
+	return(tt.tv_sec);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/times.3 b/lib/libc/gen/times.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d947f9b687f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/times.3
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: times.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:54:02 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)times.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt TIMES 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm times
+.Nd process times
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/times.h>
+.Ft clock_t 
+.Fn times "struct tms *tp"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This interface is obsoleted by getrusage(2)
+and gettimeofday(3).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn times
+function returns the value of time in
+.Dv CLK_TCK Ns 's
+of a second since
+0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal
+Time.
+.Pp
+It also fills in the structure pointed to by
+.Fa tp
+with time-accounting information.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fa tms
+structure is defined as follows:
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+typedef struct {
+	clock_t tms_utime;
+	clock_t tms_stime;
+	clock_t tms_cutime;
+	clock_t tms_cstime;
+}
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The elements of this structure are defined as follows:
+.Bl -tag -width tms_cutime
+.It Fa tms_utime
+The
+.Tn CPU
+time charged for the execution of user instructions.
+.It Fa tms_stime
+The
+.Tn CPU
+time charged for execution by the system on behalf of
+the process.
+.It Fa tms_cutime
+The sum of the
+.Fa tms_utime  s
+and
+.Fa tms_cutime  s
+of the child processes.
+.It Fa tms_cstime
+The sum of the
+.Fa tms_stime Ns s
+and
+.Fa tms_cstime Ns s
+of the child processes.
+.El
+.Pp
+All times are in
+.Dv CLK_TCK Ns 's
+of a second.
+.Pp
+The times of a terminated child process are included in the
+.Fa tms_cutime
+and
+.Fa tms_cstime
+elements of the parent when one of the
+.Xr wait 2
+functions returns the process ID of the terminated child to the parent.
+If an error occurs,
+.Fn times
+returns the value
+.Pq (clock_t)\-1 ,
+and sets 
+.Va errno
+to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn times
+function
+may fail and set the global variable
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library
+routines
+.Xr getrusage 2
+and
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr time 1 ,
+.Xr getrusage 2 ,
+.Xr gettimeofday 2 ,
+.Xr wait 2
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn times
+function
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/times.c b/lib/libc/gen/times.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..de63c59a3da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/times.c
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: times.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:54:09 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)times.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: times.c,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:54:09 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/times.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+/*
+ * Convert usec to clock ticks; could do (usec * CLK_TCK) / 1000000,
+ * but this would overflow if we switch to nanosec.
+ */
+#define	CONVTCK(r)	(r.tv_sec * CLK_TCK + r.tv_usec / (1000000 / CLK_TCK))
+
+clock_t
+times(tp)
+	register struct tms *tp;
+{
+	struct rusage ru;
+	struct timeval t;
+
+	if (getrusage(RUSAGE_SELF, &ru) < 0)
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	tp->tms_utime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+	tp->tms_stime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+	if (getrusage(RUSAGE_CHILDREN, &ru) < 0)
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	tp->tms_cutime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_utime);
+	tp->tms_cstime = CONVTCK(ru.ru_stime);
+	if (gettimeofday(&t, (struct timezone *)0))
+		return ((clock_t)-1);
+	return ((clock_t)(CONVTCK(t)));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3 b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..66c9588dd5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.3
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: timezone.3,v 1.4 1995/02/27 05:54:15 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)timezone.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd "April 19, 1994"
+.Dt TIMEZONE 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm timezone
+.Nd return the timezone abbreviation
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Ft char *
+.Fn timezone "int zone" "int dst"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.ft B
+This interface is for compatibility only; it is impossible to reliably
+map timezone's arguments to a time zone abbreviation.
+See ctime(3).
+.ft P
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn timezone
+function returns a pointer to a time zone abbreviation for the specified
+.Ar zone
+and
+.Ar dst
+values.
+.Ar Zone
+is the number of minutes west of GMT and
+.Ar dst
+is non-zero if daylight savings time is in effect.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ctime 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn timezone
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..02fb353023f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/timezone.c
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: timezone.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:54:24 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1987, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)timezone.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: timezone.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:54:24 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <tzfile.h>
+
+char *_tztab();
+
+/*
+ * timezone --
+ *	The arguments are the number of minutes of time you are westward
+ *	from Greenwich and whether DST is in effect.  It returns a string
+ *	giving the name of the local timezone.  Should be replaced, in the
+ *	application code, by a call to localtime.
+ */
+
+static char	czone[TZ_MAX_CHARS];		/* space for zone name */
+
+char *
+timezone(zone, dst)
+	int	zone,
+		dst;
+{
+	register char	*beg,
+			*end;
+
+	if (beg = getenv("TZNAME")) {		/* set in environment */
+		if (end = strchr(beg, ',')) {	/* "PST,PDT" */
+			if (dst)
+				return(++end);
+			*end = '\0';
+			(void)strncpy(czone,beg,sizeof(czone) - 1);
+			czone[sizeof(czone) - 1] = '\0';
+			*end = ',';
+			return(czone);
+		}
+		return(beg);
+	}
+	return(_tztab(zone,dst));	/* default: table or created zone */
+}
+
+static struct zone {
+	int	offset;
+	char	*stdzone;
+	char	*dlzone;
+} zonetab[] = {
+	-1*60,	"MET",	"MET DST",	/* Middle European */
+	-2*60,	"EET",	"EET DST",	/* Eastern European */
+	4*60,	"AST",	"ADT",		/* Atlantic */
+	5*60,	"EST",	"EDT",		/* Eastern */
+	6*60,	"CST",	"CDT",		/* Central */
+	7*60,	"MST",	"MDT",		/* Mountain */
+	8*60,	"PST",	"PDT",		/* Pacific */
+#ifdef notdef
+	/* there's no way to distinguish this from WET */
+	0,	"GMT",	0,		/* Greenwich */
+#endif
+	0*60,	"WET",	"WET DST",	/* Western European */
+	-10*60,	"EST",	"EST",		/* Aust: Eastern */
+     -10*60+30,	"CST",	"CST",		/* Aust: Central */
+	-8*60,	"WST",	0,		/* Aust: Western */
+	-1
+};
+
+/*
+ * _tztab --
+ *	check static tables or create a new zone name; broken out so that
+ *	we can make a guess as to what the zone is if the standard tables
+ *	aren't in place in /etc.  DO NOT USE THIS ROUTINE OUTSIDE OF THE
+ *	STANDARD LIBRARY.
+ */
+char *
+_tztab(zone,dst)
+	register int	zone;
+	int	dst;
+{
+	register struct zone	*zp;
+	register char	sign;
+
+	for (zp = zonetab; zp->offset != -1;++zp)	/* static tables */
+		if (zp->offset == zone) {
+			if (dst && zp->dlzone)
+				return(zp->dlzone);
+			if (!dst && zp->stdzone)
+				return(zp->stdzone);
+		}
+
+	if (zone < 0) {					/* create one */
+		zone = -zone;
+		sign = '+';
+	}
+	else
+		sign = '-';
+	(void)sprintf(czone,"GMT%c%d:%02d",sign,zone / 60,zone % 60);
+	return(czone);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tolower.3 b/lib/libc/gen/tolower.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..edc45ffa47a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/tolower.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: tolower.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 05:54:32 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)tolower.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt TOLOWER 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm tolower
+.Nd upper case to lower case letter conversion
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn tolower "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn tolower
+function converts an upper-case letter to the corresponding lower-case
+letter.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If the argument is an upper-case letter, the
+.Fn tolower
+function returns the corresponding lower-case letter if there is
+one; otherwise the argument is returned unchanged.
+.\" In the 
+.\" .Em ``C''
+.\" locale,
+.\" .Fn tolower
+.\" maps only the characters for which
+.\" .Xr isupper
+.\" is true to the corresponding characters for which
+.\" .Xr islower
+.\" is true.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn tolower
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/tolower_.c b/lib/libc/gen/tolower_.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..50db0650337
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/tolower_.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: tolower_.c,v 1.7 1995/05/11 23:04:04 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>.
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_RCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: tolower_.c,v 1.7 1995/05/11 23:04:04 jtc Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_RCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if EOF != -1
+#error "EOF != -1"
+#endif
+
+const short _C_tolower_[1 + 256] = {
+	EOF,
+	0x00,	0x01,	0x02,	0x03,	0x04,	0x05,	0x06,	0x07,
+	0x08,	0x09,	0x0a,	0x0b,	0x0c,	0x0d,	0x0e,	0x0f,
+	0x10,	0x11,	0x12,	0x13,	0x14,	0x15,	0x16,	0x17,
+	0x18,	0x19,	0x1a,	0x1b,	0x1c,	0x1d,	0x1e,	0x1f,
+	0x20,	0x21,	0x22,	0x23,	0x24,	0x25,	0x26,	0x27,
+	0x28,	0x29,	0x2a,	0x2b,	0x2c,	0x2d,	0x2e,	0x2f,
+	0x30,	0x31,	0x32,	0x33,	0x34,	0x35,	0x36,	0x37,
+	0x38,	0x39,	0x3a,	0x3b,	0x3c,	0x3d,	0x3e,	0x3f,
+	0x40,	'a',	'b',	'c',	'd',	'e',	'f',	'g',
+	'h',	'i',	'j',	'k',	'l',	'm',	'n',	'o',
+	'p',	'q',	'r',	's',	't',	'u',	'v',	'w',
+	'x',	'y',	'z',	0x5b,	0x5c,	0x5d,	0x5e,	0x5f,
+	0x60,	0x61,	0x62,	0x63,	0x64,	0x65,	0x66,	0x67,
+	0x68,	0x69,	0x6a,	0x6b,	0x6c,	0x6d,	0x6e,	0x6f,
+	0x70,	0x71,	0x72,	0x73,	0x74,	0x75,	0x76,	0x77,
+	0x78,	0x79,	0x7a,	0x7b,	0x7c,	0x7d,	0x7e,	0x7f,
+	0x80,	0x81,	0x82,	0x83,	0x84,	0x85,	0x86,	0x87,
+	0x88,	0x89,	0x8a,	0x8b,	0x8c,	0x8d,	0x8e,	0x8f,
+	0x90,	0x91,	0x92,	0x93,	0x94,	0x95,	0x96,	0x97,
+	0x98,	0x99,	0x9a,	0x9b,	0x9c,	0x9d,	0x9e,	0x9f,
+	0xa0,	0xa1,	0xa2,	0xa3,	0xa4,	0xa5,	0xa6,	0xa7,
+	0xa8,	0xa9,	0xaa,	0xab,	0xac,	0xad,	0xae,	0xaf,
+	0xb0,	0xb1,	0xb2,	0xb3,	0xb4,	0xb5,	0xb6,	0xb7,
+	0xb8,	0xb9,	0xba,	0xbb,	0xbc,	0xbd,	0xbe,	0xbf,
+	0xc0,	0xc1,	0xc2,	0xc3,	0xc4,	0xc5,	0xc6,	0xc7,
+	0xc8,	0xc9,	0xca,	0xcb,	0xcc,	0xcd,	0xce,	0xcf,
+	0xd0,	0xd1,	0xd2,	0xd3,	0xd4,	0xd5,	0xd6,	0xd7,
+	0xd8,	0xd9,	0xda,	0xdb,	0xdc,	0xdd,	0xde,	0xdf,
+	0xe0,	0xe1,	0xe2,	0xe3,	0xe4,	0xe5,	0xe6,	0xe7,
+	0xe8,	0xe9,	0xea,	0xeb,	0xec,	0xed,	0xee,	0xef,
+	0xf0,	0xf1,	0xf2,	0xf3,	0xf4,	0xf5,	0xf6,	0xf7,
+	0xf8,	0xf9,	0xfa,	0xfb,	0xfc,	0xfd,	0xfe,	0xff
+};
+
+const short *_tolower_tab_ = _C_tolower_;
+
+#undef tolower
+int
+tolower(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_tolower_tab_ + 1)[c]);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/toupper.3 b/lib/libc/gen/toupper.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9b669a7b45c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/toupper.3
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: toupper.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 05:54:43 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
+.\" All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
+.\" the American National Standards Committee X3, on Information
+.\" Processing Systems.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)toupper.3	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/29/91
+.\"
+.Dd June 29, 1991
+.Dt TOUPPER 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm toupper
+.Nd lower case to upper case letter conversion
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <ctype.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn toupper "int c"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn toupper
+function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding 
+upper-case letter.
+.SH RETURN VALUES
+If the argument is a lower-case letter, the
+.Fn toupper
+function returns the corresponding upper-case letter if there is
+one; otherwise the argument is returned unchanged.
+.\" In the 
+.\" .Em ``C''
+.\" locale,
+.\" .Fn toupper
+.\" maps only the characters for which
+.\" .Xr islower
+.\" is true to the corresponding characters for which
+.\" .Xr isupper
+.\" is true.	
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr isascii 3 ,
+.Xr isalnum 3 ,
+.Xr isalpha 3 ,
+.Xr iscntrl 3 ,
+.Xr isdigit 3 ,
+.Xr isgraph 3 ,
+.Xr islower 3 ,
+.Xr isprint 3 ,
+.Xr ispunct 3 ,
+.Xr isspace 3 ,
+.Xr isupper 3 ,
+.Xr isxdigit 3 ,
+.Xr toascii 3 ,
+.Xr toupper 3 ,
+.Xr stdio 3
+.Xr ascii 7
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn tolower
+function conforms to
+.St -ansiC .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/toupper_.c b/lib/libc/gen/toupper_.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..828140e5b74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/toupper_.c
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: toupper_.c,v 1.7 1995/05/11 23:04:09 jtc Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@netbsd.org>.
+ * Public domain.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_RCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: toupper_.c,v 1.7 1995/05/11 23:04:09 jtc Exp $";
+#endif /* LIBC_RCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+#if EOF != -1
+#error "EOF != -1"
+#endif
+
+const short _C_toupper_[1 + 256] = {
+	EOF,
+	0x00,	0x01,	0x02,	0x03,	0x04,	0x05,	0x06,	0x07,
+	0x08,	0x09,	0x0a,	0x0b,	0x0c,	0x0d,	0x0e,	0x0f,
+	0x10,	0x11,	0x12,	0x13,	0x14,	0x15,	0x16,	0x17,
+	0x18,	0x19,	0x1a,	0x1b,	0x1c,	0x1d,	0x1e,	0x1f,
+	0x20,	0x21,	0x22,	0x23,	0x24,	0x25,	0x26,	0x27,
+	0x28,	0x29,	0x2a,	0x2b,	0x2c,	0x2d,	0x2e,	0x2f,
+	0x30,	0x31,	0x32,	0x33,	0x34,	0x35,	0x36,	0x37,
+	0x38,	0x39,	0x3a,	0x3b,	0x3c,	0x3d,	0x3e,	0x3f,
+	0x40,	0x41,	0x42,	0x43,	0x44,	0x45,	0x46,	0x47,
+	0x48,	0x49,	0x4a,	0x4b,	0x4c,	0x4d,	0x4e,	0x4f,
+	0x50,	0x51,	0x52,	0x53,	0x54,	0x55,	0x56,	0x57,
+	0x58,	0x59,	0x5a,	0x5b,	0x5c,	0x5d,	0x5e,	0x5f,
+	0x60,	'A',	'B',	'C',	'D',	'E',	'F',	'G',
+	'H',	'I',	'J',	'K',	'L',	'M',	'N',	'O',
+	'P',	'Q',	'R',	'S',	'T',	'U',	'V',	'W',
+	'X',	'Y',	'Z',	0x7b,	0x7c,	0x7d,	0x7e,	0x7f,
+	0x80,	0x81,	0x82,	0x83,	0x84,	0x85,	0x86,	0x87,
+	0x88,	0x89,	0x8a,	0x8b,	0x8c,	0x8d,	0x8e,	0x8f,
+	0x90,	0x91,	0x92,	0x93,	0x94,	0x95,	0x96,	0x97,
+	0x98,	0x99,	0x9a,	0x9b,	0x9c,	0x9d,	0x9e,	0x9f,
+	0xa0,	0xa1,	0xa2,	0xa3,	0xa4,	0xa5,	0xa6,	0xa7,
+	0xa8,	0xa9,	0xaa,	0xab,	0xac,	0xad,	0xae,	0xaf,
+	0xb0,	0xb1,	0xb2,	0xb3,	0xb4,	0xb5,	0xb6,	0xb7,
+	0xb8,	0xb9,	0xba,	0xbb,	0xbc,	0xbd,	0xbe,	0xbf,
+	0xc0,	0xc1,	0xc2,	0xc3,	0xc4,	0xc5,	0xc6,	0xc7,
+	0xc8,	0xc9,	0xca,	0xcb,	0xcc,	0xcd,	0xce,	0xcf,
+	0xd0,	0xd1,	0xd2,	0xd3,	0xd4,	0xd5,	0xd6,	0xd7,
+	0xd8,	0xd9,	0xda,	0xdb,	0xdc,	0xdd,	0xde,	0xdf,
+	0xe0,	0xe1,	0xe2,	0xe3,	0xe4,	0xe5,	0xe6,	0xe7,
+	0xe8,	0xe9,	0xea,	0xeb,	0xec,	0xed,	0xee,	0xef,
+	0xf0,	0xf1,	0xf2,	0xf3,	0xf4,	0xf5,	0xf6,	0xf7,
+	0xf8,	0xf9,	0xfa,	0xfb,	0xfc,	0xfd,	0xfe,	0xff
+};
+
+const short *_toupper_tab_ = _C_toupper_;
+
+#undef toupper
+int
+toupper(c)
+	int c;
+{
+	return((_toupper_tab_ + 1)[c]);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d1729d90c2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ttyname.3,v 1.3 1995/02/27 05:54:52 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ttyname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt TTYNAME 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ttyname ,
+.Nm isatty ,
+.Nm ttyslot
+.Nd get name of associated terminal (tty) from file descriptor
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn ttyname "int fd"
+.Ft int
+.Fn isatty "int fd"
+.Ft int
+.Fn ttyslot 
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+These functions operate on the system file descriptors for terminal
+type devices. These descriptors are not related to the standard
+.Tn I/O
+.Dv FILE
+typedef, but refer to the special device files found in
+.Pa /dev
+and named
+.Pa /dev/tty Ns Em xx
+and for which an entry exists
+in the initialization file
+.Pa /etc/ttys.
+(See
+.Xr ttys 5 . )
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn isatty
+function
+determines if the file descriptor
+.Fa fd
+refers to a valid
+terminal type device.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ttyname
+function
+gets the related device name of
+a file descriptor for which
+.Fn isatty
+is true
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ttyslot
+function
+fetches the current process' control terminal number from the
+.Xr ttys 5
+file entry.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn ttyname
+function
+returns the null terminated name if the device is found and
+.Fn isatty
+is true; otherwise 
+a
+.Dv NULL
+pointer is returned.
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ttyslot
+function
+returns the unit number of the device file if found; otherwise
+the value zero is returned.
+.Sh FILES
+.Bl -tag -width /etc/ttys -compact
+.It Pa /dev/\(**
+.It Pa /etc/ttys
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr ioctl 2 ,
+.Xr ttys 5
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn isatty ,
+.Fn ttyname ,
+and
+.Fn ttyslot
+function
+appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh BUGS
+The
+.Fn ttyname
+function leaves its result in an internal static object and returns
+a pointer to that object. Subsequent calls to
+.Fn ttyname
+will modify the same object.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c4b26e4e04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ttyname.c,v 1.9 1995/05/02 01:45:33 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ttyname.c	8.2 (Berkeley) 1/27/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: ttyname.c,v 1.9 1995/05/02 01:45:33 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <db.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <paths.h>
+
+static char buf[sizeof(_PATH_DEV) + MAXNAMLEN] = _PATH_DEV;
+static char *oldttyname __P((int, struct stat *));
+
+char *
+ttyname(fd)
+	int fd;
+{
+	struct stat sb;
+	struct termios ttyb;
+	DB *db;
+	DBT data, key;
+	struct {
+		mode_t type;
+		dev_t dev;
+	} bkey;
+
+	/* Must be a terminal. */
+	if (tcgetattr(fd, &ttyb) < 0)
+		return (NULL);
+	/* Must be a character device. */
+	if (fstat(fd, &sb) || !S_ISCHR(sb.st_mode))
+		return (NULL);
+
+	if (db = dbopen(_PATH_DEVDB, O_RDONLY, 0, DB_HASH, NULL)) {
+		memset(&bkey, 0, sizeof(bkey));
+		bkey.type = S_IFCHR;
+		bkey.dev = sb.st_rdev;
+		key.data = &bkey;
+		key.size = sizeof(bkey);
+		if (!(db->get)(db, &key, &data, 0)) {
+			bcopy(data.data,
+			    buf + sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1, data.size);
+			(void)(db->close)(db);
+			return (buf);
+		}
+		(void)(db->close)(db);
+	}
+	return (oldttyname(fd, &sb));
+}
+
+static char *
+oldttyname(fd, sb)
+	int fd;
+	struct stat *sb;
+{
+	register struct dirent *dirp;
+	register DIR *dp;
+	struct stat dsb;
+
+	if ((dp = opendir(_PATH_DEV)) == NULL)
+		return (NULL);
+
+	while (dirp = readdir(dp)) {
+		if (dirp->d_fileno != sb->st_ino)
+			continue;
+		bcopy(dirp->d_name, buf + sizeof(_PATH_DEV) - 1,
+		    dirp->d_namlen + 1);
+		if (stat(buf, &dsb) || sb->st_dev != dsb.st_dev ||
+		    sb->st_ino != dsb.st_ino)
+			continue;
+		(void)closedir(dp);
+		return (buf);
+	}
+	(void)closedir(dp);
+	return (NULL);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c b/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..73c36978e6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ttyslot.c
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ttyslot.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:55:04 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ttyslot.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: ttyslot.c,v 1.5 1995/02/27 05:55:04 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <ttyent.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+int
+ttyslot()
+{
+	register struct ttyent *ttyp;
+	register int slot;
+	register char *p;
+	int cnt;
+	char *name;
+
+	setttyent();
+	for (cnt = 0; cnt < 3; ++cnt) 
+		if (name = ttyname(cnt)) {
+			if (p = strrchr(name, '/')) 
+				++p;
+			else
+				p = name;
+			for (slot = 1; ttyp = getttyent(); ++slot)
+				if (!strcmp(ttyp->ty_name, p)) {
+					endttyent();
+					return(slot);
+				}
+			break;
+		}
+	endttyent();
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3 b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..80cf809a63c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.3
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: ualarm.3,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:31 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)ualarm.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 4/19/94
+.\"
+.Dd April 19, 1994
+.Dt UALARM 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm ualarm
+.Nd schedule signal after specified time
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft u_int 
+.Fn ualarm "u_int microseconds" "u_int interval"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This is a simplified interface to setitimer(2).
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn ualarm
+function
+waits a count of
+.Ar microseconds
+before asserting the terminating signal
+.Dv SIGALRM .
+System activity or time used in processing the call may cause a slight
+delay.
+.Pp
+If the
+.Fa interval
+argument is non-zero, the
+.Dv SIGALRM
+signal will be sent
+to the process every
+.Fa interval
+microseconds after the timer expires (e.g. after
+.Fa value
+microseconds have passed).
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+When the signal has successfully been caught,
+.Fn alarm
+returns the amount of time left on the clock.
+The maximum number of
+.Ar microseconds
+allowed
+is 2147483647.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr getitimer 2 ,
+.Xr setitimer 2 ,
+.Xr sigaction 2 ,
+.Xr sigpause 2 ,
+.Xr sigvec 3 ,
+.Xr signal 3 ,
+.Xr sleep 3 ,
+.Xr alarm 3 ,
+.Xr usleep 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn ualarm
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2448fc6b55a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/ualarm.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: ualarm.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:33 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1985, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)ualarm.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: ualarm.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:39:33 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	USPS	1000000		/* # of microseconds in a second */
+
+/*
+ * Generate a SIGALRM signal in ``usecs'' microseconds.
+ * If ``reload'' is non-zero, keep generating SIGALRM
+ * every ``reload'' microseconds after the first signal.
+ */
+unsigned
+ualarm(usecs, reload)
+	register unsigned usecs;
+	register unsigned reload;
+{
+	struct itimerval new, old;
+
+	new.it_interval.tv_usec = reload % USPS;
+	new.it_interval.tv_sec = reload / USPS;
+	
+	new.it_value.tv_usec = usecs % USPS;
+	new.it_value.tv_sec = usecs / USPS;
+
+	if (setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &new, &old) == 0)
+		return (old.it_value.tv_sec * USPS + old.it_value.tv_usec);
+	/* else */
+		return (-1);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/uname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/uname.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..92ecffb4ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/uname.3
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: uname.3,v 1.2 1995/02/25 15:39:35 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1994
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"	@(#)uname.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 1/4/94
+.\"
+.Dd "January 4, 1994"
+.Dt UNAME 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm uname
+.Nd get system identification
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/utsname.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn uname "struct utsname *name"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn uname
+function stores nul-terminated strings of information identifying
+the current system into the structure referenced by
+.Fa name .
+.Pp
+The
+.Li utsname
+structure is defined in the
+.Li <sys/utsname.h>
+header file, and contains the following members:
+.Bl -tag -width nodenameXXXX -offset indent
+.It sysname
+Name of the operating system implementation.
+.It nodename
+Network name of this machine.
+.It release
+Release level of the operating system.
+.It version
+Version level of the operating system.
+.It machine
+Machine hardware platform.
+.El
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+If
+.Nm uname
+is successful, 0 is returned, otherwise, -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set appropriately.
+.Sh ERRORS
+The
+.Fn uname
+function may fail and set
+.Va errno
+for any of the errors specified for the library functions
+.Xr sysctl 3 .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr uname 1 ,
+.Xr sysctl 3
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn uname
+function conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm uname
+function first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/uname.c b/lib/libc/gen/uname.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..80a0d6a556d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/uname.c
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: uname.c,v 1.2 1995/02/25 15:39:38 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1994
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)uname.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 1/4/94";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: uname.c,v 1.2 1995/02/25 15:39:38 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/param.h>
+#include <sys/sysctl.h>
+#include <sys/utsname.h>
+
+int
+uname(name)
+	struct utsname *name;
+{
+	int mib[2], rval;
+	size_t len;
+	char *p;
+
+	rval = 0;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_OSTYPE;
+	len = sizeof(name->sysname);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->sysname, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		rval = -1;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_HOSTNAME;
+	len = sizeof(name->nodename);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->nodename, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		rval = -1;
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_OSRELEASE;
+	len = sizeof(name->release);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->release, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		rval = -1;
+
+	/* The version may have newlines in it, turn them into spaces. */
+	mib[0] = CTL_KERN;
+	mib[1] = KERN_VERSION;
+	len = sizeof(name->version);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->version, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		rval = -1;
+	else
+		for (p = name->version; len--; ++p)
+			if (*p == '\n' || *p == '\t')
+				if (len > 1)
+					*p = ' ';
+				else
+					*p = '\0';
+
+	mib[0] = CTL_HW;
+	mib[1] = HW_MACHINE;
+	len = sizeof(name->machine);
+	if (sysctl(mib, 2, &name->machine, &len, NULL, 0) == -1)
+		rval = -1;
+	return (rval);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0d5ac2f504f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: unvis.3,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:41 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)unvis.3	8.2 (Berkeley) 12/11/93
+.\"
+.Dd December 11, 1993
+.Dt UNVIS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm unvis ,
+.Nm strunvis
+.Nd decode a visual representation of characters
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <vis.h>
+.Ft int 
+.Fn unvis "u_char *cp" "u_char c" "int *astate" "int flag"
+.Ft int 
+.Fn strunvis "char *dst" "char *src"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn unvis
+and
+.Fn strunvis
+functions
+are used to decode a visual representation of characters, as produced
+by the
+.Xr vis 3
+function, back into
+the original form.  Unvis is called with successive characters in
+.Ar c 
+until a valid
+sequence is recognized, at which time the decoded character is
+available at the character pointed to by
+.Ar cp .
+Strunvis decodes the
+characters pointed to by
+.Ar src
+into the buffer pointed to by
+.Ar dst .
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn strunvis
+function
+simply copies
+.Ar src
+to
+.Ar dst ,
+decoding any escape sequences along the way,
+and returns the number of characters placed into
+.Ar dst ,
+or \-1 if an
+invalid escape sequence was detected.  The size of
+.Ar dst
+should be
+equal to the size of
+.Ar src
+(that is, no expansion takes place during
+decoding).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn unvis
+function
+implements a state machine that can be used to decode an arbitrary
+stream of bytes.  All state associated with the bytes being decoded
+is stored outside the
+.Fn unvis
+function (that is, a pointer to the state is passed in), so
+calls decoding different streams can be freely intermixed.  To
+start decoding a stream of bytes, first initialize an integer
+to zero.  Call
+.Fn unvis
+with each successive byte, along with a pointer
+to this integer, and a pointer to a destination character.
+The
+.Xr unvis
+function
+has several return codes that must be handled properly.  They are:
+.Bl -tag -width UNVIS_VALIDPUSH
+.It Li \&0 (zero)
+Another character is necessary; nothing has been recognized yet.
+.It Dv  UNVIS_VALID	
+A valid character has been recognized and is available at the location
+pointed to by cp.
+.It Dv  UNVIS_VALIDPUSH
+A valid character has been recognized and is available at the location
+pointed to by cp; however, the character currently passed in should
+be passed in again.
+.It Dv  UNVIS_NOCHAR
+A valid sequence was detected, but no character was produced.  This
+return code is necessary to indicate a logical break between characters.
+.It Dv  UNVIS_SYNBAD
+An invalid escape sequence was detected, or the decoder is in an
+unknown state.  The decoder is placed into the starting state.
+.El
+.Pp
+When all bytes in the stream have been processed, call
+.Fn unvis
+one more time with flag set to
+.Dv UNVIS_END
+to extract any remaining character (the character passed in is ignored).
+.Pp
+The following code fragment illustrates a proper use of
+.Fn unvis .
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+int state = 0;
+char out;
+
+while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF) {
+again:
+	switch(unvis(&out, ch, &state, 0)) {
+	case 0:
+	case UNVIS_NOCHAR:
+		break;
+	case UNVIS_VALID:
+		(void) putchar(out);
+		break;
+	case UNVIS_VALIDPUSH:
+		(void) putchar(out);
+		goto again;
+	case UNVIS_SYNBAD:
+		(void)fprintf(stderr, "bad sequence!\n");
+	exit(1);
+	}
+}
+if (unvis(&out, (char)0, &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID)
+	(void) putchar(out);
+.Ed
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr vis 1 ,
+.Xr unvis 1 ,
+.Xr vis 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm unvis
+function
+first appeared in 4.4BSD.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4ab9b20f0f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: unvis.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 17:18:31 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)unvis.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: unvis.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 17:18:31 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <vis.h>
+
+/*
+ * decode driven by state machine
+ */
+#define	S_GROUND	0	/* haven't seen escape char */
+#define	S_START		1	/* start decoding special sequence */
+#define	S_META		2	/* metachar started (M) */
+#define	S_META1		3	/* metachar more, regular char (-) */
+#define	S_CTRL		4	/* control char started (^) */
+#define	S_OCTAL2	5	/* octal digit 2 */
+#define	S_OCTAL3	6	/* octal digit 3 */
+
+#define	isoctal(c)	(((u_char)(c)) >= '0' && ((u_char)(c)) <= '7')
+
+/*
+ * unvis - decode characters previously encoded by vis
+ */
+int
+unvis(cp, c, astate, flag)
+	char *cp;
+	char c;
+	int *astate, flag;
+{
+
+	if (flag & UNVIS_END) {
+		if (*astate == S_OCTAL2 || *astate == S_OCTAL3) {
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		} 
+		return (*astate == S_GROUND ? UNVIS_NOCHAR : UNVIS_SYNBAD);
+	}
+
+	switch (*astate) {
+
+	case S_GROUND:
+		*cp = 0;
+		if (c == '\\') {
+			*astate = S_START;
+			return (0);
+		} 
+		*cp = c;
+		return (UNVIS_VALID);
+
+	case S_START:
+		switch(c) {
+		case '\\':
+			*cp = c;
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+		case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+			*cp = (c - '0');
+			*astate = S_OCTAL2;
+			return (0);
+		case 'M':
+			*cp = 0200;
+			*astate = S_META;
+			return (0);
+		case '^':
+			*astate = S_CTRL;
+			return (0);
+		case 'n':
+			*cp = '\n';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'r':
+			*cp = '\r';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'b':
+			*cp = '\b';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'a':
+			*cp = '\007';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'v':
+			*cp = '\v';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 't':
+			*cp = '\t';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'f':
+			*cp = '\f';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 's':
+			*cp = ' ';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case 'E':
+			*cp = '\033';
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		case '\n':
+			/*
+			 * hidden newline
+			 */
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_NOCHAR);
+		case '$':
+			/*
+			 * hidden marker
+			 */
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_NOCHAR);
+		}
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		return (UNVIS_SYNBAD);
+		 
+	case S_META:
+		if (c == '-')
+			*astate = S_META1;
+		else if (c == '^')
+			*astate = S_CTRL;
+		else {
+			*astate = S_GROUND;
+			return (UNVIS_SYNBAD);
+		}
+		return (0);
+		 
+	case S_META1:
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		*cp |= c;
+		return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		 
+	case S_CTRL:
+		if (c == '?')
+			*cp |= 0177;
+		else
+			*cp |= c & 037;
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		return (UNVIS_VALID);
+
+	case S_OCTAL2:	/* second possible octal digit */
+		if (isoctal(c)) {
+			/* 
+			 * yes - and maybe a third 
+			 */
+			*cp = (*cp << 3) + (c - '0');
+			*astate = S_OCTAL3;	
+			return (0);
+		} 
+		/* 
+		 * no - done with current sequence, push back passed char 
+		 */
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		return (UNVIS_VALIDPUSH);
+
+	case S_OCTAL3:	/* third possible octal digit */
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		if (isoctal(c)) {
+			*cp = (*cp << 3) + (c - '0');
+			return (UNVIS_VALID);
+		}
+		/*
+		 * we were done, push back passed char
+		 */
+		return (UNVIS_VALIDPUSH);
+			
+	default:	
+		/* 
+		 * decoder in unknown state - (probably uninitialized) 
+		 */
+		*astate = S_GROUND;
+		return (UNVIS_SYNBAD);
+	}
+}
+
+/*
+ * strunvis - decode src into dst 
+ *
+ *	Number of chars decoded into dst is returned, -1 on error.
+ *	Dst is null terminated.
+ */
+
+int
+strunvis(dst, src)
+	register char *dst;
+	register const char *src;
+{
+	register char c;
+	char *start = dst;
+	int state = 0;
+
+	while (c = *src++) {
+	again:
+		switch (unvis(dst, c, &state, 0)) {
+		case UNVIS_VALID:
+			dst++;
+			break;
+		case UNVIS_VALIDPUSH:
+			dst++;
+			goto again;
+		case 0:
+		case UNVIS_NOCHAR:
+			break;
+		default:
+			return (-1);
+		}
+	}
+	if (unvis(dst, c, &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID)
+		dst++;
+	*dst = '\0';
+	return (dst - start);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3 b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7404bf86c48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: usleep.3,v 1.3 1995/02/25 15:39:48 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)usleep.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt USLEEP 3
+.Os BSD 4.3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm usleep
+.Nd suspend execution for interval of microseconds
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft void
+.Fn usleep "u_int microseconds"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn usleep
+function
+suspends execution of the calling process
+for
+.Fa microseconds
+of time.
+System activity or time spent in processing the
+call may lengthen the sleep slightly.
+.Pp
+If a timer is already running on the process its state is saved.
+If the value
+.Fa microseconds
+is more than or equal to the remaining clock time for the saved timer,
+the sleep time is set to
+the remaining clock time.
+The state of the previous timer
+is restored after
+.Fa microseconds
+has passed.
+.Pp
+This routine is implemented using 
+.Xr setitimer 2 ;
+it requires eight system calls each time it is invoked.
+A similar but less compatible function can be obtained with a single
+.Xr select 2 ;
+such a function would not restart after signals, but would not interfere
+with other uses of
+.Xr setitimer .
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr setitimer 2 ,
+.Xr getitimer 2 ,
+.Xr sigpause 2 ,
+.Xr ualarm 3 ,
+.Xr sleep 3 ,
+.Xr alarm 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn usleep
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..23b7279cff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/usleep.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: usleep.c,v 1.7 1995/05/03 12:52:44 mycroft Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)usleep.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: usleep.c,v 1.7 1995/05/03 12:52:44 mycroft Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+#define	TICK	10000		/* system clock resolution in microseconds */
+
+void
+usleep(useconds)
+	unsigned int useconds;
+{
+	struct itimerval itv, oitv;
+	struct sigaction act, oact;
+	sigset_t set, oset;
+	static void sleephandler();
+
+	if (!useconds)
+		return;
+
+	sigemptyset(&set);
+	sigaddset(&set, SIGALRM);
+	sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, &set, &oset);
+
+	act.sa_handler = sleephandler;
+	act.sa_flags = 0;
+	sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask);
+	sigaction(SIGALRM, &act, &oact);
+
+	timerclear(&itv.it_interval);
+	itv.it_value.tv_sec = useconds / 1000000;
+	itv.it_value.tv_usec = useconds % 1000000;
+	setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itv, &oitv);
+
+	if (timerisset(&oitv.it_value)) {
+		if (timercmp(&oitv.it_value, &itv.it_value, >)) {
+			timersub(&oitv.it_value, &itv.it_value, &oitv.it_value);
+		} else {
+			itv.it_value = oitv.it_value;
+			/*
+			 * This is a hack, but we must have time to return
+			 * from the setitimer after the alarm or else it'll
+			 * be restarted.  And, anyway, sleep never did
+			 * anything more than this before.
+			 */
+			oitv.it_value.tv_sec = 0;
+			oitv.it_value.tv_usec = 2 * TICK;
+
+			setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &itv, NULL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	set = oset;
+	sigdelset(&set, SIGALRM);
+ 	(void) sigsuspend(&set);
+
+	sigaction(SIGALRM, &oact, NULL);
+	sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &oset, NULL);
+
+	(void) setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, &oitv, &itv);
+}
+
+static void
+sleephandler()
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/utime.3 b/lib/libc/gen/utime.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ba54d797192
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/utime.3
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: utime.3,v 1.7 1995/02/25 15:39:54 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)utime.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd August 13, 1993
+.Dt UTIME 3
+.Os BSD 4
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm utime
+.Nd set file times
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
+.Fd #include <utime.h>
+.Ft int
+.Fn utime "const char *file" "const struct utimbuf *timep"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+This interface is obsoleted by utimes(2) .
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn utime
+function sets the access and modification times of the named file.
+.Pp
+If
+.Fa timep
+is
+.Dv NULL ,
+the access and modification times are set to the current time.
+The calling process must be the owner of the file or have permission to 
+write the file.
+.Pp
+If 
+.Fa timep
+is 
+.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
+.Fa time 
+is assumed to be a pointer to a utimbuf structure, as defined in 
+.Aq Pa utime.h :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+struct utimbuf {
+	time_t actime;          /* Access time */
+	time_t modtime;         /* Modification time */
+} ;
+.Ed
+.Pp
+The access time is set to the value of the actime member, and the modification
+time is set to the value of the modtime member.  The times are measured in
+seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated 
+Universal Time.
+The calling process must be the owner of the file or be the super-user.
+.Pp
+In either case, the inode-change-time of the file is set to the current 
+time.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+.Va errno
+is set to indicate the error.
+.Sh ERRORS
+.Fn Utime
+will fail if:
+.Bl -tag -width Er
+.It Bq Er EACCES
+Search permission is denied for a component of the path prefix;
+or the
+.Fa times
+argument is
+.Dv NULL
+and the effective user ID of the process does not
+match the owner of the file, and is not the super-user, and write
+access is denied.
+.It Bq Er EFAULT
+.Xr File
+or
+.Fa times
+points outside the process's allocated address space.
+.It Bq Er EINVAL
+The pathname contains a character with the high-order bit set.
+.It Bq Er EIO
+An I/O error occurred while reading or writing the affected inode.
+.It Bq Er ELOOP
+Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
+.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
+A component of a pathname exceeded 255 characters,
+or an entire path name exceeded 1023 characters.
+.It Bq Er ENOENT
+The named file does not exist.
+.It Bq Er ENOTDIR
+A component of the path prefix is not a directory.
+.It Bq Er EPERM
+The
+.Fa times
+argument is not
+.Dv NULL
+and the calling process's effective user ID
+does not match the owner of the file and is not the super-user.
+.It Bq Er EROFS
+The file system containing the file is mounted read-only.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr stat 2 ,
+.Xr utimes 2
+.Sh HISTORY
+A
+.Fn utime
+function appeared in
+.At v7 .
+.Sh STANDARDS
+The
+.Fn utime
+function
+conforms to
+.St -p1003.1-88 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/utime.c b/lib/libc/gen/utime.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bd4cc7d2a6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/utime.c
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: utime.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:58 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1990, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)utime.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: utime.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:39:58 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/time.h>
+
+#include <utime.h>
+
+int
+utime(path, times)
+	const char *path;
+	const struct utimbuf *times;
+{
+	struct timeval tv[2], *tvp;
+
+	if (times == (struct utimbuf *) NULL)
+		tvp = NULL;
+	else {
+		tv[0].tv_sec = times->actime;
+		tv[1].tv_sec = times->modtime;
+		tv[0].tv_usec = tv[1].tv_usec = 0;
+		tvp = tv;
+	}
+	return (utimes(path, tvp));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3 b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2a958f566b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.3
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: valloc.3,v 1.3 1995/02/25 15:40:02 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)valloc.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 4, 1993
+.Dt VALLOC 3
+.Os BSD 3
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm valloc
+.Nd aligned memory allocation function
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <unistd.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn valloc "unsigned size"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Bf -symbolic
+Valloc is obsoleted by the current version of malloc(3),
+which aligns page-sized and larger allocations.
+.Ef
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn valloc
+function
+allocates
+.Fa size
+bytes aligned on a page boundary.
+It is implemented by calling
+.Xr malloc 3
+with a slightly larger request, saving the true beginning of the block
+allocated, and returning a properly aligned pointer.
+.Sh RETURN VALUES
+The
+.Fn valloc
+function returns
+a pointer to the allocated space if successful; otherwise
+a null pointer is returned
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Fn valloc
+function appeared in 
+.Bx 3.0 .
+.Sh BUGS
+A
+.Em vfree
+function
+has not been implemented.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..dd736306ba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/valloc.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: valloc.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:40:04 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1980, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)valloc.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: valloc.c,v 1.5 1995/02/25 15:40:04 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+void *
+valloc(i)
+	size_t i;
+{
+	long valsiz = getpagesize(), j;
+	void *cp = malloc(i + (valsiz-1));
+
+	j = ((long)cp + (valsiz-1)) &~ (valsiz-1);
+	return ((void *)j);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/vis.3 b/lib/libc/gen/vis.3
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0755f2e0c09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/vis.3
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+.\"	$NetBSD: vis.3,v 1.6 1995/02/25 15:40:07 cgd Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
+.\"	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+.\" are met:
+.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+.\"    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+.\"    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+.\"    must display the following acknowledgement:
+.\"	This product includes software developed by the University of
+.\"	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+.\"    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+.\"    without specific prior written permission.
+.\"
+.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+.\" ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+.\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+.\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+.\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\"
+.\"     @(#)vis.3	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93
+.\"
+.Dd June 9, 1993
+.Dt VIS 3
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm vis
+.Nd visually encode characters
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Fd #include <vis.h>
+.Ft char *
+.Fn vis "char *dst" "char c" "int flag" "char nextc"
+.Ft int 
+.Fn strvis "char *dst" "char *src" "int flag"
+.Ft int 
+.Fn strvisx "char *dst" "char *src" "int len" "int flag"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Fn vis
+function
+copies into
+.Fa dst
+a string which represents the character
+.Fa c .
+If
+.Fa c
+needs no encoding, it is copied in unaltered.  The string is
+null terminated, and a pointer to the end of the string is
+returned.  The maximum length of any encoding is four
+characters (not including the trailing
+.Dv NUL ) ; 
+thus, when
+encoding a set of characters into a buffer, the size of the buffer should
+be four times the number of characters encoded, plus one for the trailing
+.Dv NUL . 
+The flag parameter is used for altering the default range of
+characters considered for encoding and for altering the visual
+representation.
+The additional character,
+.Fa nextc ,
+is only used when selecting the
+.Dv VIS_CSTYLE
+encoding format (explained below).
+.Pp
+The
+.Fn strvis
+and
+.Fn strvisx
+functions copy into
+.Fa dst
+a visual representation of
+the string
+.Fa src .
+The
+.Fn strvis
+function encodes characters from
+.Fa src
+up to the
+first
+.Dv NUL . 
+The
+.Fn strvisx
+function encodes exactly
+.Fa len
+characters from
+.Fa src
+(this
+is useful for encoding a block of data that may contain
+.Dv NUL Ns 's).
+Both forms
+.Dv NUL
+terminate
+.Fa dst .
+The size of
+.Fa dst
+must be four times the number
+of characters encoded from
+.Fa src
+(plus one for the
+.Dv NUL ) . 
+Both
+forms return the number of characters in dst (not including
+the trailing
+.Dv NUL ) . 
+.Pp
+The encoding is a unique, invertible representation comprised entirely of
+graphic characters; it can be decoded back into the original form using 
+the
+.Xr unvis 3
+or
+.Xr strunvis 3
+functions.
+.Pp
+There are two parameters that can be controlled: the range of
+characters that are encoded, and the type
+of representation used.  
+By default, all non-graphic characters.
+except space, tab, and newline are encoded.
+(See
+.Xr isgraph 3 . )
+The following flags
+alter this:
+.Bl -tag -width VIS_WHITEX
+.It Dv VIS_SP
+Also encode space.
+.It Dv VIS_TAB		
+Also encode tab.
+.It Dv VIS_NL
+Also encode newline.
+.It Dv VIS_WHITE	
+Synonym for
+.Dv VIS_SP
+\&|
+.Dv VIS_TAB
+\&|
+.Dv VIS_NL .
+.It Dv VIS_SAFE	
+Only encode "unsafe" characters.  Unsafe means control
+characters which may cause common terminals to perform
+unexpected functions.  Currently this form allows space,
+tab, newline, backspace, bell, and return - in addition
+to all graphic characters - unencoded. 
+.El
+.Pp
+There are three forms of encoding.
+All forms use the backslash character
+.Ql \e
+to introduce a special
+sequence; two backslashes are used to represent a real backslash.
+These are the visual formats:
+.Bl -tag -width VIS_CSTYLE
+.It (default)
+Use an
+.Ql M
+to represent meta characters (characters with the 8th
+bit set), and use caret
+.Ql ^
+to represent control characters see
+.Pf ( Xr iscntrl 3 ) .
+The following formats are used:
+.Bl -tag -width xxxxx
+.It Dv \e^C
+Represents the control character
+.Ql C .
+Spans characters
+.Ql \e000
+through
+.Ql \e037 ,
+and
+.Ql \e177
+(as
+.Ql \e^? ) .
+.It Dv \eM-C
+Represents character
+.Ql C
+with the 8th bit set.
+Spans characters
+.Ql \e241
+through
+.Ql \e376 .
+.It Dv \eM^C
+Represents control character
+.Ql C
+with the 8th bit set.
+Spans characters
+.Ql \e200
+through
+.Ql \e237 ,
+and
+.Ql \e377
+(as
+.Ql \eM^? ) .
+.It Dv \e040
+Represents
+.Tn ASCII
+space.
+.It Dv \e240
+Represents Meta-space.
+.El
+.Pp
+.It Dv VIS_CSTYLE
+Use C-style backslash sequences to represent standard non-printable
+characters.
+The following sequences are used to represent the indicated characters:
+.Bd -unfilled -offset indent
+.Li \ea Tn  - BEL No (007)
+.Li \eb Tn  - BS No (010)
+.Li \ef Tn  - NP No (014)
+.Li \en Tn  - NL No (012)
+.Li \er Tn  - CR No (015)
+.Li \et Tn  - HT No (011)
+.Li \ev Tn  - VT No (013)
+.Li \e0 Tn  - NUL No (000)
+.Ed
+.Pp
+When using this format, the nextc parameter is looked at to determine
+if a
+.Dv NUL
+character can be encoded as
+.Ql \e0
+instead of
+.Ql \e000 .
+If
+.Fa nextc
+is an octal digit, the latter representation is used to
+avoid ambiguity.
+.It Dv VIS_OCTAL
+Use a three digit octal sequence.  The form is
+.Ql \eddd
+where
+.Em d
+represents an octal digit.
+.El
+.Pp
+There is one additional flag,
+.Dv VIS_NOSLASH ,
+which inhibits the
+doubling of backslashes and the backslash before the default
+format (that is, control characters are represented by
+.Ql ^C
+and
+meta characters as
+.Ql M-C ) .
+With this flag set, the encoding is
+ambiguous and non-invertible.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr vis 1 ,
+.Xr unvis 1 ,
+.Xr unvis 3
+.Sh HISTORY
+These functions first appeared in 4.4BSD.
+
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/vis.c b/lib/libc/gen/vis.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..ed6769e9bdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/vis.c
@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: vis.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 15:40:09 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*-
+ * Copyright (c) 1989, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)vis.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 7/19/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: vis.c,v 1.6 1995/02/25 15:40:09 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <vis.h>
+
+#define	isoctal(c)	(((u_char)(c)) >= '0' && ((u_char)(c)) <= '7')
+
+/*
+ * vis - visually encode characters
+ */
+char *
+vis(dst, c, flag, nextc)
+	register char *dst;
+	int c, nextc;
+	register int flag;
+{
+	if ((u_int)c <= UCHAR_MAX && isascii(c) && isgraph(c) ||
+	   ((flag & VIS_SP) == 0 && c == ' ') ||
+	   ((flag & VIS_TAB) == 0 && c == '\t') ||
+	   ((flag & VIS_NL) == 0 && c == '\n') ||
+	   ((flag & VIS_SAFE) && (c == '\b' || c == '\007' || c == '\r'))) {
+		*dst++ = c;
+		if (c == '\\' && (flag & VIS_NOSLASH) == 0)
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+		*dst = '\0';
+		return (dst);
+	}
+
+	if (flag & VIS_CSTYLE) {
+		switch(c) {
+		case '\n':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'n';
+			goto done;
+		case '\r':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'r';
+			goto done;
+		case '\b':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'b';
+			goto done;
+#if __STDC__
+		case '\a':
+#else
+		case '\007':
+#endif
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'a';
+			goto done;
+		case '\v':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'v';
+			goto done;
+		case '\t':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 't';
+			goto done;
+		case '\f':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 'f';
+			goto done;
+		case ' ':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = 's';
+			goto done;
+		case '\0':
+			*dst++ = '\\';
+			*dst++ = '0';
+			if (isoctal(nextc)) {
+				*dst++ = '0';
+				*dst++ = '0';
+			}
+			goto done;
+		}
+	}
+	if (((c & 0177) == ' ') || (flag & VIS_OCTAL)) {	
+		*dst++ = '\\';
+		*dst++ = ((u_char)c >> 6 & 07) + '0';
+		*dst++ = ((u_char)c >> 3 & 07) + '0';
+		*dst++ = ((u_char)c & 07) + '0';
+		goto done;
+	}
+	if ((flag & VIS_NOSLASH) == 0)
+		*dst++ = '\\';
+	if (c & 0200) {
+		c &= 0177;
+		*dst++ = 'M';
+	}
+	if (iscntrl(c)) {
+		*dst++ = '^';
+		if (c == 0177)
+			*dst++ = '?';
+		else
+			*dst++ = c + '@';
+	} else {
+		*dst++ = '-';
+		*dst++ = c;
+	}
+done:
+	*dst = '\0';
+	return (dst);
+}
+
+/*
+ * strvis, strvisx - visually encode characters from src into dst
+ *	
+ *	Dst must be 4 times the size of src to account for possible
+ *	expansion.  The length of dst, not including the trailing NULL,
+ *	is returned. 
+ *
+ *	Strvisx encodes exactly len bytes from src into dst.
+ *	This is useful for encoding a block of data.
+ */
+int
+strvis(dst, src, flag)
+	register char *dst;
+	register const char *src;
+	int flag;
+{
+	register char c;
+	char *start;
+
+	for (start = dst; c = *src;)
+		dst = vis(dst, c, flag, *++src);
+	*dst = '\0';
+	return (dst - start);
+}
+
+int
+strvisx(dst, src, len, flag)
+	register char *dst;
+	register const char *src;
+	register size_t len;
+	int flag;
+{
+	register char c;
+	char *start;
+
+	for (start = dst; len > 1; len--) {
+		c = *src;
+		dst = vis(dst, c, flag, *++src);
+	}
+	if (len)
+		dst = vis(dst, *src, flag, '\0');
+	*dst = '\0';
+
+	return (dst - start);
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wait.c b/lib/libc/gen/wait.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3e68f28c826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/wait.c
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: wait.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:11 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)wait.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: wait.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:11 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+pid_t
+wait(istat)
+	int *istat;
+{
+	return (wait4(WAIT_ANY, istat, 0, (struct rusage *)0));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c b/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..33a31cff182
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/wait3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: wait3.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:14 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)wait3.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: wait3.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:14 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+pid_t
+wait3(istat, options, rup)
+	int *istat;
+	int options;
+	struct rusage *rup;
+{
+	return (wait4(WAIT_ANY, istat, options, rup));
+}
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c b/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..84b40c57b61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/waitpid.c
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*	$NetBSD: waitpid.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:17 cgd Exp $	*/
+
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988, 1993
+ *	The Regents of the University of California.  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software
+ *    must display the following acknowledgement:
+ *	This product includes software developed by the University of
+ *	California, Berkeley and its contributors.
+ * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+#if 0
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)waitpid.c	8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93";
+#else
+static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: waitpid.c,v 1.4 1995/02/25 15:40:17 cgd Exp $";
+#endif
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#include <sys/wait.h>
+#include <sys/resource.h>
+
+pid_t
+#if __STDC__
+waitpid(pid_t pid, int *istat, int options)
+#else
+waitpid(pid, istat, options)
+	pid_t pid;
+	int *istat;
+	int options;
+#endif
+{
+	return (wait4(pid, istat, options, (struct rusage *)0));
+}